Clinical trial NCT04899349
Conditions: Breast Cancer
Keywords: Alpelisib Fulvestrant Metformin XR Dapagliflozin + metformin XR Advanced breast cancer Phase II HR+ HER2- PIK3CA Hyperglycemia
Sponsor: Novartis Pharmaceuticals
Start date: 2022-04-06; Completion date: 2023-05-10
Enrollment: 2 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
This study was designed to assess the safety and efficacy of the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin extended release (XR) compared with metformin XR during treatment with alpelisib plus fulvestrant in participants with Hormone Receptor (HR)-positive, Human Epidermal growth factor Receptor-2 (HER2)-negative advanced breast cancer with a Phosphoinositide-3-Kinase Catalytic subunit Alpha (PIK3CA) mutation following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy.

Detailed description:
This was a multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled trial, stratified by diabetic status at baseline (i.e., normal vs prediabetic/diabetic based on fasting plasma glucose (FPG) and/or Hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) laboratory values). The study included only participants with at least one baseline risk factor for the development of severe hyperglycemia which were diabetes (FPG ≥ 126 milligram (mg)/deciliter (dL) or ≥ 7.0 millimole (mmol)/liter (L) and/or HbA1c ≥ 6.5%), prediabetes (FPG ≥ 100 mg/dL to \< 126 mg/dL or 5.6 to \< 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c 5.7 to \< 6.5%), obesity (body mass index \[BMI\] ≥ 30) and age (≥ 75 years).

The planned duration of treatment with alpelisib and fulvestrant was 12 cycles (28 days in each cycle) or until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, or discontinuation from study treatment for any other reason, whichever came first.

Approximately 66 participants in each treatment arm were planned to be randomized to receive the combination of alpelisib and fulvestrant with either dapagliflozin plus metformin extended release (XR) or metformin XR alone. As a result of the early termination of the study due to emerging data demonstrating the impact of prophylactic metformin and slow recruitment, only 2 participants were enrolled in the study.

Arms: arm 1: Alpelisib 300mg administered orally once daily starting at Cycle 1 Day 8 in combination with fulvestrant 500mg intramuscular at Cycle 1 Day 1 and 15 and then at Day 1 of each subsequent cycle. Participants also received a combination treatment of dapagliflozin+metformin XR (as a single tablet or as two separate tablets, at the discretion of the investigator) at a starting dose of 5 mg dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR orally once daily which could be titrated to a maximum dose of 10 mg dapagliflozin + 2000 mg metformin XR once daily. arm 2: Alpelisib 300mg administered orally once daily starting at cycle 1 Day 8 in combination with fulvestrant 500mg intramuscular at Cycle 1 Day 1 and 15 and then at Day 1 of each subsequent cycle. Participants also received metformin XR 500mg orally once daily which could be titrated to a maximum dose of 2000 mg once daily.
Interventions: intervention 1: Alpelisib intervention 2: Fulvestrant intervention 3: Metformin XR intervention 4: Dapagliflozin + metformin XR intervention 5: Dapagliflozin
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Alpelisib (tablets) administered at 300mg orally once daily on a continuous dosing schedule starting on Cycle 1 Day 8 in a 28 days cycle. intervention 2: Fulvestrant (prefilled syringe) 500mg administered intramuscularly at Cycle 1 Day 1 and 15 after randomization and then at Day 1 of each subsequent cycle during the randomized treatment phase. intervention 3: Metformin XR (tablets) administered at a starting dose of 500mg orally once daily on a continuous dosing schedule starting on Cycle 1 Day 1 in a 28 days cycle. Dose titration from 500 mg once a day to 2000 mg once a day. intervention 4: Dapagliflozin + metformin XR administered as a single tablet combination at a starting dose of 5 mg dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR orally once daily on a continuous dosing schedule starting on Cycle 1 Day 1 in a 28 days cycle. Dose titration from 5 mg dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR orally once daily to 10 mg dapagliflozin + 2000 mg metformin XR once daily intervention 5: Dapagliflozin (tablet) at a starting dose of 5mg orally once daily on a continuous dosing schedule starting on Cycle 1 Day 1 in a 28 days cycle. Dose titration from 5 mg to 10 mg once daily

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Novartis Research and Development
BYL719
Clinical Trial Protocol CBYL719C2202 / NCT04899349
EPIK-B4: A Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, 
active-controlled study to assess the safety and efficacy of 
dapagliflozin + metformin XR versus metformin XR during 
treatment with alpelisib (BYL719) in combination with 
fulvestrant in participants with HR+, HER2-, advanced 
Breast Cancer with a PIK3CA mutation following 
progression on/after endocrine-based therapy
Document type:
Amended Protocol Version
EUDRACT number:
2021-001908-15 
Version number:
01 (Clean)
Clinical Trial Phase:
II
Release date:
06-Aug-2021 (content final)
Property of Novartis
Confidential
May not be used, divulged, published, or otherwise disclosed
without the consent of Novartis
Clinical Trial Protocol Template Version 4.0 dated 15-Feb-2021


Novartis
Confidential
Page 2 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table of contents
Table of contents .................................................................................................................2
List of tables ........................................................................................................................5
List of figures ......................................................................................................................6
List of abbreviations............................................................................................................7
Glossary of terms...............................................................................................................11
Amendment 01 (06-Aug-2021).........................................................................................13
Protocol summary..............................................................................................................18
1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................22
1.1
Background............................................................................................................22
1.1.1
Overview of disease pathogenesis, epidemiology and current 
treatment................................................................................................22
1.1.2
Overview of alpelisib............................................................................23
1.2
Purpose ..................................................................................................................25
2
Objectives, endpoints and estimands.................................................................................26
2.1
Primary estimands .................................................................................................27
2.2
Secondary estimands .............................................................................................28
3
Study design ......................................................................................................................28
4
Rationale............................................................................................................................31
4.1
Rationale for study design .....................................................................................31
4.2
Rationale for dose/regimen and duration of treatment ..........................................31
4.2.1
Rationale for dose/regimen and duration of treatment with alpelisib...31
4.2.2
Rationale for combination treatment with fulvestrant ..........................32
4.3
Rationale for choice of antihyperglycemic agents.................................................32
4.4
Purpose and timing of interim analyses/design adaptations..................................34
4.5
Risks and benefits..................................................................................................34
4.5.1
Potential benefits to trial participants....................................................34
4.5.2
Potential risks to trial participants.........................................................34
4.6
Rationale for Public Health Emergency mitigation procedures ............................35
5
Study Population ...............................................................................................................35
5.1
Inclusion criteria ....................................................................................................35
5.2
Exclusion criteria...................................................................................................37
6
Treatment...........................................................................................................................40
6.1
Study treatment......................................................................................................40
6.1.1
Investigational and control drugs..........................................................40
6.1.2
Additional study treatments ..................................................................41
6.1.3
Treatment arms/group ...........................................................................41


Novartis
Confidential
Page 3 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.1.4
Guidelines for continuation of treatment ..............................................42
6.1.5
Treatment duration................................................................................42
6.1.6
Supply of study treatment .....................................................................43
6.2
Other treatment(s)..................................................................................................43
6.2.1
Concomitant therapy.............................................................................43
6.2.2
Prohibited medication ...........................................................................46
6.3
Preparation and dispensation.................................................................................46
6.3.1
Handling of study treatment and other treatment..................................47
6.3.2
Instruction for prescribing and taking study treatment .........................48
6.4
Participant numbering, treatment assignment, randomization ..............................50
6.4.1
Participant numbering...........................................................................50
6.4.2
Treatment assignment, randomization ..................................................51
6.5
Treatment blinding.................................................................................................51
6.6
Dose escalation and dose modification..................................................................52
6.6.1
Dose modifications................................................................................52
6.6.2
Dose titration guideline for antihyperglycemic agents .........................58
6.6.3
Follow-up for toxicities.........................................................................59
6.7
Additional treatment guidance...............................................................................64
6.7.1
Treatment compliance...........................................................................64
6.7.2
Additional dosing guidelines for fasting glucose and/or 
amylase/lipase and/or c-peptide and/or lipid profile sampling .............64
7
Informed consent procedures ............................................................................................64
8
Visit schedule and assessments .........................................................................................65
8.1
Screening ...............................................................................................................72
8.1.1
Eligibility screening ..............................................................................74
8.1.2
Information to be collected on screening failures.................................74
8.2
Participant demographics/other baseline characteristics .......................................74
8.3
Efficacy..................................................................................................................76
8.3.1
Efficacy assessment 1 ...........................................................................76
8.3.2
Appropriateness of efficacy assessments..............................................79
8.4
Safety.....................................................................................................................79
8.4.1
Laboratory evaluations..........................................................................80
8.4.2
Electrocardiogram (ECG) .....................................................................82
8.4.3
Pregnancy and assessments of fertility .................................................83
8.4.4
Appropriateness of safety measurements..............................................84
8.5
Additional assessments..........................................................................................84


Novartis
Confidential
Page 4 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
8.5.1
Biomarkers............................................................................................84
9
Discontinuation and completion........................................................................................86
9.1
Discontinuation from study treatment and from study..........................................86
9.1.1
Discontinuation from study treatment...................................................86
9.1.2
Discontinuation from study...................................................................87
9.1.3
Lost to follow-up...................................................................................87
9.2
Withdrawal of informed consent/Opposition to use data/biological samples .......87
9.3
Study completion and post-study treatment ..........................................................88
9.4
Early study termination by the sponsor .................................................................89
10 Safety monitoring, reporting and committees ...................................................................89
10.1
Definition of adverse events and reporting requirements......................................89
10.1.1
Adverse events ......................................................................................89
10.1.2
Serious adverse events ..........................................................................91
10.1.3
SAE reporting........................................................................................92
10.1.4
Pregnancy reporting ..............................................................................93
10.1.5
Reporting of study treatment errors including misuse/abuse................94
10.2
Additional Safety Monitoring................................................................................94
10.2.1
Liver safety monitoring.........................................................................94
10.3
Committees............................................................................................................95
10.3.1
Steering Committee...............................................................................95
11 Data Collection and Database management......................................................................95
11.1
Data collection.......................................................................................................95
11.2
Database management and quality control............................................................96
11.3
Site monitoring ......................................................................................................96
12 Data analysis and statistical methods ................................................................................97
12.1
Analysis sets ..........................................................................................................97
12.2
Participant demographics and other baseline characteristics.................................98
12.3
Treatments .............................................................................................................98
12.4
Analysis supporting primary objectives ................................................................98
12.4.1
Definition of primary endpoint(s).........................................................98
12.4.2
Statistical model, hypothesis, and method of analysis..........................99
12.4.3
Handling of intercurrent events of primary estimand ...........................99
12.4.4
Handling of missing values not related to intercurrent event ...............99
12.4.5
Sensitivity analyses ...............................................................................99
12.4.6
Supplementary analysis.......................................................................100
12.5
Analysis supporting secondary objectives...........................................................100


Novartis
Confidential
Page 5 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
12.5.1
Efficacy and/or Pharmacodynamic endpoint(s)..................................100
12.5.2
Safety endpoints..................................................................................101
103
12.7
Interim analyses...................................................................................................104
12.8
Sample size calculation........................................................................................104
12.8.1
Primary endpoint(s).............................................................................104
13 Ethical considerations and administrative procedures ....................................................105
13.1
Regulatory and ethical compliance......................................................................105
13.2
Responsibilities of the investigator and IRB/IEC................................................105
13.3
Publication of study protocol and results.............................................................105
13.4
Quality Control and Quality Assurance...............................................................105
13.5
Participant Engagement.......................................................................................106
14 Protocol adherence ..........................................................................................................106
14.1
Protocol amendments...........................................................................................106
15 References .......................................................................................................................107
16 Appendices ......................................................................................................................110
16.1
Appendix 1: Liver event and laboratory trigger definitions & follow-up 
requirements ........................................................................................................110
16.2
Appendix 2: Guidelines for the treatment of study drug induced diarrhea .........112
16.3
Appendix 3: Guidelines for the treatment of study drug induced 
stomatitis/oral mucositis......................................................................................115
16.4
Appendix 4: Guidelines for Response, Duration of Overall Response, TTF, 
TTP, Progression-Free Survival, and Overall Survival (based on RECIST 1.1) 116
16.4.1
Introduction.........................................................................................117
16.4.2
Efficacy assessments...........................................................................117
16.4.3
Efficacy definitions .............................................................................126
16.4.4
Data handling and programming rules................................................135
16.4.5
References (available upon request) ...................................................139
16.5
Appendix 5: List of concomitant medications.....................................................139
16.5.1
Permitted medication to be used with caution ....................................140
16.5.2
Prohibited Medication.........................................................................140
List of tables
Table 1-1
Comparison of hyperglycemia adverse events between SOLAR-1 
and BYLieve Cohort A .........................................................................23
Table 2-1
Objectives and related endpoints ..........................................................27
Table 6-1
Study treatment .....................................................................................41


Novartis
Confidential
Page 6 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 6-2
Stepwise dose reduction for alpelisib....................................................53
Table 6-3
Criteria for dose reduction/interruption and re-initiation of alpelisib 
treatment for adverse drug reactions.....................................................53
Table 6-4
Metformin XR Titration Recommendations.........................................58
Table 6-5
Dapagliflozin + Metformin XR Titration Recommendations...............59
Table 6-6
Alternative causes of liver disease ........................................................61
Table 8-1
Allowable visit windows.......................................................................66
Table 8-2
Assessment Schedule ............................................................................67
Table 8-3
Imaging Assessment Collection Plan....................................................76
Table 8-4
Assessments & Specifications...............................................................79
Table 8-5
ECOG performance status.....................................................................80
Table 8-6
Clinical laboratory parameters collection plan .....................................81
Table 8-7
Local ECG collection plan....................................................................82
Table 8-8
Biomarker sample collection plan.........................................................85
Table 10-1
Guidance for capturing the study treatment errors including 
misuse/abuse .........................................................................................94
Table 12-1
Sensitivity of power to changes in assumptions for N=124................104
Table 16-1
Liver event and laboratory trigger definitions ....................................110
Table 16-2
Follow up requirements for liver laboratory triggers - ALT, AST, 
TBIL -..................................................................................................110
Table 16-3
Follow up requirements for liver laboratory triggers - Isolated 
Hyperbilirubinemia .............................................................................111
Table 16-4
Glossary...............................................................................................116
Table 16-5
Response criteria for target lesions .....................................................122
Table 16-6
Response criteria for non-target lesions..............................................124
Table 16-7
Overall lesion response at each assessment ........................................125
Table 16-8
Overall lesion response at each assessment: subjects with non-
target disease only...............................................................................133
Table 16-9
Options for event dates used in PFS, TTP, duration of response........134
Table 16-10
List of CYP450 substrates to be used with caution.............................140
Table 16-11
List of prohibited strong inducers of CYP3A .....................................140
Table 16-12
List of prohibited BCRP inhibitors .....................................................141
List of figures
Figure 3-1
Study Design .........................................................................................29
Figure 3-2
Study Flow Chart ..................................................................................30
Figure 8-1
Timing of study procedures ..................................................................82


Novartis
Confidential
Page 7 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
List of abbreviations
ABC
Advanced Breast Cancer
ADL
Activities of Daily Living
AE
Adverse Event
AESI
Adverse Events of Special Interest
AI(s)
Aromatase Inhibitor(s)
Akt
Protein Kinase B
ALP
Alkaline Phosphatase
ALT
Alanine Aminotransferase
APTT
Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time
ARA
Acid Reducing Agents
ASCO
American Society of Clinical Oncology
AST
Aspartate Aminotransferase
ATC
Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical
AUC
Area Under the Curve
AV
Atrioventricular
b.i.d.
bis in die/twice a day
BC
Breast Cancer
BCRP
Breast Cancer Resistance Protein
BMI
Body Mass Index
BN
Brown Norway
BOR
Best Overall Response
BSA
Body Surface Area
BUN
Blood Urea Nitrogen
CABG
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
CBR
Clinical Benefit Rate
CD transferrin
Carbohydrate-Deficient transferrin
CDK4/6
Cyclin-dependent kinase 4 and 6
CDx
Companion Diagnostics
CE-IVD
European In-Vitro Diagnostic Devices Directive
CFR
Code of Federal Regulation
CI
Confidence Interval
CMO&PS 
Chief Medical Office and Patient Safety
CMV
Cytomegalovirus
CNS
Central Nervous System
CR
Complete Response
CRO
Contract Research Organization
CSR
Clinical Study Report
CT
Computerized Tomography
CTC
Common Terminology Criteria
CTCAE
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
CTT
Clinical Trial Team
CYP
Cytochrome P450
DAL
Drug Accountability Log


Novartis
Confidential
Page 8 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
DBP
Diastolic Blood Pressure
DDE
Direct Data Entry
DDI
Drug-Drug Interaction
DILI
Drug-Induced Liver Injury
DKA
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
dL
deciliter(s)
DNA
Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DoR
Duration of Response
DQF
Data Query Form
DRESS
Drug Reaction with Eosinophilia and Systemic Syndrome
EBV
Epstein-Barr Virus
ECG
Electrocardiogram
ECHO
Echocardiogram
ECOG
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
eCRF
electronic Case Report/Record Form
EDC
Electronic Data Capture
eGFR
estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate
EM
Erythema Multiforme
EMA
European Medicines Agency
EOT
End of Treatment
ER
Estrogen Receptors
ERCP
Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography
eSAE
Electronic Serious Adverse Event
eSource
Electronic Source
EU
European Union
FAS
Full Analysis Set
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FDG-PET
Fluorodeoxyglucose Positron Emission Tomography
FFPE
Formalin Fixed Paraffin Embedded
FG
Fasting Glucose
FPFV
First Patient First Visit
FPG
Fasting Plasma Glucose
FSH
Follicle Stimulating Hormone
GABA
Gamma-aminobutyric acid
GCP
Good Clinical Practice
GCS
Global Clinical Supply
GGT
Gamma-glutamyl transferase
GI
gastrointestinal
GT
Glutamyl Transferase
HAV
Hepatitis A Virus
HbA1c
Hemoglobin A1c
HBsAg
Hepatitis B surface antigen
HBV
Hepatitis B Virus
HCV
Hepatitis C Virus
PPD


Novartis
Confidential
Page 9 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
HDL
High-Density Lipoprotein
HER2
Human Epidermal growth factor Receptor-2
HEV
Hepatitis E Virus
HNSCC
Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma
HR
Hazard Ratio
HR-positive
Hormone Receptor positive
hrs
hours
HSV
Herpes Simplex Virus
i.v.
intravenous
IB
Investigator’s Brochure
IC50
half maximal inhibition
ICF
Informed Consent Form
ICH
International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals 
for Human Use
IEC
Independent Ethics Committee
IgG
Immunoglobulin G
IgM 
Immunoglobulin M
IHC
Immunohistochemistry
IM
Intramuscular
IMP
Investigational Medicinal Product
INR
International Normalized Ratio
IR
Immediate Release 
IRB
Institutional Review Board
IRT
Interactive Response Technology
ITT
Intend-To-Treat
kg
kilogram
LDH
lactate dehydrogenase
LDL
Low-Density Lipoprotein
LFT
Liver function test 
LVEF
Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
mg
milligram(s)
mL
milliliter(s)
mmol
millimole
MRI
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
MTD
Maximum Tolerated Dose
mTOR
mammalian Target of Rapamycin
MUGA
Multigated Acquisition Scan
NCI
National Cancer Institute
NTI
Narrow Therapeutic Index
ONJ
Osteonecrosis of the Jaw
ORR
Overall Response Rate
OS
Overall Survival
Participant No.
Participant Number
PCR
Polymerase Chain Reaction
PD
Progressive Disease


Novartis
Confidential
Page 10 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
PFS
Progression Free Survival
PgR
Progesterone Receptors
PI3K
Phosphatidylinositol-3-Kinase
PIK3CA
Phosphoinositide-3-Kinase Catalytic subunit Alpha
PK
Pharmacokinetic(s)
PR
Partial Response
PT
Prothrombin Time
QD
Once a day
QMS 
Quality Management System
QTcF
QT interval corrected by Fridericia’s formula
RECIST
Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors
RGQ
Rotor-Gene Q
RNA
Ribonucleic Acid
s.c.
subcutaneous
SAE
Serious Adverse Event
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SBP
Systolic Blood Pressure
SC
Steering Committee
SD
Stable Disease
SERD
Selective Estrogen Receptor Downregulator
SGLT2
Sodium GLucose co-Transporter 2
SGLT2i
Sodium GLucose co-Transporter 2 Inhibitor(s)
SJS
Steven-Johnson Syndrome
SmPC
Summary of Product Characteristics
SMQ 
Standardized MedDRA Query
SMT
Safety Management Team
SUSAR
Suspected Unexpected Serious Adverse Reaction
TBIL 
Total bilirubin
TEN
Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
Tmax
Time to maximum plasma concentration
ULN
Upper Limit of Normal
WHO
World Health Organization 
WoC
Withdrawal of Consent
XR
Extended Release
µg
microgram


Novartis
Confidential
Page 11 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Glossary of terms
Assessment
A procedure used to generate data required by the study
Biologic Samples
A biological specimen including, for example, blood (plasma, serum), saliva, tissue, urine, 
stool, etc. taken from a study participant 
Clinical Trial 
Team
A group of people responsible for the planning, execution and reporting of all clinical trial 
activities. Examples of team members include the Study Lead, Medical Monitor, Trial 
Statistician etc.
Cohort
A specific group of participants fulfilling certain criteria and generally treated at the same 
time
Control drug
A study drug (active or placebo) used as a comparator to reduce assessment bias, preserve 
blinding of investigational drug, assess internal study validity, and/or evaluate comparative 
effects of the investigational drug
Cycles
Number and timing or recommended repetitions of therapy are usually expressed as 
number of days (e.g., q28 days)
Discontinuation 
from study
Point/time when the participant permanently stops receiving the study treatment and further 
protocol required assessments or follow-up, for any reason. No specific request is made to 
stop the use of their samples or data.
Discontinuation 
from study 
treatment
Point/time when the participant permanently stops receiving the study treatment for any 
reason (prior to the planned completion of study drug administration, if any). Participant 
agrees to the other protocol required assessments including follow-up. No specific request 
is made to stop the use of their samples or data.
Dosage
Dose of the study treatment given to the participant in a time unit (e.g. 100 mg once a day, 
75 mg twice a day)
Electronic Data 
Capture (EDC)
Electronic data capture (EDC) is the electronic acquisition of clinical study data using data 
collection systems, such as Web-based applications, interactive voice response systems 
and clinical laboratory interfaces. EDC includes the use of Electronic Case Report Forms 
(eCRFs) which are used to capture data transcribed from paper source forms used at the 
point of care
End of the clinical 
trial
The end of the clinical trial is defined as the last visit of the last participant or at a later point 
in time as defined by the protocol.
Enrollment
Point/time of participant entry into the study at which informed consent must be obtained 
Estimand
A precise description of the treatment effect reflecting the clinical question posed by the 
trial objective. It summarizes at a population-level what the outcomes would be in the same 
patients under different treatment conditions being compared. Attributes of an estimand 
include the population, variable (or endpoint) and treatment of interest, as well as the 
specification of how the remaining intercurrent events are addressed and a population-level 
summary for the variable.
Intercurrent 
events
Events occurring after treatment initiation that affect either the interpretation or the 
existence of the measurements associated with the clinical question of interest.
Investigational 
drug/ treatment
The drug whose properties are being tested in the study
Medication 
number
A unique identifier on the label of medication kits
Off-site
Describes trial activities that are performed at remote location by an off-site healthcare 
professional, such as procedures performed at the participant's home.
Participant
A trial participant (can be a healthy volunteer or a patient)
Participant 
number
A unique number assigned to each participant upon signing the informed consent. This 
number is the definitive, unique identifier for the participant and should be used to identify 
the participant throughout the study for all data collected, sample labels, etc.
Period
The subdivisions of the trial design (e.g. Screening, Treatment, Follow-up) which are 
described in the Protocol. Periods define the study phases and will be used in clinical trial 
database setup and eventually in analysis


Novartis
Confidential
Page 12 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Personal data
Participant information collected by the Investigator that is coded and transferred to 
Novartis for the purpose of the clinical trial. This data includes participant identifier 
information, study information and biological samples.
Premature 
participant 
withdrawal
Point/time when the participant exits from the study prior to the planned completion of all 
study drug administration and/or assessments; at this time all study drug administration is 
discontinued and no further assessments are planned
Randomization 
number
A unique identifier assigned to each randomized participant
Re-screening
If a participant fails the initial screening and is considered as a Screen Failure, he/she can 
be invited once for a new Screening visit after medical judgment and as specified by the 
protocol
Remote
Describes any trial activities performed at a location that is not the investigative site where 
the investigator will conduct the trial, but is for example a home or another appropriate 
location
Screen Failure
A participant who did not meet one or more criteria that were required for participation in 
the study
Source 
Data/Document
Source data refers to the initial record, document, or primary location from where data 
comes. The data source can be a database, a dataset, a spreadsheet or even hard-coded 
data, such as paper or Electronic Source (eSource)
Stage in cancer
The extent of a cancer in the body. Staging is usually based on the size of the tumor, 
whether lymph nodes contain cancer, and whether the cancer has spread from the original 
site to other parts of the body
Study treatment
Any drug or combination of drugs or intervention administered to the study participants as 
part of the required study procedures; includes investigational drug(s), control(s) or 
background therapy
Study treatment 
discontinuation
When the participant permanently stops taking any of the study drug(s) prior to the defined 
study treatment completion date (if any) for any reason; may or may not also be the 
point/time of study discontinuation 
Treatment 
arm/group 
A treatment arm/group defines the dose and regimen or the combination, and may consist 
of 1 or more cohorts.
Variable (or 
endpoint)
The variable (or endpoint) to be obtained for each participant that is required to address the 
clinical question. The specification of the variable might include whether the participant 
experiences an intercurrent event.
Withdrawal of 
study consent 
(WoC) / 
Opposition to use 
of data /biological 
samples
Withdrawal of consent from the study occurs when the participant explicitly requests to stop 
use of their data and biological samples (opposition to use data and biological samples) 
AND no longer wishes to receive study treatment, AND does not agree to further protocol 
required assessments. This request should be in writing (depending on local regulations) 
and recorded in the source documentation.
Opposition to use data/biological samples occurs in the countries where collection and 
processing of personal data is justified by a different legal reason than consent.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 13 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Amendment 01 (06-Aug-2021) 
Amendment rationale 
As of the release of this amendment, this clinical trial did not start enrollment under the original 
protocol and no sites opened. 
The main purpose of this protocol amendment is to update the immediate release (IR) metformin 
to extended release (XR) metformin in Arm B. For participants not randomized to dapagliflozin 
plus metformin XR arm, metformin XR will be initiated to explore hyperglycemia management 
with the extended release formulation as it is associated with slower gastrointestinal absorption, 
leading to less gastrointestinal toxicities, and once daily dosing, both of which may lead to 
better participant compliance and improved glucose management compared to the immediate 
release formulation (Jabbour et al 2011). 
Antihyperglycemic therapy in each arm will be initiated at Cycle 1 Day 1 at low doses and 
require up titration every few days, based on gastrointestinal tolerability, to reach full dose after 
3 weeks. Consequently, alpelisib will start on Cycle 1 Day 8 to allow the dose titration of 
antihyperglycemic therapy for more effective hyperglycemia control. 
Additionally, the patient population has been updated to allow for prior use of fulvestrant / oral 
SERD and to limit the number of treatment lines in the metastatic setting to best align with 
SOLAR-1 and BYLieve studies. 
Changes to the protocol
Changes to this protocol are considered substantial. 
Changes to specific sections of the protocol are shown in the track changes version of the 
protocol using strike through red font for deletions and red underline for insertions.

Throughout the protocol metformin has been replaced by metformin XR.

Throughout the protocol the duration of treatment has been updated from 12 months to 12 
cycles. 

Throughout the protocol the initiation timepoint of alpelisib has been modified from Cycle 
1 Day 1 to Cycle 1 Day 8 to allow for the initiation of anti-hyperglycemic treatment prior 
to alpelisib administration.

Throughout the protocol the duration of screening has been extended from 21 to 28 days to 
allow participants on fulvestrant prior to screening to continue their existing fulvestrant 
schedule. 

Throughout the protocol the timeframe for the primary endpoint (including primary 
objective and primary question of interest) has been updated from first two cycles (where a 
cycle is 28 days or 4 weeks) of alpelisib to first eight weeks of alpelisib (from Cycle 1 Day
8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) due to the change of the start date of alpelisib moving to Cycle 1 Day 
8. This maintains the original intention of two cycles of alpelisib treatment (or eight weeks 
timeframe) for the primary endpoint.

Throughout the protocol the timing of primary analysis has been updated in accordance with 
the updated timeframe of the primary endpoint.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 14 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Throughout the protocol it has been clarified that the laboratory values for glucose 
assessment will serve as the evaluation of the primary endpoint and rationale for dose 
modifications.

List of tables has been updated to add titration guidance tables in Section 6.6.2.

List of abbreviations has been updated per protocol amendment changes.

Protocol summary has been updated to reflect the updates throughout the protocol.

Section 1.1.2.2: Data from CBYL719X2101 study were added to show that no negative 
effect with re-use of fulvestrant was observed as a justification to allow prior fulvestrant or 
oral SERD treatment with the current protocol amendment.

Section 1.2: Justification provided to use metformin XR instead of metformin IR.
 

Section 2: The first intercurrent event was revised to additionally consider participants 
without any exposure to alpelisib (similar change has been made in Section 12.4.3)

Section 3: Baseline risk factors for the development of severe hyperglycemia have been 
listed without “or” and “and/or” for more clarity. “Study Design” figure and “Study Flow 
Chart” have been updated to match the related protocol updates. Timepoint of alpelisib 
treatment initiation has been updated from Cycle 1 Day 1 to Cycle 1 Day 8 (one week after 
the start of anti-hyperglycemic therapy). It has been clarified that randomization will be 
based on FPG instead of glucose. A cycle treatment definition has been added. 

Section 4.3: Rationale for choice of metformin XR has been provided. Explanation provided 
why treatment with antihyperglycemic agents will be initiated one week prior to alpelisib. 

Section 4.4: The timepoint of the primary analysis has been clarified following the change 
of the primary endpoint timeframe.

Section 4.6: Updated based on new COVID-19 Guidance for CTTs - Protocols and 
Amendments for New and Ongoing Studies (Version 5.0).

Section 5.1: Inclusion criterion 3 has been updated by removing “or” to avoid confusion. 

Section 5.1: Inclusion criterion 6 has been updated to include early relapse patients. 

Section 5.1: Previous inclusion criterion 7 (Participant has received ≤ 1 line of prior 
treatment with chemotherapy (except for neoadjuvant/adjuvant chemotherapy) has been 
removed as participants with prior chemotherapy (except for neoadjuvant/adjuvant 
chemotherapy) will be excluded. New inclusion criterion 7 has been added to clarify that 
prior CDK4/6i therapy in adjuvant or metastatic setting is allowed. These changes were 
made to more closely align with the participant populations of other alpelisib studies.

Section 5.1: Inclusion criterion 12 and has been updated to lower the absolute neutrophil 
count from ≥ 1.5 × 109/L to ≥ 1.2 × 109/L to allow inclusion of African American patient 
population known to have lower absolute neutrophil count values being normal for them. 

Section 5.2: A new exclusion criterion was added as exclusion criterion 3 and will exclude 
participants with more than 1 line of prior treatment in the metastatic setting

Section 5.2: Exclusion criterion 3 became exclusion criterion 4 and has been updated to 
clarify that participants with prior chemotherapy (except for neoadjuvant/adjuvant 
chemotherapy) will be excluded. 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 15 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Section 5.2: Exclusion criterion 4 became exclusion criterion 5 and has been modified to 
include hypersensitivity to metformin XR. 

Section 6.1.1: It has been clarified that alpelisib treatment will start on Cycle 1 Day 8 and 
fulvestrant treatment on Cycle 1 Day 1. Additionally, it has been specified that fulvestrant 
500 mg will consist of two 5 ml injections 250 mg each. 

Section 6.1.3: Arm 1 and Arm 2 have been replaced with Arm A and Arm B respectively 
for consistency with other protocol sections. 

Table 6-1: Removal of metformin (IR), clarification of pharmaceutical dosage form for 
fulvestrant.

Section 6.1.5: The duration of FPG monitoring and hyperglycemia related AE collection 
after early discontinuation has been adjusted following updated timeframe for the primary 
endpoint (same update is applicable for Section 8.4.1, Section 9.1.1, Section 10.1.1).

Section 6.2.1: Recommendation to avoid SGLTi for participants randomized to metformin 
XR arm updated to last until Cycle 3 Day 8. 

Section 6.3.2.2: Addition of the statement that fulvestrant injection at Cycle 1 Day 15 is not 
applicable for participants already being treated with fulvestrant when joining the trial. 

Section 6.3.2.3: Adjusted to highlight metformin XR treatment start. 

Section 6.3.2.4: Adjusted to highlight dapagliflozin + metformin XR treatment start.

Table 6-3: Further details provided on management of hyperglycemia and combined 
ALT/AST and TBIL elevation. “Note” has been updated to clarify that dose modifications 
and management should only be based on fasting laboratory glucose values. For Grade 4 ≥ 
27.8 mmol/L has been updated by > 27.8 mmol/L as 27.8 mmol/L is included in Grade 3.

Erythema Multiforme added to severe skin reaction section within the table. 

Section 6.6.2.1: Metformin XR titration recommendation was updated to appear in a table 
format. Most common adverse reactions for metformin were removed. 

Section 6.6.2.2: Dapagliflozin + metformin XR titration recommendation was updated to 
appear in a table format. 

Section 6.6.3.1: The first criteria, requiring follow-up in case of ALT/AST and total 
bilirubin elevation, has been updated to reflect no evidence of cholestasis. Additionally, 
action to be taken with study treatment if DILI is confirmed or is unlikely has been added. 

Table 8-1: Update on the screening window and clarification on fulvestrant injection 
timepoints.

Table 8-2:

Update on the screening window; 

Addition of Cycle 3 Day 8 as a new visit; 
 

Update on eligibility checklist (within IRT) to be completed on C1D1 (prior to first 
dose) instead of screening; 

Addition of “Abdominal Girth” being part of metabolic syndrome (metabolic syndrome 
is a clustering of hyperglycemia/insulin resistance, obesity and dyslipidemia and is 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 16 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
important for several reasons, including identification of patients who are at high risk 
of developing atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes); 

Removal of “Fasting Glucose” and addition of “Fasting Plasma Glucose” at Cycle 3 
Day 1, Cycle 3 Day 8, Cycle 4 Day 1 to Cycle 12 Day 1 and at EOT; 

Addition of HbA1C at Cycle 3 Day 1, 

Alpelisib start day has been updated from Cycle 1 Day 1 to Cycle 1 Day 8; 

Frequency of administration of metformin XR and dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
has been corrected to once daily; 

Footnote number 3 and footnote number 4 have been updated.

Section 8.1.2: Correction on the data collection for screen failures has been performed. 

Section 8.2: Addition of abdominal girth. 

Table 8-3: Footnote number 1 has been updated with regards to tumor evaluation at End of 
Treatment which has to be conducted in absence of progressive disease at previous tumor 
assessment and if this tumor assessment was done more than 21 days prior to EOT visit 
(previously 28 days). Footnote number 2 has been removed as the same language is present 
in the corresponding section of the protocol. 

Table 8-4: Abdominal girth added. 
 

Section 8.4.1: The language for alternative laboratory collection has been updated based on 
new COVID-19 Guidance for CTTs - Protocols and Amendments for New and Ongoing 
Studies (Version 5.0).
 

Section 10.1.3 has been updated with the requirements on SAE follow-up reporting. 

Section 12.5.1: Updated summary measure for PFS to PFS rate at 24 weeks and 48 weeks, 
corresponding to 6 and 12 cycles.
 
 

Section 12.7: Timepoint for statistical testing of the primary endpoint has been removed. 

Section 15: Updated with additional references used in the protocol.

Appendix 16.1: Table 16-3 was updated to align with dose modification table (Table 6-3).
In addition, editorial changes and text corrections were made for clarification in sections of the 
protocol, as appropriate/required.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 17 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
IRBs/IECs
A copy of this amended protocol will be sent to the Institutional Review Board 
(IRBs)/Independent Ethics Committee (IECs) and Health Authorities.
The changes described in this amended protocol require IRB/IEC approval prior to 
implementation. 
The changes herein affect the Informed Consent. Sites are required to update and submit for 
approval a revised Informed Consent that takes into account the changes described in this 
protocol amendment.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 18 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Protocol summary
Protocol number
CBYL719C2202
Full Title
EPIK-B4: A Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled study to assess 
the safety and efficacy of dapagliflozin + metformin XR versus metformin XR during 
treatment with alpelisib (BYL719) in combination with fulvestrant in participants with HR+, 
HER2-, advanced Breast Cancer with a PIK3CA mutation following progression on/after 
endocrine-based therapy
Brief title
Study of safety and efficacy of dapagliflozin + metformin XR versus metformin XR in 
participants with HR+, HER2-, advanced breast cancer while on treatment with alpelisib 
and fulvestrant
Sponsor and 
Clinical Phase
Novartis, Phase II
Investigation type
Drug
Study type
Interventional
Purpose
Study CBYL719C2202 (EPIK-B4) will assess the safety and efficacy of the combination of 
dapagliflozin plus metformin extended release (XR) compared with metformin XR, during 
treatment with alpelisib plus fulvestrant in participants with Hormone Receptor (HR) 
positive, Human Epidermal growth factor Receptor-2 (HER2) negative advanced breast 
cancer with a Phosphoinositide-3-Kinase Catalytic subunit Alpha (PIK3CA) mutation 
following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy. The purpose of this study is to 
determine if the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR, when given 
prophylactically to participants considered at ‘high-risk’ for the development of 
hyperglycemia, leads to a greater reduction in severe hyperglycemia events compared with 
the prophylactic use of metformin XR alone. In SOLAR-1, 71% of all alpelisib-treated 
patients and 85% of alpelisib-treated patients who developed Grade 3 or 4 hyperglycemia 
were considered "high-risk" for the development of hyperglycemia. Patients were 
considered to be "high-risk" if they had either diabetes, pre-diabetes, obesity (Body Mass 
Index (BMI) ≥ 30) or age ≥ 75 years.
This strategy is intended to optimize prophylactic management of hyperglycemia for 
participants with underlying risk factors for the development of severe hyperglycemia.
Rationale
While adverse drug reactions associated with alpelisib are largely manageable and 
reversible, dose reductions, treatment delays and discontinuations due to hyperglycemia 
may ultimately impact treatment duration. In the pivotal SOLAR-1 trial, among alpelisib-
treated patients, 64% of patients developed hyperglycemia of any Grade and 37% 
developed severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia. Therefore, there remains an unmet need for 
management strategies that offer earlier and more sustained improvement of 
hyperglycemia than what is achieved with metformin as initial therapy after hyperglycemia 
has been observed.
Sodium 
glucose 
co-transporter 
2 
inhibitors 
(SGLT2i) 
are 
a 
new 
class 
of medications, approved for use in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus to improve glycemic 
control, that improve hyperglycemia primarily by promoting urinary glucose excretion and 
have a manageable safety profile. In the SOLAR-1 study, among 6 patients treated with 
SGLT2i after onset of hyperglycemia events, all subsequent hyperglycemia-related events 
were Grade 1/2, except one Grade 3 event which was confounded by concomitant 
corticosteroid use. The duration of alpelisib exposure ranged from 9.5 to 27.7 months for 
the  patients who discontinued alpelisib; and notably,  patients were continuing to receive 
alpelisib after 37.0 and 40.0 months, respectively. None of the 6 patients discontinued 
alpelisib due to hyperglycemia (Lu et al 2020). These data suggest that further investigation 
of an SGLT2i for the management of alpelisib-induced hyperglycemia is warranted.
Preclinical data support the use of an SGLT2i in combination with alpelisib. The SGLT2i, 
dapagliflozin, has been used to test for improved glycemic control on top 
of Phosphatidylinositol-3-Kinase alpha (PI3Kα) inhibition with alpelisib. Based on studies 
conducted in Brown Norway and nude rats, the combination of dapagliflozin and alpelisib 
significantly reduced blood glucose levels, without concern for drug-drug interaction and 
notably, while maintaining the efficacy of alpelisib upon combination with dapagliflozin.
Under fed conditions, a reduction in plasma insulin levels and an improvement in insulin 
sensitivity was observed with the combination of dapagliflozin and alpelisib. The triple 
20O
20O


Novartis
Confidential
Page 19 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
combination of metformin plus dapagliflozin plus alpelisib resulted in further improved blood 
glucose level reduction with the same kinetics as dapagliflozin plus alpelisib. The triple 
combination of metformin plus dapagliflozin plus alpelisib was more effective in reducing 
plasma insulin levels when compared to double combinations with metformin plus alpelisib 
or dapagliflozin plus alpelisib. No sign of ketoacidosis was observed (Novartis Internal 
Data).
Primary 
Objective(s) 
To evaluate the reduction in severe hyperglycemia events over the first eight weeks of 
alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR compared to 
alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR.
The primary scientific question of interest is: what is the effect on the occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia (based on glucose laboratory values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib 
plus fulvestrant (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR versus alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR for 
participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA 
mutation, which progressed on or after endocrine-based therapy and have at least one risk 
factor for severe hyperglycemia, regardless of additional antihyperglycemic therapies as 
needed?
Note: Among alpelisib-treated patients with severe hyperglycemia events in SOLAR-
1, 87% of patients developed the events within the first two cycles of treatment. Therefore, 
in this proposed study, the primary endpoint will focus on the incidence of severe 
hyperglycemia in the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment, starting from 
Cycle 1 Day 8.
Secondary 
Objectives
● To evaluate alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR with regard to 
preliminary efficacy parameters
● To assess safety and tolerability
Study design
This is a Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled trial designed to 
assess the safety and efficacy of the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared with metformin XR during treatment with alpelisib plus fulvestrant in participants 
with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation 
following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy. 
The study will only include participants who have at least one baseline risk factor as 
defined below for the development of severe hyperglycemia:
● Diabetes (FPG ≥ 126 mg/dL or ≥ 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c ≥ 6.5%)
● Pre-diabetes (FPG ≥ 100 mg/dL to < 126 mg/dL or 5.6 to < 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c 
5.7 to < 6.5%)
● Obesity (BMI ≥ 30)
● Age ≥ 75 years
Participants will be randomized in a 1:1 ratio (approximately 66 participants in each 
treatment arm) to receive the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR or 
metformin XR alone starting on Cycle 1 Day 1.. Randomization will be stratified by 
diabetic status at baseline, i.e. normal vs pre-diabetic/diabetic (based on fasting plasma 
glucose (FPG) and/or hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) laboratory values).
The study will consist of a 28-day screening phase, a 12 cycle treatment phase, and a 
post-treatment phase which includes safety and efficacy follow-up 
(if applicable).
Study population
This study will include adult men and postmenopausal women with HR-positive, HER2-
negative advanced (locoregionally recurrent not amenable to curative therapy or 
metastatic) breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation which has progressed on or after 
endocrine-based therapy who plan to initiate therapy with alpelisib plus fulvestrant and have 
at least one baseline risk factor for severe hyperglycemia. Participants with prior CDK4/6i 
treatment will be included. This study population is consistent with the population for which 
alpelisib is approved for use.
Key Inclusion 
criteria
● Participant has a histologically and/or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of estrogen 
receptor positive (ER+) and/or progesterone receptor positive (PgR+) breast cancer by 
local laboratory
● Participant has a PIK3CA mutation(s) present in tumor prior to enrollment 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 20 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
●Participant has prior treatment with an endocrine-based treatment (i.e. letrozole, 
anastrozole, exemestane, fulvestrant or oral SERD) and may be:
relapsed with documented evidence of progression while on (neo) adjuvant endocrine-
based therapy or within 12 months from completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine-based 
therapy with no treatment for metastatic disease
relapsed with documented evidence of progression more than 12 months from 
completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine-based therapy and then subsequently 
progressed with documented evidence of progression while on or after only one line of 
endocrine-based therapy for metastatic disease
newly diagnosed advanced breast cancer, then relapsed with documented evidence 
of progression while on or after only one line of endocrine-based therapy. 
Note: Participants with newly diagnosed endocrine-based treatment naïve advanced 
breast cancer will NOT be included in the study.
●Participants may or may not have received prior CDK4/6i therapy. If prior CDK4/6i 
therapy was administered, it may have been in the adjuvant or metastatic setting
● If female, then the participant is postmenopausal
● Participant has an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status 0 
or 1
● Participant has adequate bone marrow and organ function
Key Exclusion 
criteria
● Participant who relapsed with documented evidence of progression more than 12 months 
from completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine therapy with no treatment for metastatic 
disease
● Participant had more than 1 line of prior treatment in the metastatic setting 
● Participant has received prior treatment with chemotherapy (except for 
neoadjuvant/adjuvant chemotherapy), any PI3K, Mammalian Target of Rapamycin 
(mTOR) or Protein Kinase B (Akt) inhibitor
● Participant has inflammatory breast cancer at screening
●Participant with an established diagnosis of diabetes mellitus type I or participants with 
type II diabetes mellitus requiring antihyperglycemic therapy
● Participant has a history of acute pancreatitis within 1 year of screening or a past 
medical history of chronic pancreatitis
● Participant has currently documented pneumonitis/interstitial lung disease
● Participant has a history of severe cutaneous reaction, such as Steven-Johnson 
Syndrome (SJS), erythema multiforme (EM), Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis (TEN) or Drug 
Reaction with Eosinophilia and Systemic Syndrome (DRESS)
Study treatment
● Arm A: Alpelisib (BYL719) + fulvestrant + dapagliflozin + metformin XR 
● Arm B: Alpelisib (BYL719) + fulvestrant + metformin XR
Efficacy 
assessments
● Chest, abdomen, and pelvis computerized tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance 
imaging (MRI) with intravenous contrast enhancement at screening and every 8 weeks 
(+/- 7 days) until disease progression, end of treatment (EOT), death, withdrawal of 
consent/opposition to use data/biological samples, or lost to follow-up


Novartis
Confidential
Page 21 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Key safety 
assessments
● Physical examination
● Body weight, height, abdominal girth and vital signs
● ECOG performance status
● Laboratory evaluations, including hematology, biochemistry, coagulation, and urinalysis
● Electrocardiogram (ECG)
● Cardiac imaging (multigated acquisition scan (MUGA) or echocardiogram (ECHO))
● Adverse events (AEs) with severity, relationship to study treatment and seriousness
● Skin photographs and skin biopsies (strongly recommended for Grade 3 and mandatory 
for Grade 4 skin toxicities)
Other 
assessments
● Tumor tissue: archival tumor block or a fresh formalin-fixed tumor biopsy block or a 
minimum 5-13 slides (if PIK3CA mutation status is not available)
Data analysis
The primary analysis will assess the difference in the percentage of participants with 
severe hyperglycemia (Grade ≥ 3, based on glucose laboratory values) between the two 
treatment arms with a stratified Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test (stratified by baseline 
diabetic status) at an overall one-sided 5% level of significance.
The following statistical hypotheses will be tested to address the primary objective:
H01: θ1 – θ2 ≥ 0 vs. Ha1: θ1 – θ2 < 0
where θ1 is the percentage of participants with at least one occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia in the study treatment arm A and θ2 is the percentage in the study 
treatment arm B. The percentage of participants with severe hyperglycemia per treatment 
arm and the difference in percentages across the two treatment arms will be presented 
along with two-sided 95% standard Wald asymptotic (i.e. normal approximation) 
confidence intervals.
Key words
Alpelisib, fulvestrant, SERD, metformin, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, advanced breast 
cancer, phase II, HR+, HER2-, PIK3CA, hyperglycemia, SGLT2i


Novartis
Confidential
Page 22 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
1
Introduction
1.1
Background
1.1.1
Overview of disease pathogenesis, epidemiology and current 
treatment
Breast cancer (BC) is the most common cancer in women and is the most commonly diagnosed 
cancer worldwide. The estimated 2.3 million new cases indicate that 1 in every 8 cancers 
diagnosed in 2020 is breast cancer. The disease is the fifth-leading cause of cancer mortality 
worldwide, with 685,000 deaths in 2020 (Sung et al 2021). Among men, BC is much less 
common, accounting for <1% of all cases (Siegel et al 2018).
Subtypes of breast cancer are distinguished by the expression of estrogen receptors (ER), 
progesterone receptors (PgR) and human epidermal growth factor receptor-2 (HER2), as well 
as by distinct gene expression profiles (Perou et al 2000, Sotiriou and Pusztai 2009). Of the new 
breast cancers diagnosed worldwide each year, approximately 60-70% are hormone receptor 
positive (HR-positive), HER2-negative (Howlader et al 2021).
Alpelisib, an oral, alpha-specific phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI3K) inhibitor, is indicated, 
in combination with fulvestrant, for the treatment of postmenopausal women, and men, with 
HR-positive, HER2-negative, Phosphoinositide-3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha (PIK3CA)
mutated, advanced breast cancer following progression on or after an endocrine-based regimen 
on the basis of the pivotal study, CBYL719C2301 (SOLAR-1). Results from the SOLAR-1 
study (André et al 2019), which is a Phase III, randomized, multicenter, double-blind, placebo-
controlled study, showed a statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvement in 
progression-free survival (PFS) in favor of the alpelisib plus fulvestrant arm (Hazard Ratio 
(HR)=0.65, 95% Confidence Interval (CI): 0.50, 0.85, one-sided p < 0.001). Median PFS was 
prolonged by 5.3 months, from 5.7 months (95% CI: 3.7, 7.4) in the placebo plus fulvestrant 
arm to 11.0 months (95% CI: 7.5, 14.5) in the alpelisib plus fulvestrant arm.
Alpelisib, along with other PI3K inhibitors, is associated with toxicities from both on-target and 
off-target effects, including hyperglycemia, diarrhea, nausea, and rash. While adverse drug 
reactions are largely manageable and reversible, alpelisib dose reductions, treatment delays and 
discontinuation may occur due to adverse drug reactions such as hyperglycemia which may 
ultimately impact treatment duration.
Hyperglycemia, an on-target effect, was managed primarily with metformin in the pivotal 
SOLAR-1 trial. Among alpelisib-treated patients, 64% of patients developed hyperglycemia of 
any Grade and 37% developed severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia. Dose interruption and/or 
adjustment of alpelisib was required for 38% of patients and treatment discontinuation due to 
hyperglycemia was reported in 6% of alpelisib-treated patients. Among alpelisib-treated 
patients with severe hyperglycemia events, 87% of patients developed the events within the first 
two cycles of treatment. Baseline risk features that were associated with the development of 
severe hyperglycemia include prediabetes or diabetes at baseline (based on hemoglobin A1c 
(HbA1c) and glucose laboratory values), obesity (BMI ≥ 30) and age (≥ 75 years). In SOLAR-
1, 71% of all alpelisib-treated patients and 85% of alpelisib-treated patients who developed 
Grade 3 or 4 hyperglycemia had at least one of these risk factors.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 23 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Enhanced guidance including additional glucose monitoring, earlier implementation of 
metformin use and faster allowance of dose reductions for alpelisib were incorporated into the 
BYLieve (CBYL719X2402) study, an ongoing Phase II, non-comparative study to assess the 
efficacy and safety of alpelisib plus fulvestrant or letrozole in patients with HR-positive, HER2-
negative, advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation who have progressed on or after 
prior treatments. While the enhanced protocol guidance led to fewer dose reductions and 
treatment discontinuations due to hyperglycemia in Cohort A of the BYLieve study (Table 1-1), 
which consists of a patient population most similar to SOLAR-1, severe hyperglycemia events 
(Grade ≥ 3) were still reported in 28% of patients (Rugo et al 2021). Therefore, there remains 
an unmet need for management strategies that offer earlier and more sustained improvement of 
hyperglycemia than what is achieved with metformin as initial therapy after hyperglycemia has 
been observed.
Table 1-1
Comparison of hyperglycemia adverse events between SOLAR-1 and 
BYLieve Cohort A 
Patients treated with alpelisib plus fulvestrant
SOLAR-1 
N = 284
BYLieve Cohort 
AN = 127
% with severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia
37%
28%
% with dose interruption and/or reduction due to hyperglycemia
38%
29%
% discontinued study treatment due to hyperglycemia
6%
2%
1.1.2
Overview of alpelisib
Alpelisib is an oral, alpha-specific class IA PI3K inhibitor belonging to the 2-aminothiazole 
class of compounds. Alpelisib potently inhibits p110α, in its wild-type form as well as when 
constitutively activated by somatic mutations, and inhibits less strongly the β, δ, and γ isoforms 
of PI3K.
1.1.2.1
Non-clinical experience
Alpelisib shows significant preclinical antitumor activity. In biochemical assays, alpelisib 
inhibits p110α (inhibitor concentration causing half maximal inhibition [IC50]=4.6 nM) much 
more potently than the p110δ and γ isoforms and PIK4β and has weak or no activity against 
p110β, Vps34 and mTOR. Alpelisib is equipotent against the most common somatic mutations 
of p110α (H1047R, E545K) compared to wild type p110α, and is selective against a wide range 
of protein kinases with at least a 50-fold selectivity window compared to p110α. The potency 
and selectivity of alpelisib is confirmed at the cellular level in mechanistic and relevant tumor 
cell lines. Alpelisib potently inhibits p110α cellular activity (IC50=74 nM) and shows 
significant selectivity against the p110β and p110δ isoforms (above 15-fold). Alpelisib is not 
interfering with phosphoinositol 3-kinase-related- kinases involved in deoxyribonucleic acid 
(DNA)-damage repair processes (IC50> 30μM on S15P-p53 and IC50> 10μM on S1981
P-ataxia-telangiectasia mutation). In vitro, alpelisib inhibits the proliferation of various cancer 
cell lines, and showed increased activity in cell lines harboring gene alterations in PIK3CA.
Gain-of-function mutations in the gene encoding PIK3CA lead to activation of PI3Kα and 
Akt-signaling, cellular transformation and the generation of tumors in in vitro and in vivo
models.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 24 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
In multiple cancer indications, including breast cancer and head and neck squamous cell 
carcinoma (HNSCC), alpelisib inhibited the phosphorylation of PI3K downstream targets,
including Akt and showed activity in cell lines harboring a PIK3CA mutation. In vivo, alpelisib 
inhibited the PI3K/Akt signaling pathway and reduced tumor growth in xenograft models, 
including models of multiple cancer indications, including breast cancer and HNSCC 
(Sheng et al 2013), [Section 4.1.2.5]). More detailed information on the pharmacology of 
alpelisib, single and multiple dose pharmacokinetic (PK) studies conducted in multiple species 
and nonclinical safety evaluations can be found in the [Alpelisib (BYL719) Investigator’s 
Brochure].
1.1.2.2
Clinical experience
Alpelisib (Piqray®) was first approved in the United States (May-2019), and later in several 
other countries, in combination with fulvestrant for the treatment of postmenopausal women, 
and men, with HR-positive, HER2-negative PIK3CA mutated, advanced or metastatic breast 
cancer following progression on or after an endocrine-based regimen. On 27-Jul-2020, the 
European Commission approved alpelisib in combination with fulvestrant for the treatment of 
postmenopausal women, and men, with HRpositive, HER2negative, locally advanced or 
metastatic breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation after disease progression following endocrine 
therapy as monotherapy. Global submissions are in progress.
These approvals were based on the primary efficacy results of CBYL719C2301 (SOLAR-1) a 
Phase III, randomized, multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled, study that met its primary 
endpoint in patients with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA 
mutation with a statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvement in PFS in favor 
of the alpelisib plus fulvestrant arm (HR=0.65, 95% CI: 0.50, 0.85, p=0.00065, one-sided) 
(cut-off date of 12-Jun-2018). Median PFS was prolonged by 5.3 months, from 5.7 months (95% 
CI: 3.7, 7.4) in the placebo plus fulvestrant arm to 11.0 months (95% CI: 7.5, 14.5) in the 
alpelisib plus fulvestrant arm. No clinically meaningful PFS benefit was observed in patients 
whose tumors did not have a PIK3CA tissue mutation (HR = 0.85; 95% CI: 0.58, 1.25).
The final overall survival (OS) analysis for SOLAR-1 study in the PIK3CA mutant cohort was 
conducted, with a cut-off date of 23-Apr-2020, based on 181 deaths. Although OS did not meet 
the pre-specified efficacy boundary (one-sided p≤0.0161) for statistical significance, there was 
a clinically relevant improvement in median OS of 7.9 months for patients with a PIK3CA 
mutation taking alpelisib plus fulvestrant compared to placebo plus fulvestrant (median OS 39.3 
months vs. 31.4 months; HR=0.86; 95% CI: 0.64-1.15; one-sided p=0.15) (André et al 2021).
With a median duration of follow-up from randomization until the final OS data cut-off of 42.4 
months, the safety profile remains consistent with that previously reported. All Grade AEs that 
were reported in ≥ 20% of patients in the alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment arm were 
hyperglycemia(65%), diarrhea (60%), nausea (47%), decreased appetite (36%), rash (36%) 
(also, maculo-papular rash was 14%), vomiting (29%), weight decreased (28%), fatigue (25%), 
stomatitis (25%), asthenia (23%), and alopecia (20%). Grade ≥ 3 AEs in ≥ 5% of patients were 
hyperglycemia (37%), rash (10%), rash maculo-papular (9%), diarrhea (7%) and weight 
decreased 5%. All serious adverse events (SAEs) occurred in less than 3% of patients with the 
exception of hyperglycemia (10%). Grade ≥ 3 SAEs that occurred in ≥ 2% of patients were 
hyperglycemia (9%) and osteonecrosis of jaw (2%). 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 25 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
In the Phase I Study CBYL719X2101, 39 participants had prior therapy with fulvestrant before 
they were treated with alpelisib plus fulvestrant, 21 of these with measurable disease at baseline 
and PIK3CA mutations. Of these latter participants, 7 participants had a best overall response 
of partial response, 11 participants had stable disease, 2 participants had progressive disease, 
and the response for 1 participant was unknown. With no significant negative impact on efficacy
observed with the re-use of fulvestrant, prior fulvestrant or oral SERD treatment will be allowed 
in this study. 
More detailed information regarding alpelisib is available in the [Alpelisib (BYL719) 
Investigator's Brochure], Piqray® prescribing information.
Clinical Pharmacology
The pharmacokinetics of alpelisib has been studied in healthy volunteers and adult patients with 
solid tumors. Steady-state PK of alpelisib is approximately dose-proportional at clinically 
relevant doses under fed conditions with steady-state plasma concentrations reached within 3 
days following daily dosage. The median time to reach peak plasma concentration (Tmax) 
ranged between 2.0 to 4.0 hours. The half-life of alpelisib is predicted to be 8 to 9 hours.
Alpelisib shows a positive food effect and has to be administered after food. No clinically 
significant differences in alpelisib area under the curve (AUC) were observed between low-fat 
low-calorie and high-fat high-calorie meals. Alpelisib can be co-administered with acid 
reducing agents, as long as it is taken after food, since food exhibited a more pronounced effect 
on the solubility of alpelisib than the effect of gastric pH.
Alpelisib is primarily metabolized by chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis to form its metabolite 
BZG791 and to a lesser extent by cytochrome P450 (CYP) 3A4 in vitro. CYP3A4-mediated 
metabolites (12%) and glucuronides amounted to approximately 15% of the dose. Excretion of 
unchanged alpelisib occurs primarily via hepatobiliary export and/or intestinal secretion of 
alpelisib. As alpelisib is a substrate of Breast Cancer Resistance Protein (BCRP), its elimination 
may be affected when co-administered with BCRP inhibitors.
Alpelisib inhibits CYP3A4 in a time-dependent manner and induces CYP2B6, CYP2C9 and 
CYP3A4 in vitro. Alpelisib is an inhibitor of P-gp. No clinically significant differences in 
pharmacokinetics of everolimus (a substrate of CYP3A4 and P-gp), however, were observed 
when co-administered with alpelisib. Alpelisib has a low potential to inhibit BCRP, MRP2, 
BSEP, OATP1B1, OATP1B3, OCT1, OAT1, OAT3, OCT2, MATE1, and MATE2K at 
clinically relevant concentrations.
For more detailed information please refer to [Alpelisib (BYL719) Investigator's Brochure].
1.2
Purpose
While adverse drug reactions associated with alpelisib are largely manageable and reversible, 
dose reductions, treatment delays and discontinuation due to hyperglycemia have been reported 
which may ultimately impact treatment duration.
Among alpelisib-treated patients in SOLAR-1, 64% of patients developed hyperglycemia of 
any Grade, 37% developed severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia and 10% developed 
hyperglycemia as serious adverse events. Dose interruption and/or adjustment of alpelisib was 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 26 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
required for 38% of patients and treatment discontinuation due to hyperglycemia was reported 
in 6% of alpelisib-treated patients.
Based on the SOLAR-1 experience, enhanced protocol guidance was incorporated into the 
BYLieve study, which led to fewer dose reductions and treatment discontinuations due to 
hyperglycemia in Cohort A of the BYLieve study (i.e. 29% and 2% respectively in BYLieve), 
which consists of a patient population most similar to SOLAR-1. However, severe 
hyperglycemia events (Grade ≥ 3) were still reported in 28% of patients in Cohort A and in 6% 
of patients as serious adverse events. Therefore, there remains an unmet need for management 
strategies that offer early and sustained improvement of hyperglycemia than what is achieved 
with metformin as initial therapy after hyperglycemia has been observed. In addition to frequent 
monitoring and early recognition of treatment-related toxicities, management strategies 
including both active and prophylactic intervention for hyperglycemia should be explored and 
optimized.Study CBYL719C2202 (EPIK-B4) will assess the safety and efficacy of the 
combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin extended release (XR) compared with metformin 
XR alone, during treatment with alpelisib plus fulvestrant in participants with HR-positive, 
HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation following progression on or 
after endocrine-based therapy. 
While the adverse drug profile of metformin IR (immediate release) and metformin XR are 
generally similar, up to 25% of patients on metformin IR may experience gastrointestinal 
toxicities that lead to treatment discontinuation in 5-10% of patients (Jabbour et al 2011). 
Metformin XR was developed to allow a slower release of drug into the upper gastrointestinal 
tract to reduce toxicities such as diarrhea. The use of metformin XR instead of metformin IR is 
justified by its better tolerability and once daily dosing (Jabbour et al 2011). The targeted patient 
population for EPIK-B4 is expected to be at high risk to develop drug-induced hyperglycemia 
and the better tolerability of metformin XR versus metformin IR will potentially allow a more 
rapid dose titration and improved adherence. In order to achieve a better glycemic control while 
on alpelisib treatment, the antihyperglycemic agents will be initiated one week before alpelisib 
treatment and will be titrated to the dose that is tolerated by the participant.
The purpose of this study is to determine if the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin 
XR, when given prophylactically to participants considered at ‘high-risk’ for the development 
of hyperglycemia, leads to a greater reduction in severe hyperglycemia events compared with 
the prophylactic use of metformin XR alone. This strategy is intended to optimize prophylactic 
management of hyperglycemia for participants with underlying risk factors for the development 
of severe hyperglycemia.
2
Objectives, endpoints and estimands
Objectives and related selected endpoints are described in Table 2-1.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 27 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 2-1
Objectives and related endpoints
Objective(s)
Endpoint(s)
Primary objective(s)
Endpoint(s) for primary objective(s)
● To evaluate the reduction in severe hyperglycemia 
events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant 
with prophylactic metformin XR
● Occurrence of severe hyperglycemia (grade ≥ 3, 
based on glucose laboratory values) over the first 
eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment 
(from C1D8 to C3D8)
Secondary objective(s)
Endpoint(s) for secondary objective(s)
● To evaluate alpelisib plus fulvestrant with 
prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with 
prophylactic metformin XR with regard to 
preliminary efficacy parameters
● PFS, ORR with confirmed response and CBR with 
confirmed response, based on local radiology 
assessments and using RECIST 1.1 criteria
● To assess the safety and tolerability
● Safety: Incidence, type, and severity of adverse 
events per CTCAE version 4.03 criteria including 
changes in laboratory values, ECOG, vital signs, 
liver assessments, renal and cardiac assessments
Tolerability: dose interruptions, reductions, dose 
intensity, and duration of exposure for all drug 
components
2.1
Primary estimands
The estimand is the precise description of the treatment effect and reflects strategies to address 
events occurring during trial conduct which could impact the interpretation of the trial results 
(e.g., premature discontinuation of treatment).
The primary scientific question of interest is: what is the effect on the occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia (based on glucose laboratory values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR, for 
participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation, 
which progressed on or after endocrine-based therapy and have at least one risk factor for severe 
hyperglycemia, regardless of additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed?
The justification for targeting this treatment effect is the intent to assess the treatment effect 
based on the occurrence of severe hyperglycemia while the participants are exposed to alpelisib 
plus fulvestrant as well as after the discontinuation and interruption of prophylactic 
antihyperglycemic medications, since any discontinuation or interruption will reflect clinical 
practice.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 28 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The primary estimand is characterized by the following attributes:
1. Population: participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a 
PIK3CA mutation, who progressed on or after endocrine-based therapy and have at least 
one risk factor for severe hyperglycemia; randomized and received at least one dose of study 
treatment.
2. Treatment: the first study treatment is alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic 
dapagliflozin plus metformin XR (plus additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed). 
The second study treatment is alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR 
(plus additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed).
3. Variable: occurrence of severe hyperglycemia (Grade ≥ 3, based on glucose laboratory 
values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 
8 to Cycle 3 Day 8). 
4. Handling of remaining intercurrent events:

Discontinuation of alpelisib for any reason or not receiving any alpelisib will be 
handled using treatment policy strategy.

Discontinuation and/or interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic medication for 
any reason will be handled using treatment policy strategy.

Dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib for any reason will be handled using 
treatment policy strategy.
5. Summary measure: difference between treatment arms in percentage of participants with 
severe hyperglycemia.
2.2
Secondary estimands
Not applicable.
3
Study design
Study CBYL719C2202 is a Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled 
trial designed to assess the safety and efficacy of the combination of dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to metformin XR alone during treatment with alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant in participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a 
PIK3CA mutation following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy. The study will 
only include participants who have at least one of the following baseline risk factors for the 
development of severe hyperglycemia:

Diabetes (fasting plasma glucose (FPG) ≥ 126 mg/dL or ≥ 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c ≥ 
6.5%) 

Pre-diabetes (FPG ≥ 100 mg/dL to < 126 mg/dL or 5.6 to < 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c 5.7 
to < 6.5%) 

Obesity (BMI ≥ 30) 

Age ≥ 75 years
Participants will be randomized in a 1:1 ratio (approximately 66 participants in each treatment 
arm) to receive the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR or metformin XR 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 29 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
alone starting on Cycle 1 Day 1. Randomization will be stratified by diabetic status at baseline, 
i.e. normal vs pre-diabetic/diabetic (based on FPG and/or HbA1c laboratory values).
Figure 3-1
Study Design


Novartis
Confidential
Page 30 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Figure 3-2
Study Flow Chart
The primary endpoint is the occurrence of severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia events (based on 
glucose laboratory values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant (from Cycle 1 
Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) with prophylactic treatment with dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR in participants who have 
at least one baseline risk factor associated with severe hyperglycemia.
The study will consist of 4 phases: molecular pre-screening, screening (28 days), randomized 
treatment, and post-treatment follow-up (safety follow-up and efficacy follow-up if 
applicable) as described in the study flow chart (Figure 3-2).
Treatment with fulvestrant and dapagliflozin plus metformin XR or metformin XR will be 
initiated on Cycle 1 Day 1 and be administered continuously. Alpelisib treatment begins one 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 31 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
week after the start of antihyperglycemic therapy (Cycle 1 Day 8) to allow for initial titration 
prior to alpelisib dosing.
The duration of treatment with alpelisib and fulvestrant will be 12 cycles or until disease 
progression, unacceptable toxicity, or discontinuation from study treatment for any other reason, 
whichever comes first. A cycle of treatment is defined as 28 days.
After treatment discontinuation, all participants will enter the safety follow-up which will end 
30 days after participant discontinues from study treatment.
Participants who discontinue for reasons other than disease progression, death, lost to follow-
up, or withdrawal of consent/opposition to use of data/biological samples before completing 12 
cycles of treatment will additionally enter post-treatment efficacy follow-up. Post-treatment 
efficacy follow-up will end 12 cycles after randomization.
After the 12 cycles treatment period for alpelisib plus fulvestrant, participants who, in the 
opinion of the Investigator, are benefiting from study treatment may switch to commercially 
available supply.
4
Rationale
4.1
Rationale for study design
This Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled trial is intended to include 
only participants who have at least one baseline risk factor for the development of severe 
hyperglycemia as defined in Section 3.
In SOLAR-1, 71% of all alpelisib-treated patients and 85% of alpelisib-treated patients who 
developed Grade 3 or 4 hyperglycemia had at least one of these risk factors.
Based on these data, the proposed study will include participants more likely to develop severe 
hyperglycemia, which include those with impaired glucose tolerance at baseline, a higher BMI 
grouping and older age, as defined above.
Among alpelisib-treated patients with severe hyperglycemia events in SOLAR-1, 87% of 
patients developed the events within the first two cycles of treatment. Therefore, in this 
proposed study, the primary endpoint will focus on the incidence of severe hyperglycemia in 
the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment, starting from Cycle 1 Day 8.
In order to control for strong risk factors and avoid imbalance between the two arms while 
considering the sample size, randomization will be stratified (Kernan et al 1999) by diabetic 
status at baseline, i.e. normal vs pre-diabetic/diabetic (based on glucose and/or HbA1c 
laboratory values). In the SOLAR-1 study, among the risk factors identified for severe 
hyperglycemia, baseline diabetic status was most strongly associated with increased blood 
glucose.
4.2
Rationale for dose/regimen and duration of treatment
4.2.1
Rationale for dose/regimen and duration of treatment with alpelisib
The dose of alpelisib used in this study is 300 mg once daily.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 32 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
In the Phase Ia study CBYL719X2101 alpelisib doses of 30 mg - 450 mg were explored; the 
maximum tolerated dose (MTD) for single-agent treatment was declared at 400 mg alpelisib 
under fed conditions. Clinical responses for alpelisib monotherapy were observed at doses of ≥ 
270 mg once daily, though signs of tumor growth suppression were observed at doses ≥ 180 mg 
based on pharmacodynamic markers (Juric et al 2018). The dose and regimen in combination 
with the approved dose of fulvestrant was informed by the available safety, efficacy, and 
pharmacokinetic data from the combination part of study X2101 and taken forward into a Phase 
III study (SOLAR-1). SOLAR-1 confirmed that 300 mg alpelisib has a positive benefit-risk 
ratio with respect to efficacy and safety leading to substantial clinical benefit with manageable 
toxicities. In addition, alpelisib 300 mg once a day (QD) was also the selected starting dose or 
emerged to be the best tolerated dose in other studies in combination with aromatase inhibitors 
(AIs) (Shah et al 2014, Munster et al 2014, Mayer et al 2017, Study CBYL719A2201).
4.2.2
Rationale for combination treatment with fulvestrant
The dose of fulvestrant used in this study is 500 mg given intramuscularly at one month intervals, 
with an additional 500 mg dose given two weeks after the initial dose.
In the second line setting, several acceptable options are available (Gradishar et al 2015) and 
include fulvestrant. In addition, fulvestrant is currently approved for the treatment of HR+ 
metastatic breast cancer in postmenopausal women with disease progression following anti-
estrogen therapy. Hence, fulvestrant is considered a standard therapy for patients who have 
progressed on or after treatment with other endocrine agents and who require a well-tolerated 
alternative therapy (Ciruelos et al 2014).
Alpelisib (Piqray®) is approved in combination with fulvestrant for the treatment of 
postmenopausal women, and men, with hormone receptor HR-positive, HER2-negative 
PIK3CA mutated, advanced or metastatic breast cancer following progression on or after 
an endocrine-based regimen.
4.3
Rationale for choice of antihyperglycemic agents
While current management strategies for hyperglycemia associated with PI3K inhibition 
primarily involve metformin and close observation of fasting glucose (FG) values, there 
remains an unmet need for strategies that offer early and sustained improvement of 
hyperglycemia than what is achieved with metformin as initial monotherapy. SGLT2i are a new 
class of medications, approved for use in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus to improve 
glycemic control, that improve hyperglycemia primarily by promoting urinary glucose 
excretion and have a manageable safety profile. The combination of an SGLT2i plus metformin 
XR (extended release) administered on Cycle 1 Day 1 of treatment has the potential to not only 
maintain the efficacy observed with metformin monotherapy, but with enhanced rapidity of 
onset and durable management. From the mechanistic perspective, a particular advantage of 
SGLT2i is that they carry a limited risk of hypoglycemia which is often associated with glucose-
lowering agents, as they function through a novel mechanism of reducing renal tubular glucose 
reabsorption, producing a reduction in blood glucose without stimulating a compensatory 
increase in insulin. Therefore, SGLT2i are an appropriate addition to standard treatment with 
metformin, which also has a limited risk of hypoglycemia.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 33 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
There are preclinical and clinical data to support the investigation of adding an SGLT2i to the 
standard antihyperglycemic agent, metformin, to treat and potentially prevent severe 
hyperglycemia associated with PI3K inhibition with alpelisib.
Brown Norway (BN) rat and Rat1-myr-p110α tumor bearing nude rat in vivo models were used 
to further investigate the degree of glucose and insulin control achievable upon treatment with 
alpelisib and the SGLT2i, dapagliflozin, with and without the addition of metformin and its 
subsequent effects on the tolerability and efficacy of alpelisib.
In both rat models tested, the addition of dapagliflozin to alpelisib nearly suppressed alpelisib-
induced hyperglycemia, was associated with insulin level reduction and insulin sensitivity 
improvement. Notably, no signs for ketoacidosis upon single agent nor combination were 
observed under fed conditions. Alpelisib single agent efficacy in the Rat1-myr-p110α tumor 
bearing nude rats was maintained when used in combination with dapagliflozin and there was 
no influence of dapagliflozin on alpelisib-induced body weight loss. In BN rats, when 
combining metformin with alpelisib, a delay in blood glucose reduction was observed compared 
with the combination of dapagliflozin and alpelisib. The triple combination of metformin plus 
dapagliflozin plus alpelisib resulted in further improved blood glucose level reduction with the 
same kinetics as dapagliflozin plus alpelisib. The triple combination of metformin plus 
dapagliflozin plus alpelisib was more effective in reducing plasma insulin levels when 
compared to double combinations with metformin plus alpelisib or dapagliflozin plus alpelisib 
(Novartis Internal Data).
In terms of clinical data, in the SOLAR-1 study, among the 284 patients who were randomized 
to receive alpelisib plus fulvestrant, 181 patients (64%) developed hyperglycemia, with 18 
patients (6%) discontinuing alpelisib treatment due to hyperglycemia, as of 12-Jun-2018.
Among those with hyperglycemia, 166 patients received concomitant anti-diabetic medications, 
primarily consisting of metformin (87%). However, in addition to metformin, 6 patients also 
received an SGLT2 inhibitor, consisting of empagliflozin, ipragliflozin, or dapagliflozin. All 6 
patients had ≥ 1 risk factor at baseline for developing hyperglycemia, defined as prediabetes (n 
= 4; 1 of whom had documented history of type 2 diabetes), diabetes (n = 2), and obesity (n = 
2). The most severe hyperglycemia in these patients was Grade 3 (n = 5). After initiating an 
SGLT2 inhibitor, all subsequent hyperglycemia events were Grade 1/2, except one Grade 3 
event with steroids as a confounding factor. The duration of alpelisib ranged from 9.5 to 27.7 
months in  patients who discontinued alpelisib; and notably,  patients were continuing to 
receive alpelisib after 37.0 and 40.0 months, respectively. None of the 6 patients discontinued 
alpelisib due to hyperglycemia (Lu et al 2020).
Based on these data, participants may benefit from the initiation of an SGLT2i with metformin. 
Particularly in participants with at least one risk factor for the development of severe 
hyperglycemia, defined as prediabetes/diabetes, and/or obesity (BMI ≥ 30), and/or age ≥ 75 
years, early or prophylactic initiation of an SGLT2i in combination with metformin may help 
to reduce the incidence and frequency of severe hyperglycemia events.
There are several available SGLT2i, including the combination of dapagliflozin and metformin 
XR, which is indicated for use in adults with type 2 diabetes mellitus. By utilizing a combination 
agent of dapagliflozin and metformin XR, there is an opportunity to optimize the safety profile 
of alpelisib with respect to hyperglycemia with a single oral medication. Among the 
20O
20O


Novartis
Confidential
Page 34 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
combination agents that are approved and available, the single oral combination of dapagliflozin 
and metformin XR is one of the most preferred agents, making it an appropriate treatment 
choice for this proposed study. Additionally, it is available in multiple strengths, which would 
allow for dose titration to target fasting glucose values. However, it is acceptable for 
participants randomized to the dapagliflozin plus metformin XR arm to receive these 
medications as two separate tablets, at the discretion of the Investigator, provided that the 
starting dose and dose titration guidance included in Section 6.3.2.4 can be achieved.
For participants not randomized to the dapagliflozin plus metformin XR arm, metformin XR 
will be initiated to explore hyperglycemia management with the extended release formulation 
as it is associated with slower gastrointestinal absorption, leading to less gastrointestinal 
toxicities, and once daily dosing, both of which may lead to better participant compliance and 
improved glucose management (Jabbour et al 2011). 
Metformin XR and dapagliflozin plus metformin XR are initiated at low doses and require up-
titration every few days, based on gastrointestinal tolerability, to reach full dose after 3 weeks. 
Hence, these antihyperglycemic agents will be started one week prior to alpelisib to allow for 
more effective hyperglycemia control.
4.4
Purpose and timing of interim analyses/design adaptations
No formal interim analysis is planned for this trial. The primary analysis will be performed 
after all participants have completed at least eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant (from 
Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) or have discontinued treatment prior to completing eight weeks 
of alpelisib plus fulvestrant without further glucose assessment, whichever is earlier
4.5
Risks and benefits
4.5.1
Potential benefits to trial participants
Based on the results of the SOLAR-1 study, treatment with alpelisib in combination with 
fulvestrant has been shown to result in prolongation of PFS compared to fulvestrant alone in 
men and postmenopausal women with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer, 
which progressed on or after AI treatment. Based on preclinical and clinical data, treatment with 
alpelisib in combination with fulvestrant is well tolerated. All participants enrolled in this trial 
will receive active therapy for their disease with alpelisib in combination with fulvestrant.
For further details on clinical safety, please refer the latest version of [Alpelisib (BYL719) 
Investigator’s Brochure].
While adverse drug reactions associated with alpelisib are largely manageable and reversible, 
dose reductions, treatment delays and discontinuation due to hyperglycemia may ultimately 
impact treatment duration. All participants enrolled in this trial will receive an active treatment 
regimen for hyperglycemia starting on Cycle 1 Day 1, which may result in reduced 
hyperglycemia events and may improve tolerability to alpelisib treatment.
4.5.2
Potential risks to trial participants
Participants in this study will be carefully monitored using periodic laboratory and cardiac 
assessments (ECG, ECHO/MUGA) for key toxicities that have been observed with study 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 35 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
treatment (see Section 1.1.2.2). Specific guidance for overlapping toxicities for alpelisib 
and combination partner and other possible side effects is provided in Section 6.6.3.
Risks will be minimized by adherence to inclusion/exclusion selection criteria (Section 5), 
avoidance 
of 
prohibited 
medication 
(see Section 6.2.2), 
close 
safety 
monitoring 
(see Section 6.6.3 and Section 10), adherence to dose adjustment guidelines (see Section 6.6), 
and training of site personnel.
Sexually active males must be informed that taking this study treatment may involve potential 
embryo-fetal risk to the fetus if pregnancy were to occur (during the study and up to the period 
required after the last dose of study treatment) and they must agree that in order to participate 
in the study they must adhere to the contraception requirements outlined in the exclusion criteria. 
If there is any question that the participant will not reliably comply, they should not be entered 
or continue in the study.
A Steering Committee (SC) (see Section 10.3.1) comprising of Investigators, and Novartis 
representatives from the Clinical Trial Team (CTT) will support the scientific integrity and 
conduct of the trial according to the protocol. A Novartis Safety Management Team (SMT) will 
regularly review and evaluate all emerging data in this study and across the alpelisib program 
for potential safety signal assessments in a timely manner.
4.6
Rationale for Public Health Emergency mitigation procedures
In the event of a Public Health emergency as declared by Local or Regional authorities i.e. 
pandemic, epidemic or natural disaster, mitigation procedures to ensure participant safety and 
trial integrity are listed in relevant sections of the study protocol. Notification of the Public 
Health emergency should be discussed with Novartis prior to implementation of mitigation 
procedures, and permitted/approved by Local or Regional Health Authorities and Ethics 
Committees as appropriate.
5
Study Population
The study will include adult men and postmenopausal women with HR-positive, HER2-
negative advanced (locoregionally recurrent not amenable to curative therapy or metastatic) 
breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation which has progressed on or after endocrine-based 
therapy who plan to initiate therapy with alpelisib plus fulvestrant and have at least one baseline 
risk factor for severe hyperglycemia. This study population is consistent with the population for 
which alpelisib is approved for use. A total of approximately 132 participants will be enrolled 
and randomized to receive the combination of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR or metformin
XR alone during treatment with alpelisib plus fulvestrant.
5.1
Inclusion criteria
Participants eligible for inclusion in this study must meet all of the following criteria:
1. Signed informed consent(s) must be obtained prior to participation in the study.
2. Participant is an adult ≥ 18 years old at the time of informed consent(s) (man or 
postmenopausal woman) before any trial related activities and according to local 
guidelines.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 36 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
3. Participant is fulfilling at least one of the below criteria (risk factors for severe
hyperglycemia):

Diabetes (FPG ≥ 126 mg/dL or ≥ 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c ≥ 6.5%) 

Pre-diabetes (FPG ≥ 100 mg/dL to <126 mg/dL or 5.6 to <7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c 
5.7 to <6.5%) 

Obesity (BMI ≥ 30) 

Age ≥ 75 years.
4. Participant has a histologically and/or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of ER+ and/or 
PgR+ breast cancer by local laboratory.
5. Participant has a PIK3CA mutation(s) present in tumor prior to enrollment, as determined 
by a Novartis designated laboratory. A formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tumor
block from a new or archival biopsy or unstained FFPE glass sides (5 slides minimum 
from a surgical specimen, 13 slides minimum from a biopsy) must be provided. It is 
recommended to provide a tumor sample collected after the most recent progression or 
recurrence.
Note: Local confirmation of the PIK3CA mutation status is acceptable, provided that the 
tumor PIK3CA mutation assessment (tissue or plasma) was performed by a local 
laboratory using either a food and drug administration (FDA)-approved PIK3CA 
Companion Diagnostics (CDx) test for alpelisib or the European In-Vitro Diagnostic 
Devices Directive (CE-IVD) QIAGEN therascreen PIK3CA Rotor-Gene Q (RGQ) 
polymerase chain reaction (PCR) test.
6. Participant has advanced (locoregionally recurrent not amenable to curative therapy or 
metastatic) breast cancer.
7. Participant has prior treatment with an endocrine-based treatment (i.e. letrozole, 
anastrozole, exemestane, fulvestrant or oral SERD) and may be:

relapsed with documented evidence of progression while on (neo) adjuvant endocrine-
based therapy or within 12 months from completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine-based 
therapy with no treatment for metastatic disease

relapsed with documented evidence of progression more than 12 months from 
completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine-based
therapy and then subsequently 
progressed with documented evidence of progression while on or after only one line of 
endocrine-based therapy for metastatic disease

newly diagnosed advanced breast cancer, then relapsed with documented evidence of 
progression while on or after only one line of endocrine-based therapy.
Note: Participants with newly diagnosed endocrine-based treatment naïve advanced breast 
cancer will NOT be included in the study.
8. Participants may or may not have received prior CDK4/6i therapy. If prior CDK4/6i 
therapy was administered, it may have been in the adjuvant or metastatic setting
9. Participant has HER2-negative breast cancer defined as a negative in situ hybridization 
test or an immunohistochemistry (IHC) status of 0, 1+ or 2+. If IHC is 2+, a negative in 
situ hybridization (FISH, CISH, or SISH) test is required by local laboratory testing.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 37 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
10. Participant has either measurable disease, i.e., at least one measurable lesion as per 
response evaluation criteria in solid tumors (RECIST) 1.1 criteria OR if no measurable 
disease is present, then at least one predominantly lytic bone lesion must be present.
11. If female, then the participant is postmenopausal. Postmenopausal status is defined either 
by:

Prior bilateral oophorectomy

Age ≥60

Age <60 and amenorrheic for 12 or more months in the absence of chemotherapy, 
tamoxifen, toremifene, or ovarian suppression and Follicle-stimulating Hormone 
(FSH) and estradiol in the postmenopausal range per local normal range
Note: For women with therapy-induced amenorrhea, serial measurements of FSH and/or 
estradiol are needed to ensure postmenopausal status. Ovarian radiation or treatment with 
a luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone agonist (goserelin acetate or leuprolide acetate) 
is not permitted for induction of ovarian suppression in this trial (see Section 8.4.3).
12. Participant has an ECOG performance status 0 or 1.
13. Participant has adequate bone marrow and organ function as defined by the following 
laboratory values (as assessed by central laboratory for eligibility):

Absolute neutrophil count ≥ 1.2 × 109/L

Platelets ≥ 100 × 109/L

Hemoglobin ≥ 9.0 g/dL

Calcium (corrected for serum albumin) and magnesium within normal limits or ≤ 
grade 1 according to National Cancer Institute (NCI) - Common Terminology Criteria 
for Adverse Events (CTCAE) version 4.03 if judged clinically not significant by the 
Investigator

Potassium within normal limits, or corrected with supplements

International Normalized Ratio (INR) ≤ 1.5

Total bilirubin < 2 x upper limit of normal (ULN) (any elevated bilirubin should be 
asymptomatic at enrollment) except for participants with Gilbert’s syndrome who 
may only be included if the total bilirubin is ≤ 3.0 × ULN or direct bilirubin ≤ 1.5 × 
ULN

In absence of liver metastases, alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate 
aminotransferase (AST) < 3 × ULN. If the participant has liver metastases, ALT and 
AST ≤ 5 × ULN, he/she will be eligible for the study

Fasting Serum amylase ≤ 2 × ULN

Fasting Serum lipase ≤ ULN
5.2
Exclusion criteria
Participants meeting any of the following criteria are not eligible for inclusion in this study.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 38 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
1. Participant who relapsed with documented evidence of progression more than 12 months 
from completion of (neo)adjuvant endocrine therapy with no treatment for metastatic 
disease.
2. Participant with symptomatic visceral disease or any disease burden that makes the 
participant ineligible for endocrine therapy per the Investigator’s assessment.
3. Participant had more than 1 line of prior treatment in the metastatic setting
4. Participant 
has 
received 
prior 
treatment 
with 
chemotherapy
(except 
for 
neoadjuvant/adjuvant chemotherapy), any PI3K, mTOR or Akt inhibitor.
5. Participant has a known hypersensitivity to alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin and 
metformin XR alone or in combination or to any of their excipients.
6. Participant has inflammatory breast cancer at screening.
7. Participant is concurrently receiving other anti-cancer therapy.
8. Participant has had major surgery within 14 days prior to study treatment start and/or has 
not recovered from major side effects.
9. Participant has not recovered from all toxicities related to prior anticancer therapies to NCI 
CTCAE version 4.03 Grade ≤ 1. Exception to this criterion: participant with any grade of 
alopecia are allowed to enter in the study.
10. Participant with Child Pugh score B or C.
11. Participant has received radiotherapy≤ 4 weeks or limited field radiation for palliation ≤ 2 
weeks prior to randomization, and who has not recovered to grade 1 or better from related 
side effects of such therapy (with the exception of alopecia).
12. Participant has a concurrent malignancy or malignancy within 3 years prior to 
randomization, with the exception of adequately treated, basal or squamous cell carcinoma, 
non-melanomatous skin cancer or curatively resected cervical cancer.
13. Participants with previously untreated central nervous system (CNS) involvement are 
ineligible for this study, unless they fulfill the following 3 criteria:

completed prior therapy (including radiation and/or surgery) for CNS metastases ≥ 28 
days prior to the start of study entry 

and CNS tumor is clinically stable at the time of screening and

participant is not receiving steroids and/or enzyme inducing anti-epileptic medications 
for brain metastases
14. Participants with an established diagnosis of diabetes mellitus type I or participants with 
uncontrolled type II diabetes mellitus (FPG > 160 mg/dL and/or HbA1c > 8%) or type II 
diabetes mellitus requiring antihyperglycemic therapy.
15. Moderate to severe renal impairment (e.g., estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) <60 
mL/min/1.73m2).
16. Participant has impairment of gastrointestinal (GI) function or GI disease that may 
significantly alter the absorption of the study drugs (e.g., ulcerative diseases, uncontrolled 
nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, malabsorption syndrome, or small bowel resection) based on 
Investigator discretion.
17. Participant has a history of acute pancreatitis within 1 year of screening or a past medical 
history of chronic pancreatitis.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 39 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
18. Participant has uncontrolled hypertension, defined as a Systolic Blood Pressure (SBP) ≥ 160 
mmHg and/or Diastolic Blood Pressure (DBP) ≥ 100 mm/Hg, with or without anti-
hypertensive medication. Initiation or adjustment of anti-hypertensive medication(s) is 
allowed prior to screening.
19. Participant has any other concurrent severe and/or uncontrolled medical condition that 
would, in the Investigator’s judgment, contraindicate participant participation in the clinical 
study (e.g., chronic active hepatitis [testing not mandatory unless required by local 
regulations or requirements], severe hepatic impairment, etc.).
20. Participant has currently documented pneumonitis/interstitial lung disease (the chest 
Computerized Tomography (CT) scan performed before start of study treatment for the 
purpose of tumor assessment should be reviewed to confirm that there are no relevant 
pulmonary complications present).
21. Participant has clinically significant, uncontrolled heart disease and/or recent cardiac events 
including any of the following:

History of angina pectoris, coronary artery bypass graft (CABG), symptomatic 
pericarditis, or myocardial infarction within 6 months prior to the start of study 
treatment

History of documented congestive heart failure (New York Heart Association 
functional classification III-IV)

Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction (LVEF) < 50% at screening as determined by 
MUGA or ECHO

Clinically significant cardiac arrhythmias (e.g., ventricular tachycardia), complete left 
bundle branch block, high grade atrioventricular (AV) block (e.g., bifascicular, Mobitz 
type II and third degree AV block without pacemaker in place)

Long QT syndrome, family history of idiopathic sudden death or congenital long QT 
syndrome, or Fridericia QT correction formula (QTcF) > 470 msec at screening.
22. Participant has a history of severe cutaneous reaction, such as Steven-Johnson Syndrome 
(SJS), erythema multiforme (EM), Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis (TEN) or Drug Reaction 
with Eosinophilia and Systemic Syndrome (DRESS.
23. Participant has unresolved osteonecrosis of the jaw (ONJ).
24. Participant is currently receiving any of the following medications and cannot be 
discontinued at least 7 days prior to the start of study treatment:

Strong CYP3A4 inducers

Inhibitors of BCRP
25. Participant is currently receiving or has received systemic corticosteroids ≤ 2 weeks prior 
to starting study drug, or who have not fully recovered from side effects of such treatment.
Note: The following uses of corticosteroids are permitted: single doses, topical applications 
(e.g., for rash), inhaled sprays (e.g., for obstructive airways diseases), eye drops or local 
injections (e.g., intra-articular).
26. Participant is a sexually active male not sterilized (at least 6 months prior to screening) or 
unwilling to use a condom during intercourse while taking study treatment, and for at least 1 
year after stopping fulvestrant or for at least 1 week after stopping alpelisib. A condom is 
required for all sexually active male participants to prevent them from fathering a child 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 40 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
AND to prevent delivery of study treatment via seminal fluid to their partner. In addition, 
male participants must not donate sperm during the study and up to the time period specific 
above.
27. Participant participated in a prior investigational study within 30 days prior to 
randomization or within 5 half-lives of the investigational product, whichever is longer.
28. Participant is not able to understand and to comply with study instructions and requirements, 
including oral administration of study treatment
6
Treatment
6.1
Study treatment
In this study, the term "study treatment” or "investigational treatment" refers to both 
combinations:

Arm A: Alpelisib + fulvestrant + dapagliflozin + metformin XR

Arm B: Alpelisib + fulvestrant + metformin XR
Participants randomized to Arm A will be allowed, at the discretion of the Investigator, to 
receive dapagliflozin + metformin XR as a single tablet combination or as two separate tablets, 
provided that the starting dose and dose titration guidance included in Section 6.3.2.4 can be 
achieved.
Refer to Section 6.3.2 for guidance related to the dispensation of study treatment.
All dosages prescribed and dispensed to the participant and all dose changes during the study 
must be recorded on the Dosage Administration electronic Case Report Form (eCRF).
6.1.1
Investigational and control drugs
Alpelisib will be administered at a dose of 300 mg, orally once daily on a continuous basis 
immediately after food starting on Cycle 1 Day 8 in combination with fulvestrant 500 mg i.m. 
(as two 5 ml injections 250 mg each) starting on Cycle 1 Day 1 and 15, and Day 1 of every 
cycle thereafter (+/- 3 days) in a 28-day cycle.
A non-sedating antihistamine, such as cetirizine once daily, is recommended to start on Cycle 
1 Day 1 for approximately 8 weeks for the prevention of rash associated with PI3K inhibition. 
The antihistamine can be continued beyond the first 8 weeks, if clinically indicated at the 
Investigator’s discretion (Wang et al 2020). Refer to Table 6-3 and Section 6.6.3.3 for 
additional information on antihistamine treatment and incidence/severity of rash based 
on alpelisib clinical trial experience.
For participants randomized to receive dapagliflozin + metformin XR, the starting dose is 5 mg 
dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR orally once daily, which can be titrated to a maximum 
dose of 10 mg dapagliflozin + 2000 mg metformin XR orally once daily, as outlined in 
Section 6.3.2.4. For participants randomized to receive metformin XR monotherapy, the 
starting dose is 500 mg orally once daily and can be titrated to a maximum dose of 2000 mg 
orally once daily, as outlined in Section 6.3.2.3.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 41 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
A complete cycle of treatment is defined as 28 days (+/- 3 days) of once daily continuous 
treatment of alpelisib (starting at Cycle 1 Day 8) in combination with fulvestrant (starting at 
Cycle 1 Day 1). The last day of a complete treatment cycle is Day 28 (+/- 3 days). Day 1 of the 
next cycle starts on Day 29 (+/- 3 days).
Table 6-1
Study treatment
Study treatment 
(Name and Strength)
Pharmaceutical Dosage 
Form
Route of 
Administration
Presentation
Alpelisib 50 mg1
Tablet
Oral use
Open label participant packs 
Alpelisib 200 mg1
Tablet
Oral use
Open label participant packs
Fulvestrant 500 mg
Prefilled syringe 
(two 5 ml syringes 250 mg 
each)
Intramuscular 
(IM) injection
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Dapagliflozin 5 mg + 
metformin 500 mg XR 
(single 
combination tablet)2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Dapagliflozin 5 mg + 
metformin 1000 mg XR 
(single combination 
tablet)2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Dapagliflozin 10 mg + 
metformin 1000 mg XR 
(single combination 
tablet)2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Dapagliflozin 5 mg2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Dapagliflozin 10 mg2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Metformin 500 mg XR2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
Metformin 1000 mg XR2
Tablet
Oral use
Commercial supply or open 
label participant packs
1 Dose for alpelisib will be administered accordingly (see Table 6-2) 
2 Participants randomized to the dapagliflozin + metformin XR arm may, at the discretion of the Investigator, 
receive dapagliflozin and metformin XR as a single tablet combination or as two separate tablets, provided that 
the starting dose and dose titration guidance included in Section 6.3.2.4 can be achieved.
6.1.2
Additional study treatments
The study treatment consists of alpelisib plus fulvestrant for the treatment of breast cancer, and 
dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR alone for the management/prevention of 
hyperglycemia. Additional guidance regarding permitted concomitant therapy is included in 
Section 6.2.
6.1.3
Treatment arms/group
Participants will be randomized in an unblinded fashion at the time of initiation of treatment 
with  fulvestrant (visit Cycle 1 Day 1) to one of the following 2 treatment arms/groups in a 1:1 
ratio:

Arm A: alpelisib + fulvestrant + dapagliflozin + metformin XR


Novartis
Confidential
Page 42 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Arm B: alpelisib + fulvestrant + metformin XR
Participants randomized to the dapagliflozin + metformin XR arm may, at the discretion of the 
Investigator, receive dapagliflozin and metformin XR as a single tablet combination or as two 
separate tablets, provided that the starting dose and dose titration guidance included in 
Section 6.3.2.4 can be achieved.
Refer to Section 6.3.2 for guidance related to the dispensation of study treatment.
6.1.4
Guidelines for continuation of treatment
For guidelines for continuation of treatment, refer to Section 6.6.1. 
Patients who permanently discontinue alpelisib and/or fulvestrant for any reason other than 
disease progression may continue the other study drug (alpelisib or fulvestrant) as part of the 
trial therapy at the Investigators discretion until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity,
death or discontinuation from study treatment due to any other reason and should follow the 
protocol safety and efficacy assessments as scheduled. After discontinuing all study treatment, 
further treatment is left to the physician’s discretion.
6.1.5
Treatment duration
The planned duration of treatment with alpelisib + fulvestrant is 12 cycles. Participants will 
continue to receive study treatment until disease progression is radiologically documented 
according to RECIST 1.1, unacceptable toxicity that precludes further treatment, or 
discontinuation from study treatment for any other reason, whichever comes first 
(see Section 9.1.1).
Alpelisib and fulvestrant may be discontinued independently of each other for unacceptable 
toxicities that precludes further treatment, or at the discretion of the Investigator.
If alpelisib is discontinued, treatment with antihyperglycemic agents (dapagliflozin + 
metformin XR or metformin XR alone) may also be discontinued as hyperglycemia typically 
resolves following discontinuation of alpelisib. The timing of discontinuation of the 
antihyperglycemic agents (dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR alone) is at the 
discretion of the Investigator and should be based on the participant's normalization (or return 
to baseline) of fasting glucose values.
Participants who discontinue alpelisib and fulvestrant (EOT) prior to Cycle 3 Day 8 will 
continue to have FPG monitored and hyperglycemia-related AE collected for a maximum of 9 
weeks (+/- 3 days) depending on the time point of study treatment discontinuation 
(e.g., discontinuation after 1 week treatment would require FPG monitoring and hyperglycemia-
related AE collection for another 8 weeks; discontinuation after 2 weeks would require FPG 
monitoring and hyperglycemia-related AE collection for 7 weeks etc.).
After the 12 cycles treatment period for alpelisib + fulvestrant, participants who, in the opinion 
of the Investigator, are benefiting from study treatment may switch to commercially available
supply.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 43 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.1.5.1
Treatment beyond disease progression
Study treatment beyond disease progression per RECIST 1.1 as assessed locally by the 
Investigator is not permitted in this study.
6.1.6
Supply of study treatment
Novartis Global Clinical Supply or its designee will provide alpelisib as tablets in dosage 
strengths of 50 mg and 200 mg. The tablets will be differentiated through different tablet sizes 
and/or colors. Alpelisib will be dosed on a flat scale of mg/day and not be adjusted to body 
weight or body surface area (BSA). Alpelisib tablets will be administered orally immediately 
after food once daily on a continuous basis.
Fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, and metformin XR will be provided locally by the 
study site, subsidiary or designee in each participating country according to local 
practices and local regulations. Storage conditions are described in the prescribing information. 
Prescribing information will comply with the legal requirements of each country and should be 
printed in the local language.
6.2
Other treatment(s)
6.2.1
Concomitant therapy
The use of any concomitant medications/non-drug therapies deemed necessary to treat adverse 
events, manage cancer symptoms, concurrent diseases and supportive care agents, such as pain 
medications, anti-emetics and anti-diarrheal are allowed, except if specifically prohibited 
(See Section 16.5.2).
All medications, procedures, and significant non-drug therapies (including vitamins, physical 
therapy, herbal/natural medications and blood transfusions) administered within 30 days prior 
to the start of study treatment and up to 30 days after the last dose of study treatment must be 
recorded on the appropriate eCRF.
The Investigator should instruct the participant to notify the study site about any new 
medications and/or non-drug therapies/procedures he/she takes after signing the informed 
consent. Each concomitant drug must be individually assessed against all exclusion 
criteria/prohibited medication. If in doubt, the Investigator should contact the Novartis medical 
monitor before randomizing a participant or allowing a new medication to be started. If the 
participant is already enrolled, contact Novartis to determine if the participant should continue 
participation in the study.
Oral antihyperglycemics
Participants who develop hyperglycemia during the study should be treated according to the 
American Diabetes Association and/or European Association for the study of Diabetes 
guidance. Participants receiving oral anti-diabetics which are predominantly metabolized by 
CYP2C9 and CYP2C8, including but not limited to, repaglinide, rosiglitazone, glipizide and 
tolbutamide, should be monitored with respect to their effectiveness as alpelisib was found to 
be an inducer of CYP2C9 in vitro.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 44 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
If additional antihyperglycemic agents are required prior to Cycle 3 Day 8 to achieve adequate 
control of fasting blood glucose levels, it is recommended that participants randomized to the 
metformin XR alone arm avoid the use of SGLT2i, as this may impact the primary endpoint 
assessment. However, beyond Cycle 3 Day 8 , SGLT2i are acceptable. In case of intolerance to 
metformin XR or dapagliflozin + metformin XR, or persistent hyperglycemia, Investigator’s 
judgment should be exercised and other oral anti-diabetic agents such as thiazolidinediones, 
dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors, or insulin treatment can be used, as clinically indicated.
Gastric protection agents
Alpelisib is characterized by a pH-dependent solubility but can be co-administered with acid 
reducing agents (ARAs, e.g., proton-pump inhibitors, H2-antagonists and antacids), as long as 
it is taken after food. In a joint food effect and acid reducing agent drug-drug interaction (DDI) 
study, food exhibited a more pronounced effect on the solubility of alpelisib than the effect of 
gastric pH value leading to a net decrease in AUC of on average by 21% when administered 
after a meal.
Palliative radiotherapy
Local radiotherapy for analgesic purposes or for lytic lesions at risk of fracture may be carried 
out if required. Participants requiring initiation of palliative radiotherapy during the course of 
the study should be assessed by appropriate image modalities to exclude disease progression 
per RECIST 1.1 and the reason for its use must be clearly documented. If disease progression 
is documented, the participant should discontinue study treatment. No dose modification of 
study treatment is needed during radiotherapy.
Hematopoietic growth factors
Hematopoietic growth factors may be used according to American Society of Clinical Oncology 
(ASCO) guidelines.
Corticosteroids
Chronic dosing of high levels of corticosteroids such as dexamethasone and prednisone may 
prolong or aggravate hyperglycemia (steroid-induced diabetes). Hyperglycemia is a common 
adverse event for PI3K inhibitors like alpelisib, so corticosteroids should therefore be used with 
caution and participants should be closely monitored.
See exclusion criteria number 25 (Section 5.2) for further details of use.
6.2.1.1
Permitted concomitant therapy requiring caution and/or action
Medications to be used with caution during combined alpelisib and fulvestrant treatment in this 
study are listed below and in Section 16.5.1. This list is not comprehensive and is only meant 
to be used as a guide. The Investigator may contact Novartis for any questions regarding the 
use of permitted concomitant therapy requiring caution and/or action.
These medications should be excluded from participant use if possible. If they must be given, 
based on the Investigator’s judgment, then use with caution and consider an alpelisib and/or 
fulvestrant interruption, as appropriate, if the concomitant medication is only needed for a short 
time.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 45 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Medications to be used with caution include:

CYP2C9 substrates with narrow therapeutic index (NTI) (e.g., anticoagulants): In vitro 
evaluations indicated that pharmacological activity may be reduced by the CYP2C9 
induction effects of alpelisib. In the absence of clinical data, caution is recommended with 
therapeutic doses of warfarin sodium (Coumadin®) or any other coumarin-derivative 
anticoagulants as alpelisib may reduce the clinical activity of such drugs (see Table 16-10). 
Alternatively, therapeutic anticoagulation may be accomplished using low- molecular 
weight heparin or Direct Thrombin inhibitors and Factor Xa inhibitors.

CYP2B6 sensitive substrates or CYP2B6 substrates with NTI: Based on a static 
mechanistic assessment with sensitive CYP2B6 substrates such as bupropion, a reduction 
of exposure by up to 3-fold can be expected when co-administered with alpelisib. In absence 
of clinical data, sensitive CYP2B6 substrates (e.g., bupropion, evafirenz) or CYP2B6 
substrates with a narrow therapeutic window should be used with caution in combination 
with alpelisib, as alpelisib may reduce the clinical activity of such drugs (see Table 16-10).

Selected CYP3A4 substrates: Alpelisib can be co-administered with sensitive CYP3A4 
substrates (e.g., everolimus, midazolam) and CYP3A4 substrates with narrow therapeutic 
window (e.g., fentanyl). Caution is recommended when alpelisib is used in combination 
with CYP3A4 substrates that also possess an additional time dependent inhibition and 
induction potential on CYP3A4 that affects their own metabolism (e.g., ribociclib, 
encorafenib, refer to Table 16-10). Systemic exposures of such CYP3A4 auto inhibitors and 
auto inducers may be either decreased or increased depending on the drug and nature of 
auto-perpetrator potential, respectively, when alpelisib is co administered, based on PBPK 
simulations.

Herbal Medications: The use of herbal preparations/medications and dietary supplements 
are permitted with caution unless explicitly prohibited (see Section 16.5.2) for being strong 
inducers of CYP3A such as St. John’s Wort (Hypericum perforatum) and Avasimibe 
(see Table 16-11) or BCRP inhibitors such as Curcumin (see Table 16-12 ). Medications 
such as Kava, ephedra (ma huang), gingko biloba, dehydroepiandrosterone, yohimbe, saw 
palmetto, black cohosh and ginseng should be avoided if possible due to their potential for 
complex interactions. Since cannabinoids have been shown to inhibit BCRP in vitro, 
medical cannabis should be used with caution. Participants should be closely monitored for 
increased adverse reactions (as the relevance of this interaction in vivo is currently 
unknown). In case of unexpected toxicities, participants should stop using all herbal 
medications. Use of all such medications (including frequency of administration) should be 
documented.
6.2.1.2
Use of bisphosphonates/RANK-ligand inhibitors
The use of bisphosphonates/RANK-ligand inhibitors (e.g., denosumab) regardless of indication 
is allowed provided participants have been on stable doses for at least 2 weeks prior to 
randomization. Stable dose should be maintained during the treatment period.
Bisphosphonates may be given according to the local prescribing information and routine 
clinical practice, at the Investigator’s discretion.
Participants taking bisphosphonates prior to entering the study should continue with the same 
bisphosphonate treatment, given as per local medical practice.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 46 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Participants requiring initiation of bisphosphonate/RANK-ligand inhibitors (e.g., denosumab) 
treatment during the course of the study should be assessed by appropriate image modalities to 
exclude disease progression; if disease progression is documented, the participant should 
discontinue study treatment. If bisphosphonate/ RANK-ligand inhibitors (e.g., denosumab) 
therapy is to be started after the first dose of study treatment, the reason for its use must be 
clearly documented.
Osteonecrosis of the jaw (ONJ) is a known adverse reaction for bisphosphonates/RANK-ligand 
inhibitors. In SOLAR-1, ONJ was reported in 4.2% participants (12/284) in the alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant arm compared to 1.4% participants (4/287) in the placebo plus fulvestrant arm. All 
participants experiencing ONJ were also exposed to prior or concomitant bisphosphonates 
(e.g., zoledronic acid). Therefore, in participants receiving alpelisib and bisphosphonates, an 
increased risk of development of ONJ cannot be excluded. For prevention and clinical 
management of ONJ, prescribing information of bisphosphonates should be followed.
6.2.2
Prohibited medication
The following medications are prohibited during combined alpelisib and fulvestrant treatment 
in this study (see Appendix Section 16.5.2), this list is not comprehensive and is only meant to 
be used as a guide. Please contact Novartis with any questions.

Strong inducers of CYP3A4: Avoid co-administration of alpelisib with a strong CYP3A4 
inducers as it could potentially reduce the effectiveness of alpelisib, refer to Table 16-11.

Inhibitors of BCRP: Avoid the use of BCRP inhibitors in participants treated with alpelisib. 
If unable to use alternative drugs, closely monitor for increased adverse reactions, refer to 
Table 16-12.

Other investigational and antineoplastic therapies.
6.3
Preparation and dispensation
Each study site will be supplied with study drug in packaging as described under investigational 
and control drugs section.
Participants will be provided with an adequate supply of alpelisib, dapagliflozin + metformin 
XR, and metformin XR for self-administration at home, including instructions for 
administration, until at least their next scheduled study visit.
Participants will receive alpelisib, dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR alone on an 
outpatient basis.
Participants randomized to the dapagliflozin + metformin XR arm may, at the discretion of the 
Investigator, receive dapagliflozin and metformin XR as a single tablet combination or as two 
separate tablets, provided that the starting dose and dose titration guidance included in 
Section 6.3.2.4 can be achieved.
Only qualified and personnel trained to the preparation procedure will handle, prepare and 
dispense fulvestrant as described in the local Prescribing Information.
A unique medication number is printed on the study medication label.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 47 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
For drugs managed by Interactive Response Technology (IRT), Investigator staff will identify 
the study medication kits to dispense to the participant by contacting the IRT and obtaining the 
medication number(s). The study medication has a 2-part label (base plus tear-off label), 
immediately before dispensing the medication kit to the participant, site personnel will detach 
the outer part of the label from the packaging and affix it to the source document. All kits of 
study treatment assigned by the IRT will be recorded in the IRT system.
As per Section 4.6, during a Public Health emergency as declared by Local or Regional 
authorities i.e. pandemic, epidemic or natural disaster, that limits or prevents on-site study visits, 
delivery of investigational medicinal product (IMP) directly to a participant's home may be 
permitted (if allowed by Local or Regional Health Authorities and Ethics Committees as 
appropriate) in the event the Investigator has decided that an on-site visit by the participant is 
no longer appropriate or possible, and that it is in the interest of the participant's health to 
administer the study treatment even without performing an on-site visit. The dispatch of IMP 
from the site to the participant’s home remains under the accountability of the Investigator. 
Each shipment/provisioning will be for a maximum of 1 month supply. In this case, regular 
phone calls or virtual contacts (as per visit frequency describe in Table 8-2) will occur between 
the site and the participant for instructional purposes, safety monitoring, investigation of any 
adverse events, ensuring participants continue to benefit from treatment, and discussion of the 
participant's health status until the participants can resume visits at the study site.
6.3.1
Handling of study treatment and other treatment
6.3.1.1
Handling of study treatment
Study treatment must be received by a designated person at the study site, handled and stored 
safely and properly and kept in a secured location to which only the Investigator and designated 
site personnel have access. Upon receipt, all study treatment must be stored according to the 
instructions specified on the labels.
Clinical supplies are to be dispensed only in accordance with the protocol. Technical complaints 
are to be reported to the respective Novartis CO Quality Assurance.
Medication labels will be in the local language and comply with the legal requirements of each 
country. They will include storage conditions for the study treatment but no information about 
the participant except for the medication number.
The Investigator must maintain an accurate record of the shipment and dispensing of study 
treatment in a drug accountability log. Monitoring of drug accountability will be performed by 
field monitors during site or remote monitoring visits, and at the completion of the trial.
If study treatment is administered at home e.g., oral medication, participants will be asked to 
return all unused study treatment and packaging at the end of the study or at the time of 
discontinuation of study treatment.
The site may destroy and document destruction of unused study treatment, drug labels and 
packaging as appropriate in compliance with site processes, monitoring processes, and per local 
regulation/guidelines. Otherwise, the Investigator will return all unused study treatment, 
packaging, drug labels, and a copy of the completed drug accountability log to the Novartis 
monitor or to the Novartis address provided in the Investigator folder at each site.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 48 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.3.2
Instruction for prescribing and taking study treatment
6.3.2.1
Alpelisib administration
Alpelisib 300 mg is taken orally once daily on a continuous dosing schedule starting on Cycle 
1 Day 8 under fed conditions. Dose reductions to 250 mg and 200 mg will be permitted 
(see Section 6.6.1.1). If further dose reductions are indicated, the participant will be 
permanently discontinued from alpelisib.
The Investigator or responsible site personnel should instruct the participant to take the study 
drugs as per protocol (promote compliance). Drug accountability must be performed on a 
regular basis. Participants will be instructed to return unused alpelisib tablets to the site at the 
end of each cycle or at the time of discontinuation of study treatment. The site personnel will 
ensure that the appropriate dose of each study drug is administered at each visit and will provide 
the participant with the correct amount of drugs for subsequent dosing.
Alpelisib is dosed on a flat scale of mg/day and not by weight or BSA. There will be no breaks 
between dosing cycles. Participants should be instructed to take the dose of alpelisib at 
approximately the same time each day immediately after food (preferably in the morning), 
except on the days blood collection is scheduled at the clinic, at which time the participants 
should take their doses at the clinic at any later point of time.
Alpelisib tablets should be swallowed whole (tablets should not be chewed, crushed or split 
prior to swallowing). Tablets that are broken, cracked, or otherwise not intact should not be 
ingested.
On the days of fulvestrant administration, alpelisib tablets should be taken 1 hour prior to the 
infusion of fulvestrant.
Should any participant enrolled on the study miss a scheduled dose of alpelisib, the participant 
will be allowed to take immediately the missed scheduled dose up to a maximum of 9 hours 
after that scheduled dose time. If greater than 9 hours after the scheduled dose time, the missed 
dose should not be taken, and the participant should take their allotted dose at the next scheduled 
time.
If the participant vomits after taking the alpelisib dose, the participant should not take an 
additional dose on that day and should resume the usual dosing schedule the next day at the 
usual time.
6.3.2.1.1 Additional dosing guidelines for scheduled visits days
On days when pre-dose fasting safety samples are collected as described in Table 8-2, 
participants should be instructed to arrive at the site in s fasted state. The additional guidelines 
below should be followed.

The participants must have fasted overnight for at least 8-12 hours prior to the blood 
collection for fasting glucose, lipid profile, amylase/lipase samples. Water, coffee/tea 
(unsweetened and without milk) is allowed during all fasting periods; however, juices 
(fruit or vegetable) are not permitted during the fasting period.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 49 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

On scheduled visit days, participants must take study treatment in the clinic under the 
supervision of the Investigator or designee. On all other days participants will take alpelisib 
at home.

The participants must take alpelisib immediately after food.

If a pre-dose ECG measurement should be collected, then the ECG measurement should 
occur before dosing of alpelisib and all study treatment
6.3.2.2
Fulvestrant administration
Fulvestrant 500 mg will be given at Cycle 1 Day 1 and Cycle 1 Day 15 after randomization and 
then at Day 1 of each subsequent cycle during the randomized treatment phase (+/- 3 days). 
Fulvestrant injection at Cycle 1 Day 15 is not applicable for participants already being treated 
with fulvestrant when joining the trial.
Fulvestrant is administered intramuscularly into the buttocks slowly as two 5 mL injections
(of 250 mg each), one in each buttock.
No dose modification is allowed for fulvestrant. Please refer to the local approved prescribing 
information. Any planned variance from these guidelines in the view of the patient safety must 
be previously discussed with the Sponsor unless there is an urgent need for action.
6.3.2.3
Metformin XR administration
Participants who are randomized to receive metformin XR alone will initiate metformin XR on 
Cycle 1 Day 1. Metformin XR treatment will be administered during the first week of Cycle 1 
and continue for the duration of treatment with alpelisib. The starting dose of metformin XR is 
500 mg orally once daily, which can be titrated to a maximum dose of 2000 mg orally once 
daily.
For dose titration guideline please refer to Section 6.6.2.1.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 50 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.3.2.4
Dapagliflozin + metformin XR administration
Participants who are randomized to receive dapagliflozin + metformin XR will initiate 
combination therapy on Cycle 1 Day 1.
Participants randomized to dapagliflozin + metformin XR arm will be allowed, at the discretion 
of the Investigator, to receive the medication as a single tablet combination or as two separate 
tablets, provided that the starting dose and dose titration guidance included in Section 6.6.2.2.
can be achieved.
Treatment with dapagliflozin + metformin XR will be administered during the first week of 
Cycle 1 and continue for the duration of treatment with alpelisib. The starting dose is 5 mg 
dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR orally once daily, which can be titrated to a maximum 
dose of 10 mg dapagliflozin + 2000 mg metformin XR orally once daily.
For dose titration guideline, please refer to Section 6.6.2.2.
6.4
Participant numbering, treatment assignment, randomization
6.4.1
Participant numbering
Each participant is identified in the study by a Participant Number (Participant No.), that is 
assigned when the participant is enrolled for screening and is retained for the participant
throughout his/her participation in the trial. A new Participant No. will be assigned at every 
subsequent enrollment if the participant is re-screened. The Participant No. consists of the 
Center Number as assigned by Novartis to the investigative site) with a sequential participant 
number suffixed to it, so that each participant’s participation is numbered uniquely across the 
entire database. Upon signing the informed consent form, the participant is assigned to the next 
sequential Participant No. available at each site.
The Investigator or designated staff will contact the IRT and provide the requested identifying 
information to register the participant into the IRT. Once assigned, the Participant No. must not 
be reused for any other participant and the Participant No. for that individual must not be 
changed. If the participant fails to be enrolled, to be randomized or to start treatment for any 
reason, the reason will be entered into the appropriate eCRF.
IRT must be notified within 2 days if the participant did not start treatment or isn't randomized.
A participant who has any laboratory test result that does not satisfy the eligibility criteria may 
have the test(s) repeated once. These test(s) may be repeated as soon as the Investigator believes 
the retest result(s) is/are likely to be within the acceptable range to satisfy the eligibility criteria, 
but should be completed within 14 days of screening period. In this case, the participant will 
not be required to sign another informed consent form (ICF), and the original Participant No. 
assigned by the Investigator will be used. In the event that the laboratory test(s) cannot be 
performed within 14 days of screening period or the re-test(s) do not meet the entrance criteria, 
or other eligibility criteria have changed and are not met anymore, the participant will be 
considered a screen failure.
It is permissible to re-screen a participant if s/he fails the initial screening. A new informed 
consent form must be signed only if there is an interruption in the participant's eligibility 
evaluation and the Investigator chooses to re-screen the participant following screen failure.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 51 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Re-screening of participant is only allowed once per participant if the subject was not registered 
as entering the randomized treatment phase before (i.e. IRT randomization/treatment 
assignment). In this case a new Participant No. will be generated, and a specific rescreen form 
will be added in the eCRF, to collect the original Participant No. This data will be used to link 
the two Participant No. for reporting and validation.
All required screening activities must be performed when the participant is re-screened to 
satisfy the requirements defined in Table 8-2. Once the number of participants screened and 
enrolled is likely to ensure target enrollment, the Sponsor may close the study to further 
screening. In this case, the participants who have screen failed will not be permitted to re-screen.
6.4.2
Treatment assignment, randomization
At visit Cycle 1 Day 1 all eligible participants will be randomized via IRT to one of the two 
treatment arms specified in Section 6.1.3. The Investigator or his/her delegate will contact the 
IRT after confirming that the participant fulfills all the inclusion and none of the exclusion 
criteria.
The IRT will assign a randomization number to the participant, which will be used to link the 
participant to a treatment arm. At each visit, the IRT will specify specific medication number(s) 
of alpelisib to be dispensed to the patient.
The randomization numbers will be generated using the following procedure to ensure that 
treatment assignment is unbiased and concealed from participants and Investigator staff. A 
participant randomization list will be produced by the IRT provider using a validated system 
that automates the random assignment of participant numbers to randomization numbers. These 
randomization numbers are linked to the different treatment arms, which in turn are linked to 
medication numbers. A separate medication list will be produced by Novartis Global Clinical 
Supply (GCS) using a validated system that automates the random assignment of medication 
numbers to packs containing alpelisib.
Randomization of participants will be stratified by diabetic status (normal versus diabetic/pre-
diabetic based on glucose and/or HbA1c laboratory values) at baseline in order to control for 
an important hyperglycemia risk factor and to avoid imbalance between the two treatment arms. 
Of note, all participants will have at least one risk factor associated with the development of 
hyperglycemia (as listed in Section 3).
The randomization scheme for participants will be reviewed and approved by a member of the 
Novartis Randomization Office.
6.5
Treatment blinding
Treatment will be open to participants, Investigator staff, persons performing the assessments 
and the Novartis CTT. However, in order to minimize the potential impact of knowledge of 
treatments, the randomization list will be kept strictly confidential. No aggregate statistical 
analyses (efficacy or safety across the study) by treatment shall be performed prior to the 
primary analysis.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 52 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.6
Dose escalation and dose modification
Alpelisib and fulvestrant dose escalations are not permitted.
6.6.1
Dose modifications
For participants who do not tolerate the protocol-specified dosing schedule, dose interruptions, 
and/or reductions are either recommended or mandated in order to allow participants to continue 
the study treatment.
These dose modifications are summarized in Table 6-3. Deviations to mandatory dose 
interruptions and/or reductions are not allowed. Permanent discontinuation from study 
treatment is mandatory for specific events indicated as such in Table 6-3 or listed in Section 9.1.
These dose changes must be recorded on the appropriate eCRF.
Additionally dose escalations of antihyperglycemic medication as described in Section 6.6.2
must also be recorded on the appropriate eCRF.
6.6.1.1
Alpelisib dose modifications
Recommendations for dose reduction or dose interruption of alpelisib in the management of 
adverse reactions are summarized in Table 6-3. Adverse events for alpelisib are graded 
according to CTCAE v4.03 since this version is more objective than CTCAE v5 with regard to 
hyperglycemia grading as it is based on laboratory values. Clinical judgment of the treating 
physician, including confirmation of laboratory values if deemed necessary, should guide the 
management plan of each participant based on individual benefit/risk assessment.
A maximum of 2 dose reductions of alpelisib will be allowed after which treatment must be 
discontinued as indicated in Section 6.3.2.1. Deviations to stepwise dose reductions are not 
allowed.
After treatment is resumed at a lower dose:

If the same toxicity reoccurs with the same severity, then the next treatment re-initiation 
must resume at a lower dose irrespective of duration, except if specified in Table 6-3.

Once the alpelisib dose has been reduced by the Investigator, no re-escalation is allowed, 
even upon resolution of AE.
If a participant requires a withholding of
alpelisib dose, the participant may 
continue fulvestrant, per Investigator discretion. As the half-life of alpelisib is approximately 9 
hours, if alpelisib is interrupted, then consideration should be given to any antihyperglycemic 
medications. All scheduled assessments will continue to be performed as per protocol.
Permanent discontinuation of alpelisib treatment is mandatory for specific events indicated as 
such in Table 6-3 or listed in Section 9.1. These dose changes must be recorded on the 
appropriate eCRF.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 53 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 6-2
Stepwise dose reduction for alpelisib
Alpelisib dose level
Dose and schedule
Number of tablets & strength
Starting dose
300 mg/day continuously
1 x 200 mg tablet and 2 x 50 mg tablet
Dose level -1
250 mg/day continuously
1 x 200 mg tablet and 1 x 50 mg tablet
Dose level -2
200 mg/day continuously
1 x 200 mg tablet
Table 6-3
Criteria for dose reduction/interruption and re-initiation of alpelisib 
treatment for adverse drug reactions
Worst toxicity - CTCAE grade 
(value)
Dose Modifications for alpelisib
Investigations (Fasting Glucose)
Hyperglycemia

Consultation with a diabetologist or healthcare provider experienced in the management of hyperglycemia 
is highly recommended for better assessment and management of alpelisib-induced hyperglycemia. Always 
recommend/reinforce on lifestyle changes as per American Diabetes Association and/or European 
Association for the study of Diabetes, i.e. exercise and dietary advice (e.g., controlled carbohydrate intake, 
high fiber, low process food intake. Three macronutrient balanced meals and 2 optional small snacks rather 
than one large meal). 

Local standard clinical practice may be followed for monitoring and managing hyperglycemia. Fasting
glucose testing may be performed both locally and/or centrally for rapid availability for safety evaluation and 
management guidance. 

Note: this table provides dose management recommendations. Dose modifications and management 
should only be based on fasting laboratory glucose values.

If additional antihyperglycemic agents are required prior to Cycle 3 Day 8 to achieve adequate control of 
fasting blood glucose levels, it is recommended that participants randomized to the metformin XR arm avoid 
the use of SGLT2i, as this may impact the primary endpoint assessment. However, beyond Cycle 3 Day 8  , 
SGLT2i are acceptable. In case of intolerance to metformin XR or dapagliflozin + metformin XR, or persistent 
hyperglycemia, Investigator’s judgment should be exercised and other oral anti-diabetic agents such as 
thiazolidinediones, dipeptidyl peptidase-4 Inhibitors, or insulin treatment can be used, as clinically indicated.

SGLT2i may increase the risk of euglycemic diabetic ketoacidosis and therefore, monitoring with serum
ketones will be performed as outlined in Table 8-2. Refer to Section 6.6.2 for additional information regarding 
euglycemic diabetic ketoacidosis.

If antihyperglycemic treatment is interrupted for radiologic assessments or another reason, then alternative 
hyperglycemia management should be considered for those days to ensure optimal hyperglycemia 
management.
Grade 1 (FG > ULN - 160 mg/dL) [> 
ULN - 8.9 mmol/L]
For participants with baseline 
values between > ULN – 140 mg/dL 
(ULN – 7.7 mmol/L) this applies 
only for values > 140 mg/dL (7.7 
mmol/L)
● Maintain dose level, and remind participant on lifestyle changes.
● Intensify dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR as per 
guidance in Section 6.6.2 in cooperation with a healthcare expert 
experienced in hyperglycemia management or a diabetologist.
● Monitor fasting glucose levels as clinically indicated and at least twice 
weekly for 8 weeks, then continue checking at least weekly until FG is 
within baseline values.
Grade 2 (FG > 160 - 250 mg/dL) [> 
8.9 - 13.9 mmol/L]
● Maintain dose level and remind participant on lifestyle changes, 
exclude confounding factors like e.g., urinary tract infection, and 
consider consultation with a healthcare expert experienced in 
hyperglycemia management or a diabetologist.
● Intensify dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR as per 
guidance in Section 6.6.2
● If fasting glucose levels are still rising on maximum tolerated doses of 
dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR (depending on treatment 
arm), persistently > 160mg/dl (> 8.9 mmol/L), additional oral 
antihyperglycemic agent may be initiated, at the discretion of the 
Investigator. For example, an insulin-sensitizer, e.g., pioglitazone 30 mg 
(max. dose) can be added.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 54 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Worst toxicity - CTCAE grade 
(value)
Dose Modifications for alpelisib
Monitor fasting glucose levels as clinically indicated and at least twice 
weekly until FG resolves to ≤ Grade 1.
If FG does not resolve to ≤ Grade 1 within 21 days after institution of 
appropriate antihyperglycemic treatment, reduce alpelisib by 1 dose 
level.
Continue with antihyperglycemic treatment and check fasting glucose 
levels at least weekly for 8 weeks, then continue checking at least every 
2 weeks, alert treating physician if FG > 250 mg/dL.
Grade 3 (FG > 250 - 500 mg/dL) [> 
13.9 - 27.8 mmol/L]
● Omit alpelisib and confirm fasting status of the assessment. If non-
fasting, re-check within 24 hours
Regardless of fasting status, consider IV fluids if symptoms of 
hyperglycemia or signs of volume depletion
Exclude confounding factors like e.g., urinary tract infection and 
consider consultation with a diabetologist.
Administer intravenous hydration and intervention for 
electrolyte/ketoacidosis/hyperosmolar disturbances as clinically 
appropriate. Insulin may be used for 1-2 days until hyperglycemia 
resolves, however this may not be necessary in the majority of alpelisib-
induced hyperglycemia given the short half-life of alpelisib.
Start or further intensify oral antihyperglycemic treatment and titrate as 
outlined for Grade 2.
Monitor fasting glucose levels as clinically indicated and at least twice 
weekly until FG resolves to ≤ Grade 1.
If FG resolves to ≤ 160 mg/dL within 3-5 days, while off alpelisib and on 
antihyperglycemic treatment, restart alpelisib and reduce 1 dose level, 
continue with antihyperglycemic treatment. A second and third oral 
antihyperglycemic agent may be initiated concomitantly, if needed, in 
consultation with a diabetologist. Check FG at least weekly for 8 weeks, 
then continue checking at least every 2 weeks, alert treating physician if 
FPG > 250 mg/dL.
If FG does not resolve to ≤ 160 mg/dL within 3-5 days while off alpelisib 
and while on antihyperglycemic treatment consultation a diabetologist 
for management of diabetes is strongly recommended.
If FG does not resolve to ≤ 160 mg/dL within 21 days after institution of 
appropriate antihyperglycemic treatment in cooperation with 
diabetologist and exclusion of confounding factors e.g., urinary tract 
infection, permanently discontinue participant from alpelisib treatment.
Grade 4 (FG > 500 mg/dL) [> 27.8 
mmol/L]
● Omit alpelisib, confirm fasting status of the assessment. If non-
fasting, re-check within 24 hours.
Regardless of fasting status, consider IV fluids.
● Exclude confounding factors like e.g., urinary tract infection.
● Consult with diabetologist, initiate or intensify medication with 
appropriate antihyperglycemic treatment (see Grade 3), re-check within 
24 hours.
● If grade improves then follow specific grade recommendations
● If FG is confirmed as > 500 mg/dL and confounding factors could be 
excluded, permanently discontinue participant from alpelisib.
CTCAE v 4.03 is modified to allow fasting blood glucose values in addition to fasting plasma glucose values.
Investigations (Hepatic). Note: this is for newly occurred or worsened from baseline
Isolated total Bilirubin elevation
Grade 1 (> ULN - 1.5 x ULN)
● No dose adjustment is required. Initiate appropriate medical therapy 
and monitor as clinically indicated.
Grade 2 (> 1.5 - 3.0 x ULN)
● Interrupt dose until recovery to Grade ≤ 1 and resume at the same 
dose if resolved in ≤ 14 days or resume at the next lower dose level if 
resolved in > 14 days.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 55 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Worst toxicity - CTCAE grade 
(value)
Dose Modifications for alpelisib
Grade 3 (> 3.0 - 10.0 x ULN)
● Interrupt dose until recovery to Grade ≤ 1, then resume at the next 
lower dose level.
Grade 4 (> 10.0 x ULN)
● Permanently discontinue.
Isolated AST or ALT elevation
Grade 1 (> ULN - 3.0 x ULN)
Grade 2 (> 3.0 - 5.0 x ULN)
● No dose adjustment is required. Initiate appropriate medical therapy 
and monitor as clinically indicated.
Grade 3 (> 5.0 - 20.0 x ULN)
● Interrupt dose until recovery to Grade ≤ 1, then decrease dose level.
Grade 4 (> 20.0 x ULN)
● Permanently discontinue.
Combined ALT/AST and TBIL 
elevation
● 
For participants with normal ALT 
and AST and total bilirubin value at 
baseline: AST or ALT > 3.0 x upper 
limit of normal (ULN) combined with 
total bilirubin > 2.0 x ULN without 
evidence of cholestasis
For participants with elevated AST 
or ALT or total bilirubin value at 
baseline: [AST or ALT > 3.0 x 
baseline] or [ALT or AST > 8.0 x 
ULN], whichever occurs first, 
combined with [total bilirubin > 2.0 x 
baseline AND > 2.0 x ULN]
Note: For participants with Gilbert’s 
syndrome, at least 2-fold increase in 
direct bilirubin.
● Interrupt treatment and adjudicate for DILI:
Repeat as soon as possible, preferably within 48 hours from awareness 
of the abnormal results, then with weekly monitoring of LFTsb, or as 
clinically indicated, until AST, ALT, or total bilirubin have resolved ≤ 
ULN or to baseline. (Refer to the Section 6.6.3.1 for additional follow-up 
evaluations as applicable.)
● If causality assessment indicates that DILI is probable: Permanently 
discontinue participant from treatment.
● If not DILI: Treat the identified cause according to institutional 
guidelines. Once resolved, reduce by one dose level.
Gastrointestinal
Diarrhea is defined as: a disorder characterized by frequent and watery bowel movements.
Grade 1 (Increase of < 4 stools per 
day over baseline; mild increase in 
ostomy output compared to 
baseline)
● Maintain dose level but initiate appropriate medical therapy and 
monitor as clinically indicated.
Grade 2 (Increase of 4 - 6 stools per 
day over baseline; moderate 
increase in ostomy output 
compared to baseline; limiting 
instrumental Activities of Daily 
Living (ADL))
● Omit dose until resolved to ≤ Grade 1, then restart at same dose.
● If diarrhea returns as ≥ Grade 2, then omit dose until resolved to ≤ 
Grade 1, then decrease 1 dose level
● Initiate or intensify appropriate medical therapy and monitor as 
clinically indicated.
Grade 3 (Increase of ≥7 stools per 
day over baseline; hospitalization 
indicated; severe increase in 
ostomy output compared to 
baseline; limiting self-care ADL)
● Omit dose until resolved to ≤ Grade 1, then decrease dose level.
● Manage according to local standard of care medical management, 
including electrolyte monitoring, administration of antiemetics and 
antidiarrheal medicinal products and/or fluid replacement and 
electrolyte supplements, as clinically indicated.
Grade 4 (Life-threatening 
consequences; urgent intervention 
indicated)
● Discontinue participant from treatment.
● Manage according to local standard of care medical management, 
including electrolyte monitoring, administration of antiemetics and 
antidiarrheal medicinal products and/or fluid replacement and 
electrolyte supplements, as clinically indicated.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 56 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Worst toxicity - CTCAE grade 
(value)
Dose Modifications for alpelisib
Investigations (Pancreatic)
Pancreatitis
Grade 2 or Grade 3
● Omit dose until resolved to Grade ≤ 1, then resume treatment at 
decreased dose level. If toxicity recurs, permanently discontinue 
participant from alpelisib
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders
Consultation with a dermatologist is highly recommended for better assessment and management of alpelisib-
induced skin toxicity (see Section 6.6.3.3). Dermatologist consultation is mandated for serious cutaneous 
reactions (i.e. fulfilling seriousness criteria for AE Reporting) and for severe cutaneous reactions like Stevens-
Johnson-Syndrome, Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis, Erythema Multiforme, DRESS.
Rash
Grade 1 (< 10% BSA with active 
skin toxicity*)
● Maintain dose level.
● Initiate topical corticosteroids 3-4 x daily, preferred compounds to use 
are triamcinolone, betamethasone for up to 28 days, as long as skin 
toxicity is active.
● If active rash is not resolved within 28 days of appropriate treatment, 
add low dose systemic corticosteroid (20-40 mg/d), such as prednisone 
10 mg 3 x daily.
For participants with symptoms like burning and/or pruritus add a non-
sedating anti-histamine such as cetirizine once daily during daytime and 
a sedating antihistamine such as diphenhydramine once daily at night.
Grade 2 (10-30% BSA with active 
skin toxicity*)
● Maintain dose level.
● Initiate or intensify topical corticosteroids 3-4 x daily, preferred 
compounds to use are triamcinolone or betamethasone for up to 28 
days, as long as skin toxicity is active.
● Add systemic corticosteroids 20-40 mg/d.
If rash improves to ≤ Grade 1 within 10 days systemic corticosteroid 
may be discontinued. For participants with symptoms like burning, 
stinging and/or pruritus add a non-sedating anti-histamine such as 
cetirizine once daily during daytime and a sedating anti-histamine such 
as diphenhydramine once daily at night.
Grade 3 (> 30% BSA with active 
skin toxicity*)
● Omit alpelisib dose until rash/skin toxicity has improved to ≤ Grade 1 
or resolved, strongly recommend documentation by photography and 
performing a skin biopsy.
● Initiate topical corticosteroids 3-4 x daily, preferred compounds to use 
are triamcinolone or betamethasone for at least 28 days.
● Add systemic corticosteroids 20-40 mg/d.
● If rash improves to ≤ Grade 1 within 10 days systemic corticosteroid 
may be discontinued.
● restart alpelisib dose once rash/skin toxicity is fading but no longer 
active (Grade 1):
- at reduced dose in case of first occurrence
- If rash/skin toxicity still active in up to 10% BSA after more than 14 
days, continue oral corticosteroid for at least 48 hours upon re-
challenge with alpelisib; if rash and/or pruritus do not reoccur within 48 
hours after re-challenge with alpelisib, systemic corticosteroid may be 
discontinued.
For participants with symptoms like burning, stinging and/or pruritus, 
add a non-sedating antihistamine such as cetirizine once daily during 
daytime and a sedating antihistamine such as diphenhydramine once 
daily at night. Antihistamine regimen should be continued for a 
minimum of 28 days after re-challenge with alpelisib
Grade 4
● (any % BSA associated with 
extensive superinfection, with IV 
● Permanently discontinue participant from alpelisib.
● Consult a dermatologist.
● Treatment may follow guidelines for Grade 3 above with the exception 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 57 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Worst toxicity - CTCAE grade 
(value)
Dose Modifications for alpelisib
antibiotics indicated; life-threatening 
consequences)
of rechallenge.
● Additional measures may be taken as per local treatment guidance.
Any grade of Stevens-Johnson-
Syndrome/Toxic Epidermal 
Necrolysis/ Erythema Multiforme/ 
DRESS or other 
SJS/TEN/EM/DRESS like severe 
skin reactions
● Permanently discontinue participant from alpelisib.
● Consult a dermatologist.
● Follow local treatment guidelines for SJS/TEN/EM/DRESS.
* “Active” skin toxicities: If there are no new lesions or new areas of involvement developing, and if lesion 
appearance is changing color from red to pale or light brown, it is likely the skin toxicity has begun to fade and 
is not to be considered “active” any longer. Treatment reduction can be considered for these areas. The 
appearance of skin toxicity may fade slowly, over 10 days or more but not requiring ongoing therapy.
Immune system disorders
Hypersensitivity
Please see specific instructions in Section 6.6.3.5
Investigations (Pulmonary disorders)
Pneumonitis
Please see specific instructions in Section 6.6.3.2.
Investigations (Metabolic)
Asymptomatic amylase and/or lipase elevation (see Section 6.6.3.4)
Grade 1 (> ULN - 1.5 x ULN)
● Maintain dose level.
Grade 2 (> 1.5 - 2.0 x ULN)
● Maintain dose level.
Grade ≥ 3 (> 2.0 x ULN)
● Omit dose until resolved to baseline, then
● If resolved in ≤ 14 days, maintain dose level.
● If resolved in > 14 days, then decrease dose level.
Note:
In cases of isolated amylase elevations only, dosing may be maintained 
provided amylase fractionation demonstrates that pancreatic amylase is 
≤ Grade 1. Monitor total amylase (and continue to assess fractionated 
amylase) as specified in Section 6.6.3.4.
Note: Withhold study treatment for acute onset of new or progressive unexplained abdominal symptoms, such 
as severe pain or vomiting; and perform diagnostic procedures (e.g., abdominal CT scan or ultrasound) to 
exclude pancreatic pathology.
Investigations (any other)
Other adverse events
Grade 1 or 2
● Maintain dose level.
Grade 3
● Omit dose until resolved to ≤ Grade 1, then decrease dose level.
Grade 4
● Permanently discontinue participant from alpelisib.
● Omit dose for ≥ Grade 3 vomiting or Grade 3 nausea only if the 
vomiting or nausea cannot be controlled with optimal antiemetic (as per 
local practice).
6.6.1.2
Fulvestrant dose modification
The established clinical dose of fulvestrant (500 mg) will be used in each arm and no dose 
modification of fulvestrant is planned in this study. For information on fulvestrant and 
management of related AEs refer to the Faslodex® summary of product characteristics (SmPC) 
or local Prescribing Information.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 58 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.6.2
Dose titration guideline for antihyperglycemic agents
6.6.2.1
Dose titration guideline for metformin XR
The starting dose of metformin XR is 500 mg orally once daily with dinner. 
Titrate to MTD over a period of 3 weeks as described in Table 6-4.
Table 6-4
Metformin XR Titration Recommendations
Metformin XR Titration
Remarks
500 mg once daily with dinner
If no gastrointestinal intolerance after several days, increase to 
next level 
1000 mg once daily with dinner
If tolerated, increase to next level
1500 mg once daily with dinner
If tolerated, increase to next level
2000 mg once daily with dinner
If not tolerated, reduce to prior tolerated dose. 
If additional antihyperglycemic agents are required prior to Cycle 3 Day 8 to achieve adequate 
control of fasting blood glucose levels, it is recommended that participants randomized to the 
metformin XR arm avoid the use of SGLT2i, as this may impact the primary endpoint 
assessment. However, beyond Cycle 3 Day 8, SGLT2i are acceptable.
For additional information on metformin XR dosing and management of related AEs refer to 
the local Prescribing Information.
6.6.2.2
Dose titration guideline for dapagliflozin + metformin XR
The starting dose of dapagliflozin + metformin XR is 5 mg dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin 
XR orally once daily. If tolerated after several days, increase to dapagliflozin 5 mg +1000 mg 
metformin XR once daily in the morning with food. If tolerated, increase to dapagliflozin 10 
mg +1000 mg metformin XR once daily in the morning with food. If tolerated, increase to the 
maximum daily dose of dapagliflozin 10 mg + 2000 mg metformin XR once daily in the 
morning with food. If not tolerated, reduce to prior tolerated dose.Titrate to the MTD over a 
period of 3 weeks as described in Table 6-5.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 59 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 6-5
Dapagliflozin + Metformin XR Titration Recommendations
Dapagliflozin + Metformin XR Titration
Remarks
5 mg dapagliflozin + 500 mg metformin XR once daily 
with breakfast
If tolerated after several days, increase to next level 
5 mg dapagliflozin + 1000 mg metformin XR once daily
with breakfast
If tolerated, increase to next level
10 mg dapagliflozin + 1000 mg metformin XR once 
daily with breakfast
If tolerated, increase to next level
10 mg dapagliflozin + 2000 mg metformin XR once 
daily with breakfast
If not tolerated, reduce to prior tolerated dose
In case of intolerance to either the dapagliflozin or metformin XR component of treatment, it is 
acceptable to continue monotherapy with dapagliflozin or metformin XR, as tolerated.
The risk of diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) must be considered in the event of non-specific 
symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, anorexia, abdominal pain, excessive thirst, difficulty 
breathing, confusion, unusual fatigue or sleepiness. Participants should be assessed for 
ketoacidosis immediately if these symptoms occur, regardless of blood glucose level. In patients 
where DKA is suspected or diagnosed, treatment with dapagliflozin should be discontinued 
immediately.
The most common adverse reactions associated with dapagliflozin + metformin XR (5% or 
greater incidence) were female genital mycotic infection, nasopharyngitis, urinary tract 
infection, diarrhea, and headache.
Adverse reactions reported in > 5% of patients treated with metformin XR and more commonly 
than in patients treated with placebo are: diarrhea and nausea/vomiting.
A higher incidence of adverse reactions related to reduced intravascular volume and renal 
function has been observed in the specific population of patients with renal impairment 
receiving dapagliflozin + metformin XR. Therefore, in this study, those with moderate to severe 
renal impairment are not eligible for study participation. During course of the study, chemistry 
panels including creatinine will be obtained at regular interval, as per Table 8-2. At the 
discretion of the investigator, further clinical evaluation may be needed for participants with 
observed increases in serum creatinine, which may be indicative of renal impairment.
For additional information on dapagliflozin + metformin XR and management of related AEs 
refer to the local Prescribing Information.
6.6.3
Follow-up for toxicities
All participants must be followed up for safety (adverse events and serious adverse events) for 
30 days following the last dose of study treatment.
Participants whose treatment is interrupted or permanently discontinued due to an adverse event 
or a clinically significant laboratory value must be followed until resolution or stabilization of 
the event, whichever comes first. Further guidelines and recommendations for the management 
of specific study treatment combination-induced toxicities are provided below.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 60 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
6.6.3.1
Follow up on potential drug-induced liver injury (DILI) cases
Participants with transaminase increase combined with total bilirubin increase may be 
indicative of potentially severe DILI, and should be considered as clinically important events 
and assessed appropriately to establish the diagnosis. The required clinical information, as 
detailed below, should be sought to obtain the medical diagnosis of the most likely cause of the 
observed laboratory abnormalities.
The threshold for potential DILI may depend on the participant’s baseline AST/ALT and total 
bilirubin value; participants meeting any of the following criteria will require further follow-up 
as outlined below:

For participants with normal ALT and AST and total bilirubin value at baseline: AST or 
ALT > 3.0 x upper limit of normal (ULN) combined with total bilirubin > 2.0 x ULN 
without evidence of cholestasis 

For participants with elevated AST or ALT or total bilirubin value at baseline: [AST or 
ALT > 3.0 x baseline] or [ALT or AST > 8.0 x ULN], whichever occurs first, combined 
with [total bilirubin > 2.0 x baseline AND > 2.0 x ULN]
As DILI is essentially a diagnosis of exclusion, other causes of abnormal liver tests should be 
considered and their role clarified before DILI is assumed as the cause of liver injury.
A detailed history, including relevant information such as review of ethanol consumption, 
concomitant medications, herbal remedies, supplement consumption, history of any pre-
existing liver conditions or risk factors, should be collected.
Laboratory tests should include ALT, AST, total bilirubin, direct and indirect bilirubin, gamma-
glutamyl transferase (GGT), prothrombin time (PT)/INR, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), albumin, 
and creatine kinase. If available, testing of Glutamate Dehydrogenase (GLDH) is additionally 
recommended.
Evaluate status of liver metastasis (new or exacerbation) or vascular occlusion – e.g., using CT, 
MRI, or duplex sonography.
Perform 
relevant
examinations 
(Ultrasound 
or 
MRI, 
Endoscopic 
retrograde 
cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)) as appropriate, to rule out an extrahepatic cause of 
cholestasis. Cholestasis (is defined as an ALP elevation > 2.0 x ULN with R value < 2 in 
participants without bone metastasis, or elevation of the liver-specific ALP isoenzyme in 
participants with bone metastasis).
Note: The R value is calculated by dividing the ALT by the ALP, using multiples of the ULN 
for both values. It denotes whether the relative pattern of ALT and/or ALP elevation is due to 
cholestatic (R ≤ 2), hepatocellular (R ≥ 5), or mixed (R > 2 and < 5) liver injury. For children, 
there are caveats to calculating the R-ratio as normal levels of ALP are higher than in adults 
with standard ranges varying by developmental age. In clinical situations where it is suspected 
that ALP elevations are from an extrahepatic source, the GGT can be used if available. GGT 
may be less specific than ALP as a marker of cholestatic injury, since GGT can also be elevated 
by enzyme induction or by ethanol consumption. It is more sensitive than ALP for detecting 
bile duct injury. Table 6-6 provides guidance on specific clinical and diagnostic assessments 
which can be performed to rule out possible alternative causes of observed liver function test 
(LFT) abnormalities.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 61 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 6-6
Alternative causes of liver disease
Disease
Assessment
Hepatitis A, B, C, E
● IgM anti-HAV; HBsAg, IgM & IgG anti-HBc, HBV DNA; anti-HCV, HCV 
RNA, IgM & IgG anti-HEV, HEV RNA
CMV, HSV, EBV infection
● IgM & IgG anti-CMV, IgM & IgG anti-HSV; IgM & IgG anti-EBV
Autoimmune hepatitis
● Antinuclear Antibodies (ANA) & Anti-Smooth Muscle Antibody (ASMA) 
titers, total IgM, IgG, IgE, IgA
Alcoholic hepatitis
● Ethanol history, GGT, MCV, carbohydrate-deficient (CD)-transferrin
Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
● Ultrasound or MRI
Hypoxic/ischemic hepatopathy
● Medical history: acute or chronic congestive heart failure, hypotension, 
hypoxia, hepatic venous occlusion. Ultrasound or MRI.
Biliary tract disease
● Ultrasound or MRI, ERCP as appropriate.
Wilson disease (if < 40 yrs old)
● Caeruloplasmin
Hemochromatosis
● Ferritin, transferrin
Alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency
● Alpha-1-antitrypsin
Other causes should also be considered based upon participants’ medical history 
(hyperthyroidism / thyrotoxic hepatitis – T3, T4, Thyroid-stimulating hormone; cardiovascular 
disease / ischemic hepatitis – ECG, prior hypotensive episodes; glycogenic hepatitis).
If DILI confirmed: permanently discontinue study treatment.
If DILI is unlikely: interrupt treatment. Treat identified cause according to institutional 
guidelines. If resolved, reduce by one dose level. Re-administration of study treatment should 
be considered only if the investigator assesses benefit to outweigh the risk. Any decision 
regarding re-administration of study drug/s and dose regimen should be discussed with the 
Novartis medical safety team.
Following appropriate causality assessments, as outlined above, the causality of the treatment 
is estimated as “probable” i.e. > 50% likely, if it appears greater than all other possible causes 
of liver injury combined. The term “treatment-induced” indicates probably caused by the 
treatment, not by something else, and only such a case can be considered a DILI case and should 
be reported as an SAE.
All cases confirmed on repeat testing meeting the laboratory criteria defined above, with no 
other alternative cause for LFT abnormalities identified, should be considered as “medically 
significant,” and thus, meet the definition of SAE and should be reported as SAE using the term 
“potential treatment-induced liver injury.” All events should be followed up with the outcome 
clearly documented.
6.6.3.2
Management of Pneumonitis/Interstitial lung disease
Alpelisib is associated with pneumonitis/interstitial lung disease. Closely monitor all 
participants for signs and symptoms of pneumonitis.
All participants will be routinely asked about and observed for the occurrence of adverse events 
including new or changed pulmonary symptoms (consistent with lung abnormalities).
Participants who are suspected to have developed pneumonitis should interrupt alpelisib 
immediately (but may continue fulvestrant if clinically indicated) and undergo appropriate 
imaging (high resolution computerized tomography (CT) scan) and broncho-alveolar lavage; 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 62 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
biopsy should be considered if clinically appropriate. Infectious causes of interstitial lung 
disease should be ruled out. Investigators should follow institutional practice for management 
of pneumonitis which generally includes treatment with high dose corticosteroids; antibiotic 
therapy should be administered concurrently if infectious causes are suspected. Consultation 
with a pulmonologist is highly recommended for any pneumonitis case during the study 
treatment.
After ruling out infectious etiology and upon making a diagnosis of pneumonitis, permanently 
discontinue treatment with alpelisib and promptly initiate appropriate treatment and supportive 
measures.
6.6.3.3
Guidelines for the treatment of study drug induced skin toxicity
Skin toxicity is a class-effect adverse event observed with PI3Ki agents.
Close monitoring of potential skin reactions will be performed at each planned visit and will be 
reported as adverse event. The most frequent skin adverse events reported are: maculopapular 
rash (only a minority present acneiform rash); pruritus and dry skin. The onset is typically 
within the first 2 months of treatment start and is reversible with adequate co-medication and 
treatment interruption if needed. Skin reactions may improve over several weeks. Consultation 
with a dermatologist is highly recommended for better assessment and management of 
alpelisib-induced skin toxicity at any Grade, and mandated if severe cutaneous reaction like 
Stevens-Johnson Syndrome, Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis, Erythema Multiforme or Drug 
Reaction with Eosinophilia and Systemic Symptoms (DRESS) is suspected.
Workup for skin toxicities includes skin photography, a complete blood count with differential, 
and a full chemistry panel. A paired skin biopsy should be obtained (from both affected and an 
unaffected skin area) for local histopathology assessment to further assess the skin toxicity, 
especially to confirm suspected diagnosis of any severe cutaneous reactions.
Skin photographs must be taken and skin biopsy must be performed in case of grade 4 skin 
toxicity and any grade of suspected severe cutaneous reactions and stored at site as source 
document. In case of Grade 3 skin toxicity, Novartis strongly recommends that photographs are 
taken and a skin biopsy is performed and stored at site as source documentation. Skin biopsy 
will be sent to a Novartis designated laboratory, together with dermatologist and pathologist 
reports, if available, for further research purpose on the pathology and mechanism of PI3K 
inhibitor treatment induced skin toxicity.
In Study CBYL719C2301 (SOLAR-1), among the 86 alpelisib-treated patients who received 
prophylaxis prior to rash onset, 73% did not develop a rash, while among the 198 alpelisib-
treated patients who did not receive prophylaxis, 36% did not develop a rash. Similar trends 
were observed in the BYLieve study, where 70% of patients who received prophylaxis (n=10) 
did not develop a rash compared with 53% of patients who did not receive prophylaxis (n=117) 
did not develop a rash (Patel et al 2020). Additionally, in a single center retrospective analysis 
of 102 patients receiving alpelisib, prophylaxis with non-sedating antihistamines (n=43) was 
correlated with a reduction in Grade 1/2 rash events (OR 0.39, p=0.09) (Wang et al 2020). 
Based on these data, prophylactic treatment with non-sedating antihistamines (e.g., cetirizine 
(Zyrtec©), fexofenadine (Allegra), loratadine (Claritin) can be started on Cycle 1 Day 1 and 
continued for approximately 8 weeks in all participants, especially in those with a history of 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 63 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
atopy such as allergic rhinitis, asthma, atopic dermatitis, or drug allergies, at the discretion of 
the Investigator. Preventive strategies, including the administration of non-sedating, oral 
antihistamines prior to rash onset and before starting alpelisib, may decrease incidence and 
severity of rash based on alpelisib clinical trial experience.
Recommended therapies for skin toxicity events of all grades and as clinically indicated include:

Consultation with a dermatologist should always be considered.

Mid to high potency topical steroids: triamcinolone 0.01% or fluocinonide 0.05% twice 
daily for at least 28 days. Recommend spray, lotion, or cream preparation for ease of 
application on trunk. For scalp involvement, recommend a foam or solution preparation.

Gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) Agonists: Gabapentin 300mg every 8 hours, 
Pregabalin 50-75 mg every 8 hours (to adjust of renal impairment). Depending on 
participant’s clinical condition, be aware of potential and common side effects observed 
with GABA agonists such as: somnolence, dizziness (both drugs) and peripheral edema 
(Gabapentin) among others adverse events.
For Grade 4 skin events or any grade of severe cutaneous reactions (including SJS, TEN, EM, 
DRESS), alpelisib treatment must be permanently discontinued without any re-challenge.
If dry skin is reported, it is recommended that participants with dry skin use mild and fragrance 
free soaps and detergents.
Although preclinical experiments demonstrated that alpelisib have no potential phototoxic 
effect, participants should avoid sun exposure during treatment with alpelisib, especially when 
they already have experienced rash or other skin toxicities as the increased blood flow of the 
skin may worsen skin symptoms. Participants should be advised to take measures to protect 
themselves from direct exposure to sunlight, including the wearing of sunglasses as well as the 
regular use of sunscreen, hats, long-sleeve shirts and long trousers when outdoors.
6.6.3.4
Follow-up on amylase or lipase elevation (CTCAE Grade 3 or superior)
Participants with amylase or lipase elevation ≥ CTCAE Grade 3 must be tested weekly (or more 
frequently if clinically indicated) until ≤ Grade 1 (or baseline). After resumption of dosing, 
continue to test weekly for one additional cycle. If no reoccurrence of ≥ Grade 2 event, continue 
monitoring every cycle.
An exception to these follow-up guidelines will be made for cases of isolated amylase elevations 
in which amylase fractionation demonstrates that pancreatic amylase is ≤ Grade 1. In such cases, 
total amylase and fractionated amylase should be monitored weekly (or more frequently if 
clinically indicated) for 4 weeks. If pancreatic amylase remains ≤ Grade 1, subsequent 
monitoring must be performed at least every 4 weeks (or more frequently if clinically indicated).
Participants who discontinue study treatment due to pancreatic toxicity must be monitored 
weekly (or more frequently if clinically indicated) until the event resolves to ≤ Grade 1 or 
stabilization occurs (no CTCAE v4.03 Grade change over 4 weeks).
If amylase and/or lipase elevations are accompanied by new or progressive unexplained 
abdominal symptoms such as severe pain or vomiting, withhold study treatment, then perform 
diagnostic procedures (e.g., abdominal CT scan or ultrasound) to exclude pancreatic pathology.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 64 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
See also dose modification guidelines described in Table 6-3.
6.6.3.5
Guidelines for hypersensitivity
Alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, and metformin XR alone are associated 
with hypersensitivity reactions, which may include anaphylaxis. These are manifested by 
symptoms including, but not limited to dyspnea, flushing, rash, fever or tachycardia. In
participants with serious hypersensitivity reactions, the specific study treatment responsible for 
the reaction should be permanently discontinued and should not be re-introduced. Appropriate 
treatment should be promptly initiated.
6.7
Additional treatment guidance
6.7.1
Treatment compliance
The Investigator must promote compliance by instructing the participant to take the study 
treatment exactly as prescribed and by stating that compliance is necessary for the participant’s 
safety and the validity of the study. The participant must also be instructed to contact the 
Investigator if he/she is unable for any reason to take the study treatment as prescribed. 
Compliance will be assessed by the Investigator and/or study personnel at each visit using pill 
counts (if applicable) and information provided by the participant. This information should be 
captured in the source document at each visit. All study treatment dispensed and returned must 
be recorded in the Drug Accountability Log (DAL).
6.7.2
Additional dosing guidelines for fasting glucose and/or amylase/lipase 
and/or c-peptide and/or lipid profile sampling
On days with a pre-dose fasting (overnight) glucose, insulin and/or amylase/lipase and/or c-
peptide and/or lipid profile samples as described in Table 8-2 and Table 8-8 the following 
additional guidelines should be followed:
The patient must be fasting overnight for 8-12 hours prior to the blood collection, but can freely 
drink water. After this blood sample, the patient should have a light breakfast. Alpelisib must 
be taken within 1 hour after the meal in the clinic.
7
Informed consent procedures
Eligible participants may only be included in the study after providing (witnessed, where 
required by law or regulation), Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics 
Committee (IEC)-approved informed consent.
If applicable, in cases where the participant's representative(s) gives consent (if allowed 
according to local requirements), the participant must be informed about the study to the extent 
possible given his/her level of understanding. If the participant is capable of doing so, he/she 
must indicate agreement by personally signing and dating the written informed consent 
document.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 65 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Informed consent must be obtained before conducting any study-specific procedures (e.g., all 
of the procedures described in the protocol). The process of obtaining informed consent must 
be documented in the participant source documents.
Novartis will provide to Investigators in a separate document a proposed informed consent form 
that complies with the international council for harmonization of technical requirements for 
pharmaceuticals for human use (ICH) E6 good clinical practice (GCP) guidelines and 
regulatory requirements and is considered appropriate for this study. Any changes to the 
proposed consent form suggested by the Investigator must be agreed by Novartis before 
submission to the IRB/IEC.
Information about common side effects already known about the investigational treatment can 
be found in the [Alpelisib (BYL719) Investigator's Brochure (IB)] and/or prescribing 
information for marketed drugs. This information will be included in the participant informed 
consent and should be discussed with the participant during the study as needed. Any new 
information regarding the safety profile of alpelisib that is identified between IB updates will 
be communicated as appropriate, for example, via an Investigator notification or an aggregate 
safety finding. New information might require an update to the informed consent and then must 
be discussed with the participant.
The following informed consents are included in this study:

Molecular pre-screening consent

Main study consent, which also included: 

A subsection that requires a separate signature for the ‘Optional Consent for Additional 
Research’ to allow future research on data/samples collected during this study
As applicable:

Female Partner Consent Form

Pregnancy Outcomes Reporting Consent for female participants

Pregnancy Outcomes Reporting Consent for the female partners of any male participants 
who took study treatment
Male participants must be informed that if a female partner becomes pregnant while he is 
enrolled in the study, contact with the female partner will be attempted to request her consent 
to collect pregnancy outcome information.
A copy of the approved version of all consent forms must be provided to Novartis after IRB/IEC 
approval.
8
Visit schedule and assessments
The Assessment Schedule Table 8-2 lists all of the assessments when they are performed. All 
data obtained from these assessments must be supported in the participant’s source 
documentation.
Treatment cycles are intended to be 4 weeks (28 days), but the treatment can be delayed in order 
to manage toxicities according to the alpelisib dose modification criteria in Section 6.6.1.1 and 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 66 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
the locally approved label and local practice for fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, and 
metformin XR.
Participants should be seen for all visits/assessments as outlined in the assessment schedule 
Table 8-2 or as close to the designated day/time as possible. Missed or rescheduled visits should 
not lead to automatic discontinuation.
Participants who discontinue from study treatment are to return for the end of treatment visit as 
soon as possible, and attend the follow-up visits as indicated in the Assessment Schedule.
Participants who discontinue from study or withdraw their consent/oppose the use of their 
data/biological samples should be scheduled for a final evaluation visit if they agree, as soon as 
possible, at which time all of the assessments listed for the final visit will be performed. At this 
final visit, all dispensed investigational product should be reconciled, and the adverse event and 
concomitant medications not previously reported must be recorded on the eCRF.
The “X” in the table denotes the assessments to be recorded in the clinical database or received 
electronically from a vendor. The “S” in the table denotes the assessments that are only in the 
participant’s source documentation and do not need to be recorded in the clinical database.
Additional visits may be needed based on the Investigator's discretion and are permitted at any 
time throughout the study.
At this final visit, all dispensed investigational product should be reconciled, and the adverse 
event and concomitant medications should be up to date on the eCRF.
As per Section 4.6, during a Public Health emergency as declared by Local or Regional 
authorities i.e. pandemic, epidemic or natural disaster that limits or prevents on-site study visits, 
alternative methods of providing continuing care may be implemented by the Investigator as 
the situation dictates. If allowed by local Health Authority and depending on operational 
capabilities, phone calls, virtual contacts (e.g., tele consult) or visits by site staff/ home nursing 
staff to the participant´s home, can replace on-site study visits, for the duration of the disruption 
until it is safe for the participant to visit the site again.
During the course of the study visits, test procedures should occur on schedule whenever 
possible as per allowable visit windows specified in Table 8-1 below:
Table 8-1
Allowable visit windows
Visit name
Window
Screening
-28 to -1 or -14 to -1 days as detailed in Table 8-2
Fulvestrant injection
Cycle 1  Day 1 and Cycle 1 Day 15 (if applicable) and on Day 1 ± 3 days of 
every subsequent cycle
Tumor assessments
+/- 7 days
All other assessments during 
the treatment period
+/- 3 days
Safety follow-up
+/- 3 days
Efficacy follow-up
+/- 7 days
End of Treatment (EOT)
≤ 14 days after permanent discontinuation of study treatments


Novartis
Confidential
Page 67 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 8-2
Assessment Schedule
Period
Pre-
screening Screening
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Cycle 3
Cycle 4 
to 12
EOT
Post-Treatment 
follow-up
Visit Name
Molecular 
Pre-
screening
Screening
C1D1
C1D8
C1D15
C1D22 C2D
1
C2D8
C2D15 C2D22 C3D1
C3D8
C4D1 
to 
C12D1
EOT
Safety 
follow-
up
Efficacy 
follow-up 
(if 
applicable)
Days
-
-28 to 
-1
-14 
to -1 1
8
15
22
1
8
15
22
1
8
1
14 
days 
after 
last 
dose
30 days 
after 
last 
dose
see section 
8.3
Molecular pre-
screening informed 
consent
X
Tumor tissue: 
New/recent biopsy or 
archival tumor 
block/slides or tumor 
tissue PIK3CA 
mutation status 
available 1
X
IRT Registration (after 
Molecular pre-
screening ICF)
S
Informed consent
X
Eligibility checklist 
(within IRT)
S
Randomization
X
Demography
X
Inclusion/Exclusion 
criteria
X


Novartis
Confidential
Page 68 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Period
Pre-
screening Screening
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Cycle 3
Cycle 4 
to 12
EOT
Post-Treatment 
follow-up
Visit Name
Molecular 
Pre-
screening
Screening
C1D1
C1D8
C1D15
C1D22 C2D
1
C2D8
C2D15 C2D22 C3D1
C3D8
C4D1 
to 
C12D1
EOT
Safety 
follow-
up
Efficacy 
follow-up 
(if 
applicable)
Days
-
-28 to 
-1
-14 
to -1 1
8
15
22
1
8
15
22
1
8
1
14 
days 
after 
last 
dose
30 days 
after 
last 
dose
see section 
8.3
Medical 
history/current 
medical conditions
X
Diagnosis and Extent 
of Cancer
X
ER/PgR status
X
HER2 status
X
Prior antineoplastic 
therapies
X
Prior or concomitant 
non-drug 
therapies/procedures
X
Continuous up to 30 days after last dose of study treatment
Prior/concomitant 
medications
X
Continuous up to 30 days after last dose of study treatment
Performance status 
(ECOG)
X
X
X
X
X
Body Height
X
Body Weight
X
X
X
C4D1 
then as 
clinicall
y 
indicate
d
X
Abdominal Girth
X
X
X


Novartis
Confidential
Page 69 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Period
Pre-
screening Screening
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Cycle 3
Cycle 4 
to 12
EOT
Post-Treatment 
follow-up
Visit Name
Molecular 
Pre-
screening
Screening
C1D1
C1D8
C1D15
C1D22 C2D
1
C2D8
C2D15 C2D22 C3D1
C3D8
C4D1 
to 
C12D1
EOT
Safety 
follow-
up
Efficacy 
follow-up 
(if 
applicable)
Days
-
-28 to 
-1
-14 
to -1 1
8
15
22
1
8
15
22
1
8
1
14 
days 
after 
last 
dose
30 days 
after 
last 
dose
see section 
8.3
Physical Examination
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Vital Signs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Hematology
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fasting Chemistry 
(Full)
X
X
X
X
X
Fasting Chemistry 
(Partial)2
X
X
Fasting Plasma 
Glucose3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ketones
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HbA1c
X
X
X
C5D1 + 
C8D1 + 
C11D1
X
Fasting Insulin level
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fasting Lipid Panel
X
X
Coagulation 
X
As clinically indicated
X
Fasting Lipase, 
Fasting Amylase
X
X
X
X
X
Urinalysis 
(Macroscopic)5
X
As clinically indicated
X
Tumor Assessment
X
Every 8 weeks until disease progression, death, loss to follow-up, withdrawal of 
consent/oppose the use of their data
X
Every 8 
weeks until 
disease 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 70 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Period
Pre-
screening Screening
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Cycle 3
Cycle 4 
to 12
EOT
Post-Treatment 
follow-up
Visit Name
Molecular 
Pre-
screening
Screening
C1D1
C1D8
C1D15
C1D22 C2D
1
C2D8
C2D15 C2D22 C3D1
C3D8
C4D1 
to 
C12D1
EOT
Safety 
follow-
up
Efficacy 
follow-up 
(if 
applicable)
Days
-
-28 to 
-1
-14 
to -1 1
8
15
22
1
8
15
22
1
8
1
14 
days 
after 
last 
dose
30 days 
after 
last 
dose
see section 
8.3
progression, 
death, loss 
to follow-up, 
withdrawal 
of 
consent/opp
ose to use 
their data
Whole body bone 
scan
Within 42 
days prior to 
randomizatio
n (X)
As clinically indicated
Electrocardiogram 
(ECG)
X
X6
X
X
X
X
X
Cardiac Imaging 
(MUGA or ECHO)
X
C5D1 
and 
C9D1
X
Skin photography and 
skin biopsies of 
toxicity sites
Strongly recommended for Grade 3 skin toxicity and mandatory for Grade 4 skin toxicity and 
suspected severe cutaneous reactions
Adverse Events3
Continuous up to 30 days after last dose of study treatment
Alpelisib
Daily starting at C1D8
Fulvestrant
X
X4
X
X
X


Novartis
Confidential
Page 71 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Period
Pre-
screening Screening
Cycle 1
Cycle 2
Cycle 3
Cycle 4 
to 12
EOT
Post-Treatment 
follow-up
Visit Name
Molecular 
Pre-
screening
Screening
C1D1
C1D8
C1D15
C1D22 C2D
1
C2D8
C2D15 C2D22 C3D1
C3D8
C4D1 
to 
C12D1
EOT
Safety 
follow-
up
Efficacy 
follow-up 
(if 
applicable)
Days
-
-28 to 
-1
-14 
to -1 1
8
15
22
1
8
15
22
1
8
1
14 
days 
after 
last 
dose
30 days 
after 
last 
dose
see section 
8.3
Metformin XR or 
Dapagliflozin + 
Metformin XR
Once daily starting at C1D1
Disposition
X
X7
X
X Assessment to be recorded in the clinical database or received electronically from a vendor
S Assessment to be recorded in the source documentation only
1 Local confirmation of the PIK3CA mutation status is acceptable, provided that the tumor PIK3CA mutation assessment (tissue or plasma) was or will be performed by a 
local laboratory using either a FDA-approved PIK3CA Companion Diagnostics (CDx) test for alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN therascreen PIK3CA RGQ PCR test
2 Creatinine, Creatine Kinase, ALT, AST, Total Bilirubin
3 Participants who discontinue alpelisib and fulvestrant (EOT) prior to C3D8 will continue to have FPG monitored and hyperglycemia-related AE collected for a maximum of 
9 weeks (+/- 3 days) depending on the time point of study treatment discontinuation (see Section 6.1.5 & Section 9.1.1) Fulvestrant injection at C1D15 is not applicable for 
participants already being treated with fulvestrant prior to joining the trial.
5 Macroscopic Panel Dipstick: Leukocytes, Blood, Protein and Glucose
6 If the ECG assessment is performed more than 7 days before the C1D1 visit, the assessment must be repeated at the C1D1 visit prior to the first dose of study treatment.
7 Completed upon end of study treatment or when a participant exits the study for any reason


Novartis
Confidential
Page 72 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
8.1
Screening
Molecular pre-screening
All participants must sign the molecular pre-screening informed consent form for the testing of 
PIK3CA mutation status or for sharing the PIK3CA mutational status based on local test results 
with Novartis.
The molecular pre-screening informed consent form only addresses consent for the collection 
of tumor sample for molecular testing or sharing molecular test results, if PIK3CA mutational 
status was already assessed (based on the FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx test for alpelisib or the 
CE-IVD QIAGEN therascreen® PIK3CA RGQ PCR test) and is known.
The molecular pre-screening informed consent does not include consent to start screening 
activities or undergo any other study-specific procedures aside from molecular pre-screening. 
This consent form is intended to facilitate molecular mutation testing, and to allow the 
Investigator to submit the required samples for testing, based on when it is most clinically 
appropriate at his/her discretion. To start screening activities, all participants must sign the main 
study informed consent.
Molecular pre-screening and main screening are recommended to occur sequentially; it is at the 
discretion of the site to perform these in parallel.
The steps required for participant enrollment are as follows:
1. PIK3CA mutational status confirmation (central or local) upon participant signature of the 
molecular pre-screening ICF:
A)* A tumor tissue sample (newly obtained or archival) must be collected and sent for 
central assessment of the PIK3CA mutation status to the Novartis designated laboratory located 
in the US at Navigate BioPharma Services, Inc. (a Novartis subsidiary) located at 1890 
Rutherford Road, Carlsbad, CA 92008. Remaining tumor samples from participants who will 
not be randomized into the study due to screen failure will be returned to the site.
OR
B)A tumor or plasma sample has to be provided to a local laboratory using a FDA-approved 
PIK3CA CDx test for alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN therascreen® PIK3CA RGQ PCR test.
*If more than one archival sample is available, tumor sample from the most recent archival 
biopsy is preferred.
Please refer to the laboratory manual for tumor sample shipping requirements. Assessments can 
be performed during the screening however it is recommended to provide the tumor sample 
early in the screening process (preferably at least 14 to 28 days prior to randomization) to allow 
adequate time for processing.
Note: If a tumor PIK3CA mutation status is available, and was assessed by a local laboratory 
using either a FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx test for alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN 
therascreen® PIK3CA RGQ PCR test, this mutation status can be used for enrolment into this 
study.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 73 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
PIK3CA mutation results generated by laboratory-developed tests, including research use only 
version of the QIAGEN test, are not acceptable.
2. The participant will be assigned a participant number by the Investigator (see Section 6.4.1) 
and be registered into the IRT system.
3. PIK3CA mutation status and demographic information will be collected in the eCRF 
(see Section 8.2).
4. The Novartis designated laboratory will provide the PIK3CA mutation results to the 
investigational site.
Screening
All study participants must be thoroughly informed about all aspects of the study, including the 
study treatment, visit schedule, required evaluations, and all regulatory requirements for 
informed consent. Written informed consent must be obtained before any study specific 
assessments are performed, including screening. If the participant is unable to read, an impartial 
witness should be present during the entire informed consent discussion.
All screening assessments must be performed within 1 to 28 days prior to randomization or 
within 1 to 14 days prior to randomization for selected assessments (see Table 8-2 for the list 
of assessments to be performed) to confirm patient's eligibility.
Any screening assessment that is done outside the screening window, as defined in Table 8-2, 
must be repeated prior to randomization.
A new ICF will need to be signed if the Investigator chooses to re-screen the participant after a 
participant has screen failed. In case of re-screening, a new participant ID will be generated, 
however, site has to provide original participant ID in respective re-screening eCRF to link the 
two participants for reporting and validation.
All required screening activities must be performed when the participant is re-screened for 
participation in the study to satisfy the requirements defined in Table 8-2. An individual 
participant may only be re-screened once for the study. Once the number of participants 
screened and enrolled/randomized is likely to ensure target enrollment, Novartis may close the 
study to further screening. In this case, the participants who screen failed will not be permitted 
to re-screen.
A participant who has a laboratory test result(s) that does not satisfy the entrance criteria may 
have the test(s) repeated. These test(s) may be repeated as soon as the Investigator believes the 
retest result(s) is/are likely to be within the acceptable range to satisfy the entrance criteria, but 
should be completed within 14 days of screening period, as defined in Table 8-2. In this case, 
the participant will not be required to sign another ICF, and the original participant ID number 
assigned by the Investigator will be used. In the event that the laboratory test(s) cannot be 
performed within 14 days of screening period, as defined in Table 8-2 or the re-test(s) do not 
meet the entrance criteria, or other eligibility criteria have changed and are not met anymore, 
the participant is considered a screen failure. Unused tumor samples for screen failure 
participants will be returned, unless otherwise directed. In case re-screening occurs, all 
evaluations re-assessed should meet the eligibility criteria.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 74 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Any imaging assessments already completed during the regular work-up of the participant and 
within 28 days prior to randomization (42 days prior to randomization for whole body scan), 
including before signing the main study ICF can be considered as the baseline images for this 
study.
8.1.1
Eligibility screening
Following IRT registration at molecular pre-screening and screening, participants' eligibility 
will be checked according to study inclusion and exclusion criteria as described in Section 5
once all screening procedures are completed.
A list of procedures to be performed during the 28-day screening period is summarized in 
Table 8-2.
Results of all screening/baseline evaluations must be reviewed by the Investigator or his/her 
designee prior to start study treatment of each participant to ensure that all inclusion and 
exclusion criteria have been satisfied. When all screening procedures are completed and the 
participant’s eligibility is confirmed (i.e. all inclusion/exclusion criteria have been verified), the 
key eligibility criteria checklist embedded in the IRT system will be completed prior to the first 
dose of study drug. Please refer to Section 6.4.2 and as well as comply with detailed guidelines 
in the IRT user guide.
8.1.2
Information to be collected on screening failures
Participants who signed an informed consent form and subsequently found to be ineligible prior 
to randomization will be considered a screen failure. This can be either after the signature of 
the molecular pre-screening ICF or after the signature of the main study ICF. 
The screening phase discontinuation status  should be recorded on the appropriate eCRF. 
Demographic information, informed consent, and Inclusion/Exclusion pages must also be 
completed for screen failure participants. No other data will be entered into the clinical database 
for participants who are screen failures, unless the participant experienced a serious adverse 
event during the screening phase (see Section 10.1.3 for reporting details). If the participant 
fails to be randomized, the IRT must be notified within 2 days of the screen fail that the 
participant was not randomized.
Participants who are randomized and fail to start treatment, e.g., participants randomized in 
error, will be considered as early terminators. The reason for early termination should be 
recorded on the appropriate Case Report Form.
8.2
Participant demographics/other baseline characteristics
Country-specific regulations should be considered for the collection of demographic and 
baseline characteristics in alignment with eCRF.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 75 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The following participant demographics and baseline characteristics are to be collected on all 
enrolled/randomized participants:

Demographic information age, sex, race/predominant ethnicity (if permitted). Participant 
race/ethnicity data are collected and analyzed to identify any differences in the safety and/or 
efficacy profile of the treatment due to these characteristics. In addition, we need to assess 
the diversity of the study population as required by Health Authorities.

Medical history (e.g., important medical, surgical, and allergic conditions from the 
participant’s medical history which could have an impact on the participant’s 
evaluation)/current medical conditions (e.g., all relevant current medical conditions which 
are present at the time of signing informed consent). Ongoing medical conditions, symptoms 
and disease which are recorded on the Medical History eCRF should include the toxicity 
grade. Where possible, the diagnosis and not symptoms should be recorded.

Disease baseline characteristics including diagnosis, history, extent of cancer with ER, PgR 
and HER2 status, staging of cancer, all prior antineoplastic therapies including surgical 
interventions and chemo-, biologic-, immunologic- and radiation-therapies provided as 
treatment for cancer prior to the administration of study drug

Prior/concomitant therapy: all prescription medications, over-the and significant non-drug 
therapies taken within 30 days before the first dose is administered. They must be recorded 
on the Prior and Concomitant medication or Prior or Concomitant non-drug 
therapies/procedures eCRF page and updated on a continual basis if there are any new 
changes to the medications. See the protocol Section 6.2.1 Concomitant Therapy for further 
details on what information must be recorded on the appropriate page of the eCRF.
Furthermore, the following assessments will be performed to assess the eligibility of the 
participant:

Body height, body weight and abdominal girth 

Vital signs including blood pressure (supine position preferred when ECG is collected), 
pulse measurement, and body temperature

ECOG Performance Status

12-Lead ECG

Cardiac imaging (MUGA or ECHO)

Tumor evaluation (e.g., CT Scan)

Whole body bone scan

Laboratory evaluations (e.g., hematology, coagulation, biochemistry, fasting insulin level, 
fasting glucose/serum lipid profile/HbA1c/lipase/amylase, ketones, urinalysis)

The presence of a PIK3CA mutation(s) in the tumor (tissue or plasma)

Complete physical examination


Novartis
Confidential
Page 76 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
8.3
Efficacy
8.3.1
Efficacy assessment 1
Efficacy assessments
Tumor response will be assessed locally according to the Novartis guideline version 3.2 
(Section 16.4) based on RECIST 1.1 (Eisenhauer et al 2009). The imaging assessment 
collection plan is presented in Table 8-3.
Imaging data for all participants will be assessed locally and the results of the local evaluations 
will be used to support the secondary objective.
The local Investigator's assessment will be used for treatment decision making.
If needed imaging data will be centrally collected and checked for quality by an imaging 
Contract Research Organization (CRO) designated by Novartis. Central review of the imaging 
data may be performed if deemed necessary.
Information regarding prior interventions (e.g., radiotherapy), pre-existing radiographic 
findings that mimic metastatic disease at baseline/screening and prior interventions should be 
transmitted to the imaging CRO via the Baseline Clinical Form along with the baseline images. 
Sites will ensure the data entered on the form is consistent with the data entered in the clinical 
database.
Physical exam tumor assessments, photography, pathology/histology and cytology results, as 
well as, information regarding prior interventions, pre-existing radiographic findings that mimic 
metastatic disease at baseline/screening and on-study interventions should be captured in the 
appropriate eCRFs.
All known lesions (measurable, non-measurable) should be accounted for at screening within 
28 days (42 days for whole body bone scan) before Cycle 1 Day 1 when assessing objective 
tumor status. Imaging assessments for response evaluation will be performed every 8 weeks 
(+/- 7 days) after randomization. The 8-week interval should be respected regardless of whether 
study treatment is temporarily withheld or unscheduled assessments are performed. Assessment 
modality must remain the same throughout the study (e.g., contrast CT or MRI scan) using 
RECIST 1.1 criteria.
Table 8-3
Imaging Assessment Collection Plan
Procedure
Screening/Baseline
During Treatment/Follow-up
Chest, abdomen and pelvis 
CT or MRI (with intravenous 
contrast enhancement)
Mandated
Mandated, every 8 weeks (+/- 7 days) 
until disease progression, EOT1, death, 
withdrawal of consent/opposition to use 
data/biological samples, or lost to follow-
up
Brain CT or MRI
Mandated at screening only if 
existing or suspected brain 
metastasis
If lesions were documented at baseline, 
follow same schedule as CT/MRI of 
chest, abdomen, and pelvis
Whole body bone scan
Mandated, within 42 days (6 
weeks) prior to randomization
If clinically indicated


Novartis
Confidential
Page 77 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Procedure
Screening/Baseline
During Treatment/Follow-up
Localized bone CT, MRI, or x-
ray
Mandated for skeletal 
abnormalities identified on the 
whole body bone scan that are not 
visible on the chest, abdomen and 
pelvis CT or MRI
If lesions were documented at baseline, 
follow same schedule as CT/MRI of 
chest, abdomen, and pelvis
Color photography (with 
scale/ruler)
Mandated if any skin lesions 
present at screening
If lesions were documented at baseline, 
follow same schedule as CT/MRI of 
chest, abdomen, and pelvis
CT or MRI of other metastatic 
sites (e.g., neck)
Mandated if suspected lesion at 
screening
If lesions were documented at baseline, 
follow same schedule as CT/MRI of 
chest, abdomen, and pelvis
1 Tumor evaluation at End of treatment (EOT) is required for participants who discontinue study treatment before 
the first scheduled post-baseline tumor assessment (week 8) and for participants whose previous tumor 
assessment did not demonstrate progressive disease (PD) and was done more than 21 days prior to EOT visit
Baseline imaging assessments
Imaging assessments will be performed at screening/baseline within 28 days of start of 
treatment (Day -28 to Day -1 prior to Cycle 1 Day 1).
The whole body bone scan can be performed within 42 days prior to start of study treatment.
Any imaging assessments already completed during the regular work-up of the participant 
within 28 days prior to start of treatment, including before signing the main study ICF, can be 
considered as the baseline images for this study. Any imaging assessments obtained after 
randomization cannot be considered baseline images. The following assessments are required 
at screening/baseline:

Chest, abdomen, and pelvis CT or MRI

Brain CT or MRI, if clinically indicated

Whole body bone scan, if clinically indicated

Localized bone CT, MRI, or x-ray, for any lesions identified on the whole body bone scan 
that are not visible on the chest, abdomen, and pelvis CT or MRI

Color photography for any skin lesions present

CT or MRI of other metastatic sites (e.g., neck), if clinically indicated
If a participant is known to have a contraindication to CT intravenous (i.v.) contrast media or 
develops a contraindication during the trial, a non-contrast CT of the chest (MRI is not 
recommended due to respiratory artifacts; however, if CT is not feasible per local regulations, 
MRI can be performed instead) plus a contrast-enhanced MRI (if possible) of the abdomen and 
pelvis should be performed.
If brain metastases are suspected at baseline, brain MRI or CT should be completed. Contrast 
enhanced brain MRI is preferred, however, if MRI contrast is contraindicated, then MRI without 
contrast or CT with/without contrast is acceptable.
If clinically indicated, a whole body bone scan should be performed per institutional standard 
of care (e.g., Tc-99 bone scan, whole body bone MRI, Fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission 
tomography (FDG-PET), or sodium fluoride PET). Localized CT, MRI, or X-rays should be 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 78 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
acquired for all skeletal lesions identified on the screening whole body bone scan, which are 
not visible on the chest, abdomen, and pelvis CT/MRI.
If clinically indicated, CT or MRI of other areas (e.g. neck) of disease as appropriate should be 
performed.
If skin lesions are present at screening, color photography should be acquired using a digital 
camera in clear focus, including a scale/ruler, in such a way that the size of the lesion(s) can be 
determined from the photograph.
Any potentially measurable lesion that has been previously treated with radiotherapy should be 
considered as a non-measurable lesion. However, if a lesion previously treated with 
radiotherapy has clearly progressed since the radiotherapy, it can be considered as a measurable 
lesion.
Each lesion that is measured at baseline must be measured by the same method (either same 
radiologic/nuclear method or by physical exam) throughout the study so that the comparison is 
consistent. Criteria required for determining partial or complete response should be present for 
at least 4 weeks.
Chest x-rays and ultrasound should not be used to measure tumor lesions.
Post baseline imaging assessments
Imaging assessments as described in Table 8-3 should be performed using the same imaging 
modality used at baseline, irrespective of study treatment interruption or actual dosing 
(see Table 8-2). Imaging assessments for response evaluation will be performed every 8 weeks 
(+/- 7 days) until disease progression, death, lost to follow-up or withdrawal of 
consent/opposition to use data/biological samples. Imaging assessments should be scheduled 
using the randomization date as the reference date (not the date of the previous tumor 
assessment), and should be respected regardless of whether treatment with study treatment is 
temporarily withheld or unscheduled assessments performed.
All participants who discontinue from study treatment due to disease progression must have 
their progression clearly documented according to RECIST 1.1 as assessed by Investigator. If 
a participant did not discontinue study treatment due to disease progression per RECIST 1.1 
assessed by Investigator, death, lost to follow-up, or withdrawal of consent/opposition to use 
data/biological samples, then tumor assessments should continue to be performed according to 
the planned schedule during efficacy follow-up for 12 cycles after randomization or until 
disease progression (per Investigator), death, lost to follow-up or withdrawn consent/opposition 
to use data/biological samples.
An additional tumor assessment must be performed to confirm response (complete response 
(CR) or partial response (PR)) no less than 4 weeks after the criteria for response are first met.
Additional imaging assessments may be performed at any time during the study at 
the Investigator's discretion to support the efficacy evaluations for a participant, as necessary. 
Clinical suspicion of disease progression at any time requires a physical examination and 
imaging assessments to be performed promptly rather than waiting for the next scheduled 
imaging assessment.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 79 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Each lesion that is measured at baseline must be measured by the same method (either same 
imaging method or by photography, including a metric ruler) and when possible, the same local 
radiologist/physician throughout the study so that the comparison is consistent. If an off-
schedule imaging assessment is performed because progression is suspected, subsequent 
imaging assessments should be performed in accordance with the original imaging schedule.
Combined PET/CT may be used only if the CT is of similar diagnostic quality as a CT 
performed without PET, including the utilization of i.v. contrast media. At the discretion of 
the Investigators, FDG-PET scans may be performed to document progressive disease per 
RECIST 1.1 (see Section 16.4).
If participants start on a new antineoplastic therapy before documented progression, every effort 
should be made to continue to collect tumor assessment according to the planned schedule. In 
instances where alpelisib is discontinued and fulvestrant is continued, participants can remain 
on study and will continue to be followed according to the study schedule.
8.3.2
Appropriateness of efficacy assessments
The measurements are standard based on the new response evaluation criteria in solid tumors: 
revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1) (Eisenhauer et al 2009).
8.4
Safety
Safety assessments and their timepoints are specified in the Table 8-4 below.
For details on AE collection and reporting, refer to AE section.
As per Section 4.6, during a Public Health emergency as declared by Local or Regional 
authorities i.e. pandemic, epidemic or natural disaster, that limits or prevents on-site study visits, 
regular phone or virtual calls can occur (as per visit frequency describe in Table 8-2) for safety 
monitoring and discussion of the participant´s health status until it is safe for the participant to 
visit the site again.
Table 8-4
Assessments & Specifications
Assessment 
Specification
Physical 
examination
A complete physical examination will include the examination of general appearance, skin, 
neck (including thyroid), eyes, ears, nose, throat, lungs, heart, abdomen, back, lymph nodes, 
extremities, vascular, and neurological. If indicated based on medical history and/or symptoms, 
rectal, external genitalia, breast, and pelvic exams will be performed. A complete physical 
examination will be completed at screening, C2D1 and EOT
A short physical exam will be performed at all visits as indicated in Table 8-2 during treatment 
except where a complete physical examination is required. It will include at least the 
examination of general appearance and vital signs (blood pressure [SBP and DBP] and pulse). 
If indicated based on symptoms, additional exams will be performed.
Information for all physical examinations must be included in the source documentation at the 
study site. Clinically relevant findings that are present prior to signing informed consent must 
be recorded on the appropriate eCRF that captures medical history. Significant findings made 
after signing informed consent which meet the definition of an Adverse Event must be recorded 
as an adverse event (see Section 10).
Vital signs
Vital signs include blood pressure (supine position preferred when ECG is collected), pulse 
measurement, and body temperature.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 80 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Assessment 
Specification
Height, weight, 
and abdominal 
girth
Height in centimeters (cm), body weight (to the nearest 0.1 kilogram (kg) in indoor clothing, but 
without shoes), and abdominal girth in centimeters (cm) (at the midpoint of the line between 
the rib or costal margin and the iliac crest in the midaxillary line) will be measured as specified 
in Table 8-2.
The performance status will be assessed according to the ECOG performance status scale as 
describe in Table 8-5 following the schedule given in Table 8-2.
Table 8-5
ECOG performance status
Grade
ECOG status
0
Fully active, able to carry on all pre-disease performance without restriction
1
Restricted in physically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out work of a light or 
sedentary nature e.g., light house work, office work
2
Ambulatory and capable of all self-care but unable to carry out any work activities. Up and about more 
than 50% of waking hours
3
Capable of only limited self-care, confined to bed or chair more than 50% of waking hours
4
Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any self-care. Totally confined to bed or chair
5
Dead
8.4.1
Laboratory evaluations
Clinical laboratory analyses are to be performed by the central laboratory.
Safety samples that can be collected remotely will be collected and analyzed in line with the 
study laboratory manual. Where samples are collected and analyzed at a local laboratory instead 
of the central laboratory, Novartis will ensure the results reported are equivalent to central 
laboratory collection and analysis.
In case of urgent safety management of hyperglycemia, fasting plasma glucose assessment can 
be done locally according to the schedule of assessments and collection plan outlined 
respectively in Table 8-2 and Table 8-6.
Unscheduled local laboratory assessments may be performed if medically indicated to assess a 
(potential) adverse event or when the treating physician cannot wait for central laboratory 
results for decision making (e.g., dose modifications). In this particular situation, if possible, 
the blood sample obtained at the same time point should be submitted to the central laboratory 
for analysis in parallel with local analysis.
As per Section 4.6, during a Public Health emergency as declared by Local or Regional 
authorities, i.e. pandemic, epidemic or natural disaster, that limits or prevents on-site study visits, 
if participants cannot visit the site for protocol specified safety laboratory assessments, an 
alternative laboratory (local) collection site may be used.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 81 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The results of the local laboratory will be recorded in the eCRF if any of the following criteria 
are met:

A treatment decision was made based on the local results, or

Local laboratory results document an adverse event not reported by the central lab, or

Local laboratory results document an adverse event severity that is worse than the one 
reported by the central lab, or

There are no concomitant central results available
For assessment of participants’ eligibility for the study, only laboratory results from the 
central laboratory will be used with the exception of the following where local laboratory 
results are acceptable:

Postmenopausal status (FSH and estradiol) if applicable and 

PIK3CA mutational status (if done locally using FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx test for 
alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN therascreen PIK3CA RGQ PCR test)
At any time during the study, abnormal laboratory parameters which are clinically relevant and 
require an action to be taken with study treatment (e.g., require dose modification and/or 
interruption of study treatment, lead to clinical symptoms or signs, or require therapeutic 
intervention), whether specifically requested in the protocol or not, will be recorded in the eCRF. 
Additional analyses are left to the discretion of the Investigator. Visit window of +/-3 days are 
allowed.
Novartis must be provided with a copy of the local laboratory’s certification (if applicable), and 
a tabulation of the normal ranges and units of each parameter collected in the eCRF. Any 
changes regarding normal ranges and units for laboratory values assessed during the study must 
be reported via an updated tabulation indicating the date of revalidation. Additionally, if at any 
time a participant has laboratory parameters obtained from a different laboratory, Novartis must 
be provided with a copy of the certification and a tabulation of the normal ranges and units for 
this laboratory as well.
The Investigator is responsible for reviewing all laboratory reports for participants in the study 
and evaluating any abnormalities for clinical significance.
Details on the collections, shipment of samples and reporting of results by the central laboratory 
are provided to Investigators in the central Laboratory Manual.
Table 8-6
Clinical laboratory parameters collection plan
Test Category
Test Name
Hematology
Hematocrit, Hemoglobin,
Platelets, Erythrocytes, Leukocytes, , Differential 
(Basophils, Eosinophils, Lymphocytes, Monocytes, Neutrophils, (absolute value 
preferred, %s are acceptable)
Fasting Chemistry
Albumin, Alkaline phosphatase, ALT , AST , GGT, Lactate dehydrogenase (LDH),
Bicarbonate, Calcium, Magnesium, Phosphate, Sodium, Potassium, Creatinine, 
Creatine kinase, Direct Bilirubin, Indirect Bilirubin, Total Bilirubin, Total Protein, 
Blood Urea Nitrogen (BUN) or Urea, Uric Acid, Amylase, Lipase, Plasma Glucose
Fasting chemistry (partial)
Creatinine, Creatine Kinase, ALT, AST, Total Bilirubin
Fasting lipid panel
Total Cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein (LDL) Cholesterol, high-density 
lipoprotein (HDL) Cholesterol, Triglycerides
Urinalysis
Macroscopic Panel (Dipstick) (Blood, Glucose, Leukocytes, Protein)


Novartis
Confidential
Page 82 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Test Category
Test Name
Coagulation
INR, Activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT)
Additional tests
HbA1c, Fasting Insulin Level, Serum Ketones
Participants who discontinue alpelisib and fulvestrant (EOT) prior to Cycle 3, Day 8 will 
continue to have FPG monitored and hyperglycemia-related AE collected for a maximum of 9 
weeks (+/- 3 days) depending on the time point of study treatment discontinuation 
(e.g., discontinuation after 1 weeks of treatment would require FPG monitoring for another 8 
weeks; discontinuation after 2 weeks would require FPG monitoring for 7 weeks etc.).
8.4.2
Electrocardiogram (ECG)
ECGs must be recorded after 10 minutes rest in the supine position to ensure a stable baseline. 
The preferred sequence of cardiovascular data collection during study visits is ECG collection 
first, followed by vital signs, blood sampling, and any remaining assessments for that visit 
(refer to flow diagram below).
Figure 8-1
Timing of study procedures
The QTcF must be used for clinical decisions, e.g., at the Screening and/or Baseline visit(s) 
(as applicable) to assess eligibility. The Investigator must calculate QTcF if it is not auto-
calculated by the ECG machine.
Single local 12 lead ECGs are collected as detailed in Table 8-7.
Table 8-7
Local ECG collection plan
Cycle/Visit
Day
Time
Number of ECG Type Replicates
Screening
-14 to -1
Anytime
12 Lead, Single
1 to 12*
1
Pre-dose
12 Lead, Single
1
15
Pre-dose
12 Lead, Single
EOT
NA
Anytime
12 Lead, Single
Unscheduled (as clinically indicated or as deemed 
appropriate by the Investigator e.g., if the participant takes 
drugs that prolong the QT interval and/or induce Torsades 
de Pointes)
Anytime
12 Lead, Single
* If the screening ECG assessment is performed more than 7 days before the Cycle 1 Day1 visit, the assessment 
must be repeated at the Cycle 1 Day 1 visit prior to the first dose of study treatment.
ECGs will be locally collected and evaluated. Interpretation of the tracing must be made by a 
qualified physician and documented on the appropriate eCRF. Each ECG tracing should be 
labeled with the study number, participant initials (where regulations permit), participant 
number, date, and kept in the source documents at the study site. Clinically significant 
abnormalities present at screening should be reported on the appropriate eCRF. Clinically 
significant findings must be discussed with Novartis prior to enrolling the participant in the 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 83 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
study. New or worsened clinically significant findings occurring after informed consent must 
be recorded as adverse events.
The original ECGs on non-heat-sensitive paper and a certified copy on non-heat sensitive paper, 
appropriately signed, must be collected and archived at the study site.
Additional, unscheduled, safety ECGs may be repeated at the discretion of the Investigator at 
any time during the study as clinically indicated. For any ECGs with participant safety concerns, 
two additional ECGs must be performed to confirm the safety finding. ECG safety monitoring, 
or a review process, should be in place for clinically significant ECG findings at baseline before 
administration of study treatment and during the study.
Clinically significant abnormalities must be recorded on the eCRF as either medical 
history/current medical conditions or adverse events as appropriate.
8.4.2.1
Cardiac imaging - MUGA (multiple gated acquisition) scan or ECHO 
(echocardiogram)
The left ventricular heart function will be evaluated by cardiac imaging (ECHO or MUGA) at 
Screening to confirm eligibility, at Cycle 5 Day 1, Cycle 9 Day 1 and at EOT.
Additional cardiac imaging during treatment is to be performed if indicated by clinical signs or 
symptoms. The same imaging modality should be used.
8.4.3
Pregnancy and assessments of fertility
A condom is required for all sexually active male participants to prevent them from fathering a 
child AND to prevent delivery of study treatment via seminal fluid to their partner.
Male participants must use a condom during intercourse while taking study treatment, and for 
at least 1 week after stopping alpelisib and 1 year after stopping fulvestrant. In addition, male 
participants should not donate sperm for the time period specified above.
Female participants must be postmenopausal as per inclusion criteria 11 in order to be eligible 
for the study.
If a female participant or the female partner of a male participant becomes pregnant while in 
the trial, please refer to Section 10.1.4 for reporting.
Assessments of fertility
Medical documentation of 12 or more months of natural (spontaneous) amenorrhea with an 
appropriate clinical profile AND/OR prior surgical bilateral oophorectomy must be retained as 
source documents to confirm post-menopausal status.
In case of 12 or more months natural amenorrhea FSH and estradiol will be done locally at 
screening to confirm the woman is postmenopausal.
In case of therapy-induced amenorrhea serial measurements of FSH and/or estradiol will be 
done locally at screening to confirm the woman is postmenopausal.
Note: unilateral oophorectomy, hysterectomy, or tubal ligation do not induce postmenopausal 
status and therefore cannot serve to meet inclusion criteria 11.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 84 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
8.4.4
Appropriateness of safety measurements
The safety assessments selected are standard for this indication/participant population and 
known safety profile of the study treatment.
8.5
Additional assessments
8.5.1
Biomarkers
A tumor tissue sample must be provided for all participants for the analysis of the PIK3CA 
mutational status, except if a PIK3CA mutation status has been assessed by a local laboratory 
using either a FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx test for alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN 
therascreen PIK3CA RGQ PCR test. It is recommended to provide a tumor sample collected 
after the most recent progression or recurrence, in order to ensure that the submitted sample is 
representative of the molecular status of the tumor at study entry. A newly obtained tumor 
biopsy is preferred, if feasible. If not feasible, a recent archival tumor sample can be provided. 
Blocks are preferred but if not possible, 5 to 13 slides (5 slides minimum from a surgical 
specimen, 13 slides minimum from a biopsy) are requested. It is recommended to involve the 
site pathologist in the selection of a high quality tumor sample (following the Guide for Local 
Pathologist) in order to minimize the risk of sample rejection. A pathology report and a 
requisition form should also be provided.
As an enrollment criterion, PIK3CA mutational status will be assessed through analysis of 
hotspots located in the C2, namely: C420R on exon 7; E542K, E545A, E545D [1635G>T only], 
E545G, E545K, Q546E, Q546R on exon 9; and H1047L, H1047R, H1047Y on exon 20; which 
are all critical for PI3K function. These hotspots, known to increase PI3K function, are 
anticipated to cover the majority of all the PIK3CA mutations identified in breast cancer patients 
based on data from publicly available databases such as The Cancer Genome Atlas 
(Koboldt et al 2012).
The presence of a PIK3CA mutation is required prior to randomization (please refer 
to Section 8.1 for details). If a PIK3CA mutation status is available, and was assessed by a local 
laboratory using either a FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx test for alpelisib or the CE-IVD 
QIAGEN therascreen® PIK3CA RGQ PCR test, confirmation of its status via a Novartis 
designated laboratory is not required prior to randomization. PIK3CA mutation results 
generated by research use only version of the Qiagen test, or other laboratory-developed tests, 
are not acceptable. In this case, participants must submit tumor samples for assessment of 
PIK3CA mutation status by a Novartis designated central laboratory.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PPD


Novartis
Confidential
Page 85 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
 
While the goal of the biomarker assessments is to provide supportive data for the clinical study, 
there may be circumstances when a decision is made to stop a collection, or not perform or 
discontinue an analysis due to either practical or strategic reasons (e.g. inadequate sample 
number, issues related to the quality of the sample or issues related to the assay that preclude 
analysis, impossibility to perform correlative analyses, etc.). Therefore, depending on the 
results obtained during the study, sample collection analysis may be omitted at the discretion 
of Novartis. Additional markers or methods may be utilized if indicated by new findings from 
the literature as well as from Novartis internal data.
Instructions for collection, preparation and shipment of all biomarker samples can be found in 
the central laboratory manual. Required sample collection information must be entered on the 
appropriate eCRF pages and central laboratory requisition forms.
Table 8-8
Biomarker sample collection plan
Sample Type
Volume
Visit
Tumor samples 
Mandatory1
Either an archival tumor 
block or a fresh formalin-
fixed tumor biopsy block 
or a minimum 5-13 slides
1 block or 5 slides minimum 
from a surgical specimen, 13 
slides minimum from a core 
needle biopsy
Pre-screening or screening
Skin samples
Mandatory
Skin biopsy for central 
assessment
N/A
Anytime at the appearance of 
Grade 4 skin toxicity and 
suspected severe cutaneous 
reactions
Strongly 
recommended
Skin biopsy for central 
assessment
N/A
Anytime at the appearance 
of Grade 3 skin toxicity
1 Mandatory to provide an archival tumor block or a fresh formalin-fixed tumor biopsy block if PIK3CA mutation 
status is not available i.e. was not assessed by a local laboratory using either a FDA-approved PIK3CA CDx
text for alpelisib or the CE-IVD QIAGEN therascreen PIK3CA RGQ PCR test.
Assessments in skin
A skin biopsy and photographic images is strongly recommended from all participants at the 
appearance of Grade 3 and mandatory at the appearance of Grade 4 skin toxicity or any Grade 
of suspected severe cutaneous reactions. Skin biopsy at Grade 3, 4 or suspected severe 
cutaneous reactions is not needed if in a location which is not able to be biopsied, or at Grade 4 
if a biopsy was taken at Grade 3 skin toxicity. Skin biopsies will be used to confirm molecular 
underpinnings of alpelisib induced skin toxicity.
PPD
PPD


Novartis
Confidential
Page 86 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
9
Discontinuation and completion
9.1
Discontinuation from study treatment and from study
9.1.1
Discontinuation from study treatment
Discontinuation of study treatment for a participant occurs when study treatment is permanently 
stopped for any reason (prior to the planned completion of study drug administration, if any) 
and can be initiated by either the participant or the Investigator.
The Investigator must discontinue study treatment for a given participant if, he/she believes that 
continuation would negatively impact the participant's well-being.
Discontinuation from study treatment is required under the following circumstances:

Participant/guardian decision

Pregnancy

Use of prohibited treatment as per recommendations in the prohibited treatment 
Section 6.2.2

Any situation in which continued study participation might result in a safety risk to the 
participant

Adverse event or laboratory abnormalities requiring permanent discontinuation of study 
treatment as per Section 6.6.3

Any laboratory abnormalities that in the judgment of the Investigator, taking into 
consideration the participant’s overall status, prevents the participant from continuing 
participation in the study

Progressive disease per RECIST 1.1 as per Investigator's assessment (see Section 8.3).

Protocol deviation that results in significant risk to participant’s safety

Study terminated by sponsor
If discontinuation from study treatment occurs, the Investigator should make a reasonable effort 
to understand the primary reason for the participant’s discontinuation from study treatment and 
record this information.
Participants who discontinue from study treatment agree to return for the end of treatment and 
follow-up visits indicated in the Assessment Schedule (refer to Section 8).
If the participant cannot or is unwilling to attend any visit(s), the site staff should maintain 
regular telephone contact with the participant, or with a person pre-designated by the participant. 
This telephone contact should preferably be done according to the study visit schedule.
After discontinuation from study treatment, at a minimum, in abbreviated visits, the following 
data should be collected at clinic visits or via telephone/email contact:

New/concomitant treatments

Adverse Events/Serious Adverse Events
The Investigator must also contact the IRT to register the participant’s discontinuation from 
study treatment (only applicable for medication managed through IRT).


Novartis
Confidential
Page 87 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
If a participant did not discontinue study treatment due to disease progression per RECIST 1.1 
assessed by Investigator, death, lost to follow-up, or withdrawal of consent/opposition to use 
data/biological samples, then tumor assessments should continue to be performed according to 
the planned schedule during efficacy follow-up for 12 cycles after randomization or until 
disease progression (per Investigator), death, lost to follow-up or withdrawn consent/opposition 
to use data/biological samples.
Participant whose treatment is interrupted or permanently discontinued due to an adverse event, 
including abnormal laboratory value, must be followed until resolution or stabilization of the 
event, whichever comes first.
Participants who discontinue alpelisib and fulvestrant (EOT) prior to Cycle 3, Day 8 will 
continue to have FPG monitored and hyperglycemia-related AE collected for a maximum of 9 
weeks (+/- 3 days) depending on the time point of study treatment discontinuation (e.g., 
discontinuation after 1 weeks' of treatment would require FPG monitoring and hyperglycemia-
related AE collection for another 8 weeks; discontinuation after 2 weeks would require FPG 
monitoring and hyperglycemia-related AE collection for 7 weeks etc.).
9.1.2
Discontinuation from study
Discontinuation from study is when the participant permanently stops receiving the study 
treatment, and further protocol-required assessments or follow-up, for any reason.
If the participant agrees, a final evaluation at the time of the participant’s study discontinuation 
should be made as detailed in the assessment table (refer to Section 8).
9.1.3
Lost to follow-up
For participants whose status is unclear because they fail to appear for study visits without 
stating an intention to discontinue from study treatment or discontinue from study or withdraw 
consent/oppose to the use of their data/biological samples, the Investigator must show "due 
diligence" by documenting in the source documents steps taken to contact the participant, e.g., 
dates of telephone calls, registered letters, etc. A participant should not be considered as lost to 
follow-up until due diligence has been completed or until the end of study.
9.2
Withdrawal of informed consent/Opposition to use 
data/biological samples
Withdrawal of consent/opposition to use data/biological samples occurs when a participant:

Explicitly requests to stop use of their biological samples and/or data (opposition to use 
participant’s data and biological samples)
and

No longer wishes to receive study treatment
and

Does not want any further visits or assessments (including further study-related contacts)
This request should be in writing (depending on local regulations) and recorded in the source 
documentation.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 88 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
In this situation, the investigator should make a reasonable effort (e.g. telephone, e-mail, letter) 
to understand the primary reason for the participant’s decision to withdraw their 
consent/opposition to use data/biological samples and record this information.
Where consent to the use of Personal and Coded Data is not required in a certain country's legal 
framework, the participant therefore cannot withdraw consent. However, they still retain the 
right to object to the further collection or use of their Personal Data.
Study treatment must be discontinued and no further assessments conducted, and the data that 
would have been collected at subsequent visits will be considered missing.
Further attempts to contact the participant are not allowed unless safety findings require 
communicating or follow-up.
If the participant agrees, a final evaluation at the time of the participant’s withdrawal of 
consent/opposition to use data/biological samples should be made as detailed in the assessment 
table (refer to Section 8).
Novartis will continue to retain and use all research results (data) that have already been 
collected for the study evaluation, including processing of biological samples that has already 
started at time of consent withdrawal/opposition. No new Personal Data (including biological 
samples) will be collected following withdrawal of consent/opposition.
9.3
Study completion and post-study treatment
The duration of treatment with alpelisib and fulvestrant is 12 cycles or until disease progression 
is radiologically documented according to RECIST 1.1, unacceptable toxicity that precludes 
further treatment, or discontinuation from study treatment for any other reason, whichever 
comes first.
All participants who discontinue study treatment, including those who refuse to return for an 
EOT visit, will be contacted for safety evaluations (i.e., assessment of AEs and/or SAEs, 
concomitant medications) 30 days after last administration of study treatment. The information 
collected is kept as source documentation. All SAEs reported during this time period must be 
reported as described in Section 10.1.3.
Participants whose treatment is interrupted or permanently discontinued due to an AE, including 
abnormal laboratory values, must be followed until resolution or stabilization of the event, 
whichever comes first.
Participants who permanently discontinue alpelisib/placebo for any reason other than disease 
progression should continue fulvestrant until disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, death 
or discontinuation from study treatment due to any other reason and continue to be followed for 
safety as described in Section 8.4.
If participants refuse to return for safety evaluation visits or are unable to do so, every effort 
should be made to contact them by telephone to determine their status. Attempts to contact the 
participant should be documented in the source documents (e.g., dates of telephone calls, 
registered letters, etc.). Continuing care should be provided by the Investigator and/or referring 
physician based on participant availability for follow-up.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 89 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
After the 12 cycles treatment period for alpelisib plus fulvestrant, participants who, in the 
opinion of the Investigator, are benefiting from study treatment may switch to commercially 
available supply.
The primary analysis will be conducted after all participants have completed at least eight weeks 
of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) or have 
discontinued prior to completing eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment without 
further glucose assessment, whichever is earlier. Following the cut-off date for the primary 
analysis, the study will remain open. Ongoing participants will continue to receive study 
treatment and be followed as per the schedule of assessments.
Study completion is defined as when the last participant finishes their safety and efficacy 
follow-up periods (as applicable) and any repeat assessments associated with this visit have 
been documented and followed-up appropriately by the Investigator or, in the event of an early 
study termination decision, the date of that decision.
The final analysis will occur at the end of the study. All available data from all participants up 
to this cut-off date will be analyzed and summarized in a Clinical Study Report (CSR).
9.4
Early study termination by the sponsor
The study can be terminated by Novartis at any time.
Reasons for early termination may include

Unexpected, significant, or unacceptable safety risk to participants enrolled in the study

Decision based on recommendations from applicable board(s) after review of safety and 
efficacy data

Discontinuation of study drug development
In taking the decision to terminate, Novartis will always consider participant welfare and safety. 
Should early termination be necessary, participants must be seen as soon as possible and treated 
as a participant who discontinued from study treatment (instructions will be provided to the 
Investigator for contacting the participant, when the participant should stop taking drug and 
when the participant should come for a final visit). The Investigator may be informed of 
additional procedures to be followed in order to ensure that adequate consideration is given to 
the protection of the participant’s interests. The Investigator or sponsor depending on local 
regulation will be responsible for informing IRBs/IECs of the early termination of the trial.
10
Safety monitoring, reporting and committees
10.1
Definition of adverse events and reporting requirements
10.1.1
Adverse events
An adverse event (AE) is any untoward medical occurrence (e.g., any unfavorable and 
unintended sign [including abnormal laboratory findings], symptom or disease) in a clinical 
investigation participant after providing written informed consent for participation in the study. 
Therefore, an AE may or may not be temporally or causally associated with the use of a 
medicinal (investigational) product.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 90 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The Investigator has the responsibility for managing the safety of individual participant and 
identifying adverse events.
Novartis qualified medical personnel will be readily available to advise on trial related medical 
questions or problems.
All participants will be required to sign the molecular pre-screening ICF, AEs which occur after 
signature of this consent will only be captured if they meet the definition of serious as outlined 
in Section 10.1.2 and are reported to be causally related with study procedures (e.g. an invasive 
procedure such as biopsy). Once the main study ICF is signed, all AEs per the descriptions 
below will be captured as adverse events.
The occurrence of adverse events must be sought by non-directive questioning of the participant 
at each visit during the study. Adverse events also may be detected when they are volunteered 
by the participant during or between visits or through physical examination findings, laboratory 
test findings, or other assessments.
Adverse events must be recorded under the signs, symptoms, or diagnosis associated with them, 
accompanied by the following information (as far as possible) (if the event is serious refer to 
Section 10.1.2):
1. The Common Terminology Criteria (CTC) AE (Version 4.03). Adverse events will be 
assessed and graded according to the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
(CTCAE) Version 4.03, including Grade 5 (AEs leading to deaths)
2. Its relationship to the study treatment. If the event is due to lack of efficacy or progression 
of underlying illness (i.e. progression of the study indication) the assessment of causality 
will usually be ‘Not suspected.’ The rationale for this guidance is that the symptoms of a 
lack of efficacy or progression of underlying illness are not caused by the trial drug, they 
happen in spite of its administration and/or both lack of efficacy and progression of 
underlying disease can only be evaluated meaningfully by an analysis of cohorts, not on a 
single participant
3. Its duration (start and end dates or ongoing) and the outcome must be reported
4. Whether it constitutes a SAE (see Section 10.1.2 for definition of SAE) and which 
seriousness criteria have been me
5. Action taken regarding with study treatment. All adverse events must be treated 
appropriately. Treatment may include one or more of the following: 

Dose not changed

Dose reduced/increased

Drug interrupted/permanently discontinued
6. Its outcome
If the event worsens the event should be reported a second time in the eCRF noting the start 
date when the event worsens in toxicity. For Grade 3 and 4 adverse events only, if improvement 
to a lower grade is determined a new entry for this event should be reported in the eCRF noting 
the start date when the event improved from having been Grade 3 or Grade 4.
Conditions that were already present at the time of informed consent should be recorded in 
medical history of the participant.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 91 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Adverse events (including laboratory abnormalities that constitute AEs) should be described 
using a diagnosis whenever possible, rather than individual underlying signs and symptoms.
In general, adverse event monitoring should be continued for at least 30 days following the last 
dose of study treatment.
For participants who discontinue study treatment before Cycle 3, Day 8 hyperglycemia related 
adverse events should be collected up to 9 weeks after first dose of study treatment.
Once an adverse event is detected, it must be followed until its resolution or until it is judged to 
be permanent (e.g., continuing at the end of the study), and assessment must be made at each 
visit (or more frequently, if necessary) of any changes in severity, the suspected relationship to 
the interventions required to treat it, and the outcome.
Progression of malignancy (including fatal outcomes), if documented by use of appropriate 
method (for example, as per RECIST criteria for solid tumors or as per Cheson's guidelines for 
hematological malignancies), should not be reported as a serious adverse event, except if the 
Investigator considers that progression of malignancy is related to study treatment.
Adverse events separate from the progression of malignancy (for example deep vein thrombosis 
at the time of progression or hemoptysis concurrent with finding of disease progression) will 
be reported as per usual guidelines used for such events with proper attribution regarding 
relatedness to the drug.
Information about adverse drug reactions for alpelisib can be found in the [Alpelisib (BYL719) 
Investigator's Brochure (IB)].
Abnormal laboratory values or test results constitute adverse events only if they fulfill at least 
one of the following criteria:

they induce clinical signs or symptoms

they are considered clinically significant

they require therapy
Clinically significant abnormal laboratory values or test results must be identified through a 
review of values outside of normal ranges/clinically notable ranges, significant changes from 
baseline or the previous visit, or values which are considered to be non-typical in participant 
with the underlying disease.
10.1.2
Serious adverse events
An SAE is defined as any adverse event [appearance of (or worsening of any pre-existing)] 
undesirable sign(s), symptom(s), or medical conditions(s) which meets any one of the following 
criteria:

fatal

life-threatening
Life-threatening in the context of a SAE refers to a reaction in which the participant was at risk 
of death at the time of the reaction; it does not refer to a reaction that hypothetically might have 
caused death if it were more severe (please refer to the ICH-E2D Guidelines).

results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity


Novartis
Confidential
Page 92 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

constitutes a congenital anomaly/birth defect

requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, unless 
hospitalization is for: 

routine treatment or monitoring of the studied indication, not associated with any 
deterioration in condition

elective or pre-planned treatment for a pre-existing condition that is unrelated to the 
indication under study and has not worsened since signing the informed consent

social reasons and respite care in the absence of any deterioration in the participant’s 
general condition

treatment on an emergency outpatient basis for an event not fulfilling any of the
definitions of a SAE given above and not resulting in hospital admission

is medically significant, e.g., defined as an event that jeopardizes the participant or may 
require medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed above
Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether other situations should 
be considered serious reactions, such as important medical events that might not be immediately 
life threatening or result in death or hospitalization but might jeopardize the participant or might 
require intervention to prevent one of the other outcomes listed above. Such events should be 
considered as “medically significant.” Examples of such events are intensive treatment in an 
emergency room or at home for allergic bronchospasm, blood dyscrasias, or convulsions that 
do not result in hospitalization or development of dependency or abuse (please refer to the 
ICH-E2D Guidelines).
All new malignant neoplasms will be assessed as serious under “medically significant” if other 
seriousness criteria are not met and the malignant neoplasm is not a disease progression of the 
study indication.
Any suspected transmission via a medicinal product of an infectious agent is also considered a 
serious adverse reaction.
All reports of intentional misuse and abuse of the product are also considered serious adverse 
event irrespective if a clinical event has occurred.
10.1.3
SAE reporting
To ensure participant safety, every SAE, regardless of causality, occurring after the participant 
has provided informed consent and until 30 days after the last administration of study treatment 
must be reported to Novartis safety immediately, without undue delay, under no circumstances 
later than within 24 hours of learning of its occurrence. Detailed instructions regarding the 
submission process and requirements are to be found in the Investigator folder provided to each 
site.
When the molecular screening occurs before the main screening assessments, SAEs that occur 
during the molecular screening period will only be reported if the event is suspected to be 
causally related to a study procedure as assessed by the investigator (e.g. an invasive procedure 
such as biopsy).


Novartis
Confidential
Page 93 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
When the molecular screening and the main screening assessments occur in parallel, SAEs that
occur during the screening period will be reported regardless of relationship to study procedure.
SAEs will be followed until resolution or until clinically relevant improvement or stabilization.
For participants who failed the molecular screening or screening, SAEs will be collected until 
the time the participant is deemed a molecular screening or screen failure.
Information about all SAEs is collected and recorded on the Serious Adverse Event Report 
Form (eSAE with paper back up); all applicable sections of the form must be completed in order 
to provide a clinically thorough report.
All follow-up information for the SAE including information on complications, progression of 
the initial SAE and recurrent episodes must be reported as follow-up to the original episode 
immediately, without undue delay, under no circumstances later than within 24 hours of the 
Investigator receiving the follow-up information. An SAE occurring at a different time interval 
or otherwise considered completely unrelated to a previously reported one must be reported 
separately as a new event.
If the SAE is not previously documented in the Investigator’s Brochure or Package Insert 
(new occurrence) and is thought to be related to the study treatment, a Chief Medical Office 
and Patient Safety (CMO & PS) Department associate may urgently require further information 
from the Investigator for health authority reporting. Novartis may need to issue an Investigator 
Notification to inform all Investigators involved in any study with the same study treatment that 
this SAE has been reported.
Suspected Unexpected Serious Adverse Reactions (SUSARs) will be collected and reported to 
the competent authorities and relevant ethics committees in accordance with European Union 
(EU) Guidance 2011/C 172/01 or as per national regulatory requirements in participating 
countries.
Any SAEs experienced after the 30 day period following the last administration of study 
treatment should only be reported to Novartis Safety if the Investigator suspects a causal 
relationship to study treatment, unless otherwise specified by local law/regulations.
10.1.4
Pregnancy reporting
Pregnancies
If a female trial participant becomes pregnant, the study treatment should be stopped, and the 
pregnancy consent form should be presented to the trial participant. The participant must be 
given adequate time to read, review and sign the pregnancy consent form. This consent form is 
necessary to allow the Investigator to collect and report information regarding the pregnancy. 
To ensure participant safety, each pregnancy occurring after signing the informed consent must 
be reported to Novartis within 24 hours of learning of its occurrence. The pregnancy should be 
followed up to determine outcome, including spontaneous or voluntary termination, details of 
the birth, and the presence or absence of any birth defects, congenital abnormalities, or maternal 
and/or newborn complications.
Pregnancy should be recorded and reported by the Investigator to the Novartis chief medical 
office and patient safety (CMO&PS). Pregnancy follow-up should be recorded on the same 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 94 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
form and should include an assessment of the possible relationship to the study treatment and 
any pregnancy outcome. Any SAE experienced during pregnancy must be reported.
If a female partner of a male trial participant who took study treatment in this study becomes 
pregnant, pregnancy outcomes should be collected. Consent to report information regarding 
these pregnancy outcomes should be obtained from the mother.
After consent is provided, the pregnancy reporting will occur up to one year after the estimated 
date of delivery.
10.1.5
Reporting of study treatment errors including misuse/abuse
Medication errors are unintentional errors in the prescribing, dispensing, administration or 
monitoring of a medicine while under the control of a healthcare professional, participant or 
consumer (European Medicines Agency (EMA) definition).
Misuse refers to situations where the medicinal product is intentionally and inappropriately used 
not in accordance with the protocol.
Abuse corresponds to the persistent or sporadic, intentional excessive use of a medicinal product, 
which is accompanied by harmful physical or psychological effects.
Study treatment errors and uses outside of what is foreseen in the protocol will be recorded on 
the appropriate eCRF irrespective of whether or not associated with an AE/SAE and reported 
to Safety only if associated with an SAE (see Table 10-1). Misuse or abuse will be collected 
and reported in the safety database irrespective of it being associated with an AE/SAE within 
24 hours of Investigator’s awareness.
Table 10-1
Guidance for capturing the study treatment errors including 
misuse/abuse
Treatment error type
Document in Dosing 
eCRF (Yes/No)
Document in AE 
eCRF
Complete SAE form
Unintentional study 
treatment error
Yes
Only if associated 
with an AE
Only if associated with an SAE
Misuse/Abuse
Yes
Yes
Yes, even if not associated with a SAE
For more information on AE and SAE definition and reporting requirements, please see the 
respective Section 10.1.1 and Section 10.1.2.
10.2
Additional Safety Monitoring
10.2.1
Liver safety monitoring
To ensure participant safety and enhance reliability in determining the hepatotoxic potential of 
an investigational drug, a standardized process for identification, monitoring and evaluation of 
liver events has to be followed.
Please refer to Table 16-1 in Section 16.1 for complete definitions of liver laboratory triggers.
Once a participant is exposed to study treatment, every liver event defined in Table 16-1 should 
be followed up by the Investigator or designated personnel at the trial site, as summarized below. 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 95 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Additional details on actions required in case of liver events are outlined in Table 16-1. Repeat 
liver chemistry tests (i.e. ALT, AST, TBIL, PT/INR, ALP and GGT) to confirm elevation.

These liver chemistry repeats will be performed using the central laboratory. If results will 
not be available from the central laboratory, then the repeats can also be performed at a local
laboratory to monitor the safety of the participant. If a liver event is subsequently reported, 
any local liver chemistry tests previously conducted that are associated with this event 
should have results recorded on the appropriate eCRF

If the initial elevation is confirmed, close observation of the participant will be initiated, 
including consideration of treatment interruption if deemed appropriate

Discontinuation of the investigational drug (refer to the Discontinuation of study treatment 
section), if appropriate

Hospitalization of the participant if appropriate

Causality assessment of the liver even

Thorough follow-up of the liver event should include 

These investigations can include based on Investigator’s discretion: serology tests, 
imaging and pathology assessments, hepatologist’s consultancy; obtaining more 
detailed history of symptoms and prior or concurrent diseases, history of concomitant 
drug use, exclusion of underlying liver disease
All follow-up information and procedures performed must be recorded as appropriate in the 
eCRF.
10.3
Committees
10.3.1
Steering Committee
A Steering Committee will be established comprising Investigators participating in the trial, and 
Novartis representatives from the CTT.
The SC will ensure transparent management of the study according to the protocol through 
recommending and approving modifications as circumstances require. The SC will review 
protocol amendments as appropriate. Together with the Clinical Trial Team, the SC will also 
develop recommendations for publications of study results including authorship rules. The 
details of the role of the steering committee will be defined in the steering committee charter.
11
Data Collection and Database management
11.1
Data collection
Designated Investigator staff will enter the data required by the protocol into the eCRF. The 
eCRFs have been built using fully validated secure web-enabled software that conforms to 21 
Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Part 11 requirements, Investigator site staff will not be given 
access to the EDC system until they have been trained. Automatic validation programs check 
for data discrepancies in the eCRFs, allow modification and/or verification of the entered data 
by the Investigator staff.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 96 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The Investigator/designee is responsible for assuring that the data (entered into eCRF) is 
complete, accurate, and that entry and updates are performed in a timely manner. The 
Investigator must certify that the data entered are complete and accurate. Data collected by third 
parties (such as safety lab, biomarker, IRT) will be sent electronically to Novartis.
After final database lock, the Investigator will receive copies of the participant data for 
archiving at the investigational site.
All data should be recorded, handled, and stored in a way that allows its accurate reporting, 
interpretation, and verification.
11.2
Database management and quality control
Novartis personnel (or designated CRO) will review the data entered by investigational staff 
for completeness and accuracy. Electronic data queries stating the nature of the problem and 
requesting clarification will be created for discrepancies and missing values and sent to the 
investigational site via the EDC system. Designated Investigator site staff are required to 
respond promptly to queries and to make any necessary changes to the data.
Concomitant treatments and prior medications entered into the database will be coded using the 
World Health Organization (WHO) Drug Reference List, which employs the Anatomical 
Therapeutic Chemical classification system. Medical history/current medical conditions and 
adverse events will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) 
terminology.
Dates of screenings, randomizations, screen failures and study completion, as well as 
randomization codes and data about all study treatment (s) dispensed to the participant and all 
dosage changes will be tracked using an IRT. The system will be supplied by a vendor, who 
will also manage the database. The data will be sent electronically to Novartis (or a designated 
CRO) at specific timelines.
Once all the necessary actions have been completed and the database has been declared to be 
complete and accurate, it will be locked and made available for data analysis. Any changes to 
the database after that time can only be made after written agreement by Novartis development 
management.
11.3
Site monitoring
Before study initiation, at a site initiation visit or at an Investigator’s meeting, a Novartis 
representative will review the protocol and data capture requirements (i.e. eCRFs) with the 
Investigators and their staff. During the study, Novartis employs several methods of ensuring 
protocol and GCP compliance and the quality/integrity of the sites’ data. The field monitor will 
visit the site to check the completeness of participant records, the accuracy of data capture/data 
entry, the adherence to the protocol and to Good Clinical Practice, the progress of enrollment, 
and to ensure that study treatment is being stored, dispensed, and accounted for according to 
specifications. Key study personnel must be available to assist the field monitor during these 
visits.
The Investigator must maintain source documents for each participant in the study, consisting 
of case and visit notes (hospital or clinic medical records) containing demographic and medical 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 97 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
information, laboratory data, electrocardiograms, and the results of any other tests or 
assessments. All information on eCRFs must be traceable to these source documents in the 
participant's file. The Investigator must also keep the original informed consent form signed by 
the participant (a signed copy is given to the participant).
The Investigator must give the monitor access to all relevant source documents to confirm their 
consistency with the data capture and/or data entry. Novartis monitoring standards require full 
verification for the presence of informed consent, adherence to the inclusion/exclusion criteria, 
documentation of SAEs, and of data that will be used for all primary variables. Additional 
checks of the consistency of the source data with the eCRFs are performed according to the 
study-specific monitoring plan. No information in source documents about the identity of the 
participants will be disclosed.
12
Data analysis and statistical methods
The primary analysis will be conducted after all participants have completed at least eight weeks 
of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) or have 
discontinued prior to completing eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment without 
further glucose assessment, whichever is earlier.
A final, descriptive (non-inferential) analysis will be conducted after all participants who are 
still receiving study treatment have completed 12 cycles of treatment with alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant.
It is planned that the data from all centers participating in the study will be combined, so that 
an adequate number of participants are available for analysis. Novartis and/or a designated CRO 
will perform all analyses.
Any data analysis carried out independently by the Investigator should be submitted to Novartis 
before publication or presentation.
12.1
Analysis sets
The Safety Set includes all participants who received at least one dose of study treatment (i.e. 
at least one dose of any component of alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, 
metformin XR). Participants will be analyzed according to the study treatment received, where 
treatment received is defined as the randomized treatment if the participant took at least one 
dose of that treatment or the first treatment received if the randomized treatment was never 
received. The safety set will be the analysis set for the primary analysis and all safety analyses.
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) is comprised of all participants to whom study treatment has been 
assigned by randomization. According to the intent to treat principle, participants will be 
analyzed according to the treatment and strata they have been assigned to during the 
randomization procedure. The FAS will be the population for all efficacy analyses.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 98 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
12.2
Participant demographics and other baseline characteristics
Demographic and other baseline data including disease characteristics will be summarized 
descriptively by treatment group for the FAS and Safety Set (if the latter differs from the FAS).
Categorical data will be presented as frequencies and percentages. For continuous data, mean, 
standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum will be presented. For selected parameters, 
25th and 75th percentiles will also be presented.
Relevant medical histories and current medical conditions at baseline will be summarized 
separately by system organ class and preferred term by treatment group.
12.3
Treatments
The Safety set will be used for the following analyses. Categorical data will be summarized as 
frequencies and percentages. For continuous data, mean, standard deviation, median, 25th and 
75th percentiles, minimum, and maximum will be presented.
The duration of exposure to alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, metformin 
XR as well as the dose intensity (computed as the ratio of actual cumulative dose received and 
actual duration of exposure) and the relative dose intensity (computed as the ratio of dose 
intensity and planned dose intensity) will be summarized by means of descriptive statistics 
using the safety set.
The number of participants with dose adjustments (reductions, titrations, interruption, or 
permanent discontinuation) and the reasons will be summarized by treatment group and all 
relevant dosing data will be listed.
Concomitant medications and significant non-drug therapies prior to and after the start of the 
study treatment will be summarized according to the Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) 
classification system by treatment group.
12.4
Analysis supporting primary objectives
The primary objective is to determine whether prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to prophylactic metformin XR alone reduces the occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to 
Cycle 3 Day 8) .
12.4.1
Definition of primary endpoint(s)
The primary endpoint (variable attribute of the primary estimand; refer to Section 2) is 
occurrence of severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant treatment, defined as any glucose laboratory values > 250 mg/dL (> 13.9 mmol/L) 
from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8. Censoring conventions (i.e. handling of missing 
values/censoring/discontinuations) are provided in Section 12.4.4.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 99 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
12.4.2
Statistical model, hypothesis, and method of analysis
The primary analysis will assess the difference in the percentage of participants with severe 
hyperglycemia between the two treatment arms with a stratified Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test 
at an overall one-sided 5% level of significance.
The following statistical hypotheses will be tested to address the primary objective:
H01: θ1 – θ2 ≥ 0 vs. Ha1: θ1 – θ2 < 0
where θ1 is the percentage of participants with at least one occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
in the study treatment arm A and θ2 is the percentage in the study treatment arm B .
The primary endpoint, occurrence of severe hyperglycemia (variable attribute of the primary 
estimand; refer to Section 2.1), will be analyzed based on the Safety Set according to the 
treatment participants actually received. The percentage of participants with severe 
hyperglycemia per treatment arm and the difference in percentages across the two treatment 
arms will be presented along with two-sided 95% standard Wald asymptotic (i.e. normal 
approximation) confidence intervals.
12.4.3
Handling of intercurrent events of primary estimand
The primary estimand will account for different intercurrent events as explained in the 
following:
1. Discontinuation of alpelisib or not receiving any alpelisib: occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia events collected after discontinuation of alpelisib or without any exposure 
to alpelisib will be used for the primary analysis (treatment policy strategy)
2. Discontinuation and/or interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic medication: 
occurrence of severe hyperglycemia events collected after discontinuation and/or 
interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic medication will be used for the primary 
analysis (treatment policy strategy)
3. Dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib: occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
events collected after dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib will be used for the 
primary analysis (treatment policy strategy)
12.4.4
Handling of missing values not related to intercurrent event
Missing data will not be imputed. The primary analysis includes all participants in the safety 
set.
The occurrence of severe hyperglycemia during the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant 
treatment documented after the initiation of additional antihyperglycemic therapies will be 
counted for the primary analysis (refer to Section 2.1 for more information on primary 
estimand).
12.4.5
Sensitivity analyses
Additional sensitivity analyses on the primary estimand may be conducted if appropriate and 
described in the Statistical Analysis Plan.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 100 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
12.4.6
Supplementary analysis
As a supplementary analysis, the occurrence of either severe hyperglycemia or the initiation of 
additional antihyperglycemic therapies during the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant 
treatment will be considered. The percentage of participants with severe hyperglycemia or 
additional antihyperglycemic therapies per treatment arm and the difference in percentages 
across the two treatment arms will be presented along with two-sided 95% standard Wald 
asymptotic (i.e. normal approximation) confidence intervals.
Additionally, subgroup analyses will be performed on each level of randomization stratification 
factors. Further supplementary analyses will be provided in the statistical analysis plan (SAP).
12.5
Analysis supporting secondary objectives
The secondary objectives are to compare the two treatment groups with respect to progression-
free survival (PFS), and to evaluate the overall response rate (ORR), clinical benefit rate (CBR) 
and safety. No inferential testing is planned for secondary endpoints.
12.5.1
Efficacy and/or Pharmacodynamic endpoint(s)
PFS is defined as the time from the date of randomization to the date of the first documented 
progression or death due to any cause. PFS will be assessed via Investigator assessment 
according to RECIST 1.1 (Section 16.4). If a participant has not had an event, PFS will be 
censored at the date of the last adequate tumor assessment (see RECIST 1.1 in Section 16.4 for 
further details). Clinical deterioration without objective radiological evidence will not be 
considered as documented disease progression in the PFS analysis.
PFS will be analyzed in the FAS population according to the randomized treatment group and 
strata assigned at randomization. The PFS distribution will be estimated using the Kaplan-Meier 
method, and the Kaplan-Meier curves, medians and 95% confidence intervals of the medians 
will be presented for each treatment group. The PFS rate at 24 and at 48 weeks will be calculated, 
along with its 95% confidence intervals.
Overall response rate (ORR) with confirmed response is defined as the proportion of 
participants with best overall response (BOR) of confirmed complete response (CR) or 
confirmed partial response (PR), as per local review and according to RECIST 1.1 
(see Section 16.4 for details). For this study with imaging assessments performed every 8 weeks 
(+/- 7 days), BOR for each participant will be determined from the sequence of overall (lesion) 
responses according to the following rules:

CR = at least two determinations of CR at least 4 weeks apart before progression.

PR = at least two determinations of PR or better at least 4 weeks apart before progression 
(and not qualifying for a CR).

SD = at least one SD (Stable Disease) assessment (or better) > 7 weeks after randomization 
(and not qualifying for CR or PR).

PD = progression ≤ 17 weeks after randomization (and not qualifying for CR, PR or SD).
ORR with confirmed response will be calculated based on the FAS according to the intent-to-
treat (ITT) principle. ORR with confirmed response will be presented by treatment group along 
with approximate 95% confidence intervals. In addition, ORR with unconfirmed response will


Novartis
Confidential
Page 101 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
also be calculated and presented by treatment group together with approximate 95% confidence 
intervals.
Clinical benefit rate (CBR) with confirmed response is defined as the proportion of participants 
with a best overall response of confirmed CR or PR, or SD lasting for a duration of at least 24 
weeks. CR, PR and SD are defined as per local review according to RECIST 1.1 
(see Section 16.4 for details).
CBR with confirmed response will be calculated based on the FAS and according to the ITT 
principle. CBR with confirmed response and its 95% confidence interval will be presented by 
treatment group. In addition, CBR with unconfirmed response will also be calculated and 
presented by treatment group together with approximate 95% confidence intervals.
12.5.2
Safety endpoints
For all safety analyses, the safety set will be used. All listings and tables will be presented by 
treatment group.
Safety summaries (tables, figures) include only data from the on-treatment period with the 
exception of baseline data which will also be summarized where appropriate (e.g., change from 
baseline summaries). In addition, a separate summary for death including on treatment and post 
treatment deaths will be provided. In particular, summary tables for adverse events (AEs) will 
summarize only on-treatment events, with a start date during the on-treatment period 
(treatment-emergent AEs).
The overall observation period will be divided into three mutually exclusive segments:
1. Pre-treatment period: from day of participant’s informed consent to the day before first dose 
of study medication
2. On-treatment period: from day of first dose of study medication to 30 days after last dose 
of study medication
3. Post-treatment safety period: starting at day 31 after last dose of study medication.
Adverse events
All information obtained on adverse events will be displayed by treatment group and participant.
The number (and percentage) of participants with treatment emergent adverse events (events 
started after the first dose of study medication or events present prior to start of study treatment 
but increased in severity based on preferred term) will be summarized in the following ways:

by treatment, primary system organ class and preferred term.

by treatment, primary system organ class, preferred term and maximum severity.

by treatment, Standardized MedDRA Query (SMQ) and preferred term
Separate summaries will be provided for study medication related adverse events, death, serious 
adverse events, other significant adverse events leading to discontinuation and adverse events 
leading to dose adjustment.
A participant with multiple adverse events within a primary system organ class will only be 
counted once towards the total of the primary system organ class.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 102 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Summary tables for adverse events (AEs) will include only AEs that started or worsened during 
the on-treatment period, the treatment-emergent AEs.
The incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events (new or worsening from baseline) will be 
summarized by system organ class and or preferred term, severity (based on CTCAE version 
4.03 grades), type of adverse event, relation to study treatment.
Serious adverse events, non-serious adverse events and adverse events of special interest (AESI) 
during the on-treatment period will be tabulated.
All deaths (on-treatment and post-treatment) will be summarized.
All AEs, deaths, and serious adverse events (including those from the pre and post-treatment 
periods) will be listed and those collected during the pre-treatment and post-treatment period 
will be flagged.
The number (and proportion) of participants with AESI will be summarized by treatment. AESI 
consist of one or more well-defined safety events which are similar in nature and for which 
there is a specific clinical interest in connection with the study treatment(s). AESI will be 
defined at the project level and may be regularly updated. The grouping of AEs in AESI 
according to project standards will be specified in the Case-Retrieval Sheet and/or the SAP.
For each specified AESI, the number and percentage of participants with at least one event part 
of the AESI will be reported by treatment group.
Vital signs
All vital signs data will be summarized by treatment and visit/time.
12-lead ECG
1. PR, QRS, QT, QTcF, RR intervals, heart rate and overall interpretation will be obtained 
from 12-lead ECGs for each participant during the study. ECG data will be read and 
interpreted locally.
2. Categorical Analysis of QT/QTc interval data based on the number of participants meeting 
or exceeding predefined limits in terms of absolute QT/QTc intervals or changes from 
baseline will be presented.
All ECG data will summarized by treatment and visit/time.
Cardiac imaging (MUGA/ECHO)
Shift tables comparing baseline to worst post-baseline cardiac imaging (MUGA or ECHO) 
overall interpretation will be provided. Percentages will be based on all participants in the 
Safety set.
Note: If there is any change in the methodology used throughout the study compared to baseline, 
the post-baseline values for which the methodology differs from baseline will be discarded in 
the tables presenting comparisons to baseline.
Descriptive statistics of the LVEF at baseline, worst post-baseline value and change from 
baseline to worst post-baseline value will be provided.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 103 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
A listing of participants with newly occurring clinically significant abnormality will be 
produced by treatment group.
Clinical laboratory evaluations
All laboratory data will be summarized by treatment group and visit/time. Shift tables using the 
low/normal/high/ (low and high) classification will be used to compare baseline to the worst 
on-treatment value.
Grading of laboratory values will be assigned programmatically as per NCI Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) version 4.03. The calculation of CTCAE 
grades will be based on the observed laboratory values only, clinical assessments will not be 
taken into account.
CTCAE grade 0 will be assigned for all non-missing values not graded as 1 or higher. Grade 5 
is not applicable for laboratory data.
For laboratory tests where grades are not defined by CTCAE version 4.03, results will be 
categorized as low/normal/high based on laboratory normal ranges.
The following summaries will be generated separately for hematology, and biochemistry tests:

Listing of all laboratory data with values flagged to show the corresponding CTCAE version 
4.03 grades if applicable and the classifications relative to the laboratory normal ranges.
For laboratory tests where grades are defined by CTCAE version 4.03:

Worst post-baseline CTCAE grade (regardless of the baseline status). Each participant will 
be counted only once for the worst grade observed post-baseline.

Shift tables using CTCAE version 4.03 grades to compare baseline to the worst on-treatment 
value.
For laboratory tests where grades are not defined by CTCAE version 4.03:

Shift tables using the low/normal/high/ (low and high) classification to compare baseline to 
the worst on-treatment value.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 104 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
12.7
Interim analyses
No formal interim analysis is planned for this trial.
12.8
Sample size calculation
12.8.1
Primary endpoint(s)
The sample size calculation is based on the primary endpoint: occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia. The hypotheses to be tested and details of the testing strategy are described in 
Section 12.4.2.
The incidence of severe hyperglycemia adverse events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib 
plus fulvestrant treatment in the study treatment arm B (i.e. prophylactic metformin XR alone) 
is assumed to be 40% based on data from the SOLAR-1 study in HR-positive, HER2-negative, 
advanced breast cancer patients with a PIK3CA mutation treated with alpelisib plus fulvestrant.
It is expected that treatment with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR will result in a 
20% reduction in the incidence rate. Approximately 124 participants (62 in each arm) will be 
required to detect a 20% difference in incidence rate with 80% power using the difference of 
proportion test at a one-sided 5% level of significance (Table 12-1). Assuming a 5% dropout 
rate (patients without adequate assessment of glucose laboratory values per protocol from Cycle 
1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) at the time of primary analysis, approximately 132 participants will 
need to be randomized to the two treatment arms in a 1:1 fashion.
Table 12-1
Sensitivity of power to changes in assumptions for N=124
Expected reduction in incidence rate
Observed reduction in incidence rate
Power
20%
30%
99.2%
25%
93.8%
20%
79.1%
15%
56.1%
10%
32.0%
5%
14.2%
Note: Simulations are performed in East 6.4 with number of simulations = 100,000 and randomization seed = 
2020.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 105 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
13
Ethical considerations and administrative procedures
13.1
Regulatory and ethical compliance
This clinical study was designed and shall be implemented, executed and reported in accordance 
with the ICH Harmonized Tripartite Guidelines for Good Clinical Practice, with applicable 
local regulations (including European Directive 2001/20/EC, US CFR 21), and with the ethical 
principles laid down in the Declaration of Helsinki.
13.2
Responsibilities of the investigator and IRB/IEC
Before initiating a trial, the Investigator/institution must obtain approval/favorable opinion from 
the IRBs/IECs for the trial protocol, written informed consent form, consent form updates, 
participant recruitment procedures (e.g., advertisements) and any other written information to 
be provided to participants. Prior to study start, the Investigator is required to sign a protocol 
signature page confirming his/her agreement to conduct the study in accordance with these 
documents and all of the instructions and procedures found in this protocol and to give access 
to all relevant data and records to Novartis monitors, auditors, Novartis Quality Assurance 
representatives, designated agents of Novartis, IRBs/IECs, and regulatory authorities as 
required. If an inspection of the clinical site is requested by a regulatory authority, the 
Investigator must inform Novartis immediately that this request has been made.
13.3
Publication of study protocol and results
The protocol will be registered in a publicly accessible database such as clinicaltrials.gov and 
as required in EudraCT. In addition, after study completion (defined as last patient last visit) 
and finalization of the study report the results of this trial will be submitted for publication and 
posted in a publicly accessible database of clinical trial results, such as the Novartis clinical trial 
results website and all required Health Authority websites (e.g., Clinicaltrials.gov, EudraCT 
etc.) .
For details on the Novartis publication policy including authorship criteria, please refer to the 
Novartis publication policy training materials that were provided to you at the trial Investigator 
meetings.
13.4
Quality Control and Quality Assurance
Novartis maintains a robust Quality Management System (QMS) that includes all activities 
involved in quality assurance and quality control, to ensure compliance with written Standard 
Operating Procedures as well as applicable global/local GCP regulations and International 
Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use 
(ICH) Guidelines.
Audits of Investigator sites, vendors, and Novartis systems are performed by auditors, 
independent from those involved in conducting, monitoring or performing quality control of the 
clinical trial. The clinical audit process uses a knowledge/risk based approach.
Audits are conducted to assess GCP compliance with global and local regulatory requirements, 
protocols and internal SOPs, and are performed according to written Novartis processes.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 106 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
13.5
Participant Engagement
The following participant engagement initiatives are included in this study and will be provided, 
as available, for distribution to study participants at the timepoints indicated. If compliance is 
impacted by cultural norms or local laws and regulations, sites may discuss modifications to 
these requirements with Novartis.

Thank You letter

Plain language trial summary - after CSR publication

Individual study results - after CSR publication
14
Protocol adherence
This protocol defines the study objectives, the study procedures and the data to be collected on 
study participants. Additional assessments required to ensure safety of participants should be 
administered as deemed necessary on a case by case basis. Under no circumstances including 
incidental collection is an Investigator allowed to collect additional data or conduct any 
additional procedures for any purpose involving any investigational drugs under the protocol, 
other than the purpose of the study. If despite this interdiction prohibition, data, information, 
observation would be incidentally collected, the Investigator shall immediately disclose it to 
Novartis and not use it for any purpose other than the study, except for the appropriate 
monitoring on study participants.
Investigators ascertain they will apply due diligence to avoid protocol deviations. If an 
Investigator feels a protocol deviation would improve the conduct of the study this must be 
considered a protocol amendment, and unless such an amendment is agreed upon by Novartis 
and approved by the IRB/IEC and Health Authorities, where required, it cannot be implemented.
14.1
Protocol amendments
Any change or addition to the protocol can only be made in a written protocol amendment that 
must be approved by Novartis, health authorities where required, and the IRB/IEC prior to 
implementation.
Only amendments that are required for participant safety may be implemented immediately 
provided the health authorities are subsequently notified by protocol amendment and the 
reviewing IRB/IEC is notified.
Notwithstanding the need for approval of formal protocol amendments, the Investigator is 
expected to take any immediate action required for the safety of any participant included in this 
study, even if this action represents a deviation from the protocol. In such cases, Novartis should 
be notified of this action and the IRB/IEC at the study site should be informed according to 
local regulations.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 107 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
15
References
References are available upon request
André F, Ciruelos E, Rubovszky G, et al (2019) Alpelisib for PIK3CA-Mutated, Hormone 
Receptor-Positive Advanced Breast Cancer. N Engl J Med; 380(20):1929-40
André F, Ciruelos EM, Juric D, et al (2021) Alpelisib plus fulvestrant for PIK3CA-mutated, 
hormone receptor-positive, human epidermal growth factor receptor-2-negative advanced 
breast cancer: final overall survival results from SOLAR-1. Ann Oncol p. 208-217.
Benson AB, Ajani JA, Catalano RB, et al (2004) Recommended guidelines for the treatment of 
cancer treatment-induced diarrhea. J Clin Oncol; 22(14):2918-26
Ciruelos E, Pascual T, Arroyo Vozmediano MLA, et al (2014) The therapeutic role of 
fulvestrant in the management of patients with hormone receptor-positive breast cancer. The 
Breast; 23:201-8
Dent S, Zee B, Dancey J, et al (2001) Application of a new multinomial phase II stopping rule 
using response and early progression. J Clin Oncol; 19(3):785-91
Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts J, et al (2009) New response evaluation criteria in solid 
tumours: revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Eur J Cancer; 45:228-47
Fine KD, Schiller LR (1999) AGA technical review on the evaluation and management of 
chronic diarrhea. Gastroenterology; 116:1464-86
Gradishar WJ, Anderson BO, Balassanian R, et al (2015) Breast Cancer Version 2.2015. J Natl 
Compr Canc Netw p. 448-75.
Higgins MJ, Jelovac D, Barnathan E, et al (2012) Detection of tumor PIK3CA status in 
metastatic breast cancer using peripheral blood. Clin Cancer Res; 18(12):3462-9
Howlader N, Noone AM, Krapcho M, Miller D, Brest A, Yu M, Ruhl J, Tatalovich Z, Mariotto 
A, Lewis DR, Chen HS, Feuer EJ, Cronin KA. (2021) SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975-
2018, National Cancer Institute. Bethesda, MD, https://seer.cancer.gov/csr/1975_2018/
Jabbour S & Ziring B (2011) Advantages of extended-release metformin in patients with type 
2 diabetes mellitus. Postgraduate medicine; 123(1); 15–23.
Juric D, Rodon J, Tabernero J, et al (2018) Phosphatidylinositol 3-Kinase α-Selective Inhibition 
With Alpelisib (BYL719) in PIK3CA-Altered Solid Tumors: Results From the First-in-Human 
Study. J Clin Oncol; 36(13):1291-9
Kernan WN, Viscoli CM, Makuch RW, et al (1999) Stratified randomization for clinical trials. 
J Clin Epidemiol; 52(1):19-26
Koboldt DC, Fulton RS, McLellan MD, et al (2012) Comprehensive molecular portraits of 
human breast tumours. Nature; 490: 61–70
Kornblau S, Benson AB, Catalano R, et al (2000) Management of cancer treatment-related 
diarrhea. Issues and therapeutic strategies. J Pain Symptom Manage; 19(2):118-29


Novartis
Confidential
Page 108 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Lee CA, O'Connor MA, Ritchie TK, et al (2015) Breast cancer resistance protein (ABCG2) in 
clinical pharmacokinetics and drug interactions: practical recommendations for clinical victim 
and perpetrator drug-drug interaction study design. Drug Metab Dispos; 43:490-509
Lu YS, Chiu J, Airoldi M, et al (2020) Sodium glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT2) inhibitors for 
alpelisib-induced hyperglycemia: a report of 6 cases from SOLAR-1[Poster]. European Society 
for Medical Oncology Virtual Congress 2020, Sep 19-21, 2020
Mayer IA, Abramson VG, Formisano L, et al (2017) A Phase Ib Study of Alpelisib (BYL719), 
a PI3Kα-Specific Inhibitor, with Letrozole in ER+/HER2- Metastatic Breast Cancer. Clin 
Cancer Res; 23(1):26-34
Morgan TM (1988) Analysis of duration of response: a problem of oncology trials. Control Clin 
Trials; 9:11-8
Moynahan ME, Chen D, He W, et al (2017). Correlation between PIK3CA mutations in
cell-free DNA and everolimus efficacy in HR+, HER2- advanced breast cancer: results from
BOLERO-2. British Journal of Cancer; 116: 726-730
Munster PN, Hamilton EP, Franklin C, et al (2014) Phase lb study of LEE011 and BYL719 in 
combination with letrozole in estrogen receptor-positive breast cancer (ER+, HER2− 
BC)[abstract]. Breast Cancer-HER2/ER; 533
Patel, A. and Seminario-Vidal, L. (2020) “Incidence, Characteristics, and Management of 
Alpelisib-Associated Rash in Patients With Advanced Breast Cancer”, SKIN The Journal of 
Cutaneous Medicine, 4(6), p. s111. doi: 10.25251/skin.4.supp.111.
Perou CM, Sørlie T, Eisen MB, et al (2000) Molecular portraits of human breast tumours. 
Nature; 406:747-52
Rugo HS, Lerebours F, Ciruelos E, et al (2021) Alpelisib plus fulvestrant in PIK3CA-mutated, 
hormone receptor-positive advanced breast cancer after a CDK4/6 inhibitor (BYLieve): one 
cohort of a phase 2, multicentre, open-label, non-comparative study. Lancet Oncol p. 489-498.
Shah PD, Moynahan ME, Modi S, et al (2014) Phase I trial of PI3Kα inhibitor BYL719 plus 
letrozole or exemestane for patients with hormone receptor-positive (HR+) metastatic breast 
cancer. San Antonio Breast Cancer Symposium, Dec 9-13, 2014. Memorial Sloan Kettering 
Cancer Center.
Sheng Q, Wang HQ, Das R, et al (2013) Targeting HER3 and PI3K in head and neck squamous 
cancer cells. AACR 104th Annual Meeting, Apr 6-10 2013, Washington DC
Siegel RL, Miller KD, Jemal A (2018) Cancer statistics, 2018. CA Cancer J Clin; 68(1):7-30
Sotiriou C, Pusztai L (2009) Gene-expression signatures in breast cancer. N Engl J Med; :790-
800.
Sung H, Ferlay J, Siegel RL, et al (2021) Global cancer statistics 2020: GLOBOCAN estimates 
of incidence and mortality worldwide for 36 cancers in 185 countries. CA Cancer J Clin; 0(0):1-
41


Novartis
Confidential
Page 109 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Therasse P, Arbuck SG, Eisenhauer EA, et al (2000) New guidelines to evaluate the response 
to treatment in solid tumors. European Organization for Research and Treatment of Cancer, 
National Cancer Institute of the United States, National Cancer Institute of Canada. J Natl 
Cancer Inst; 92:205-16
Wadler S, Benson AB, Engelking C, et al (1998) Recommended guidelines for the treatment of 
chemotherapy-induced diarrhea. J Clin Oncol; 16:3169-78
Wang DG, Barrios DM, Blinder VS, et al (2020) Dermatologic adverse events related to the 
PI3Kα inhibitor alpelisib (BYL719) in patients with breast cancer. Breast Cancer Res Treat; 
183:227-37
Woodhouse R, Li M, Hughes J, et al (2020) Clinical and analytical validation of FoundationOne 
Liquid CDx, a novel 324-Gene cfDNA-based comprehensive genomic profiling assay for 
cancers of solid tumor origin. PLoS One; 15(9):e023780ancer Res Treat; 183:227-37
Zhao L, Vogt PK (2007) Helical domain and kinase domain mutations in p110alpha of 
phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase induce gain of function by different mechanisms. Proc Natl Acad 
Sci U S A; 105(7):2652-7


Novartis
Confidential
Page 110 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16
Appendices
16.1
Appendix 1: Liver event and laboratory trigger definitions & 
follow-up requirements
Table 16-1
Liver event and laboratory trigger definitions
Definition/ threshold
Liver laboratory triggers
If ALT, AST and total bilirubin normal at baseline: 

ALT or AST > 5 × ULN

ALP > 2 × ULN (in the absence of known bone 
pathology)

Total bilirubin > 3 × ULN (in the absence of 
known Gilbert syndrome)

ALT or AST > 3 × ULN and INR > 1.5

Potential Hy’s Law cases (defined as ALT or 
AST > 3 × ULN and Total bilirubin > 2 × ULN 
[mainly conjugated fraction] without notable 
increase in ALP to > 2 × ULN)

Any clinical event of jaundice (or equivalent term)

ALT or AST > 3 × ULN accompanied by (general) 
malaise, fatigue, abdominal pain, nausea, or 
vomiting, or rash with eosinophilia

Any adverse event potentially indicative of a liver 
toxicity
If ALT or AST abnormal at baseline:

ALT or AST > 3x baseline or > 300 U/L 
(whichever occurs first)
Table 16-2
Follow up requirements for liver laboratory triggers - ALT, AST, TBIL -
ALT
TBIL
Liver Symptoms
Action
ALT increase without bilirubin increase:
If normal at 
baseline:
ALT > 3 x ULN
Normal
For participants with 
Gilbert’s syndrome: 
No change in 
baseline TBIL
None

No change to study treatment

Measure ALT, AST, ALP, GGT, 
total bilirubin (TBIL), INR, 
albumin, CK, and GLDH in 48-72 
hours.

Follow-up for symptoms.
If elevated at 
baseline:
ALT > 2 x baseline
or > 300 U/L 
(whichever occurs 
ﬁrst)
If normal at 
baseline:
ALT > 5 x ULN for 
more than two weeks
Normal
For participants with 
Gilbert’s syndrome: 
No change in 
baseline TBIL
None

Interrupt study drug

Measure ALT, AST, ALP, GGT, 
TBIL, INR, albumin, CK, and 
GLDH in 48-72 hours.

Follow-up for symptoms.
If elevated at 
baseline:
ALT > 3 x baseline
or > 300 U/L 
(whichever occurs 
ﬁrst) for more than 
two weeks
If normal at 
baseline:
Normal
None


Novartis
Confidential
Page 111 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
ALT
TBIL
Liver Symptoms
Action
ALT > 8 x ULN

Initiate close monitoring and 
workup for competing etiologies.

Study drug can be restarted only 
if another etiology is identiﬁed 
and liver enzymes return to 
baseline.
ALT increase with bilirubin increase:
If normal at 
baseline:
ALT > 3 x ULN
TBIL > 2 x ULN (or 
INR > 1.5)
For participants with 
Gilbert’s syndrome: 
Doubling of direct 
bilirubin
None
If elevated at 
baseline:
ALT > 2 x baseline
or > 300 U/L 
(whichever occurs 
ﬁrst)
If normal at 
baseline:
ALT > 3 x ULN
Normal or elevated
Severe fatigue, 
nausea, vomiting, 
right upper quadrant 
pain
If elevated at 
baseline:
ALT > 2 x baseline
or > 300 U/L 
(whichever occurs 
ﬁrst)
Table 16-3
Follow up requirements for liver laboratory triggers - Isolated 
Hyperbilirubinemia
Criteria
Actions required
Follow-up monitoring
Total Bilirubin (isolated)
>1.5 – 3.0 ULN

Interrupt treatment

Repeat LFTs within 48-72 
hours
Monitor LFTs weekly until 
resolution to ≤ Grade 1 or to 
baseline
> 3 - 10 × ULN (in the absence of 
known Gilbert syndrome)

Interrupt treatment

Repeat LFT within 48-72 
hours

Hospitalize if clinically 
appropriate

Establish causality

Record the AE and 
contributing factors (e.g.
conmeds, med hx, lab) in the 
appropriate eCRF
Monitor LFTs weekly until 
resolution to ≤ Grade 1 or to 
baseline (ALT, AST, total bilirubin, 
Alb, PT/INR, ALP and GGT)
Test for hemolysis (e.g. 
reticulocytes, haptoglobin, 
unconjugated [indirect] bilirubin)
> 10 x ULN

Discontinue the study 
treatment immediately

Hospitalize the participant

Establish causality

Record the AE and 
contributing factors(e.g. 
conmeds, med hx, lab)in the 
appropriate eCRF
ALT, AST, total bilirubin, Alb, 
PT/INR, ALP and GGT until 
resolution (frequency at 
Investigator discretion)
Any AE potentially indicative of a 
liver toxicity

Consider study treatment 
interruption or discontinuation

Hospitalization if clinically 
appropriate
Investigator discretion


Novartis
Confidential
Page 112 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Criteria
Actions required
Follow-up monitoring

Establish causality

Record the AE and 
contributing factors (e.g., 
conmeds, med hx, lab) in the 
appropriate eCRF
Based on Investigator’s discretion investigation(s) for contributing factors for the liver event 
can include: Serology tests, imaging and pathology assessments, hepatologist’s consultancy; 
obtaining more detailed history of symptoms and prior or concurrent diseases, history of 
concomitant drug use, exclusion of underlying liver disease.
16.2
Appendix 2: Guidelines for the treatment of study drug induced 
diarrhea
Mild to moderate diarrhea has been reported within the ongoing studies of single-agent BYL719. 
In order to effectively manage diarrhea and mitigate the escalation in severity or duration of 
diarrhea, patient education as well as proper management of diarrhea is mandatory. The 
following section outlines the recommended algorithm for management and treatment of 
BYL719-induced diarrhea (Benson et al 2004; Kornblau et al 2000 ; Wadler et al 1998).
The algorithm for treatment for diarrhea management is based on (Wadler et al 1998).
Patient history of diarrhea
At screening, the patient’s history of diarrhea should be reviewed and the patient should be 
appropriately informed of potential study drug-induced diarrhea and its management:

Review previous medical history of diarrhea within the last 12 months; laxative use, colon 
surgery, abdominal and pelvic irradiation, nocturnal diarrhea, pain, ulcerative colitis and 
other diarrhea-inducing diseases/conditions;

Stop all diarrheogenic agents at screening if possible, otherwise exclude from trial;

Instruct patients regarding risk of developing diarrhea;

Perform baseline clinical/laboratory studies according to the trial protocol (e.g., one could 
rule out carrier state of Salmonella spp., Clostridium difficile, Campylobacter spp., Giardia, 
Entamoeba, 
Cryptosporidium 
which 
can 
lead 
to 
opportunistic 
infections 
in 
immunosuppressed patients);

Explain the frequency of diarrhea and its relationship to NCI CTCAE grading (Table 6-3).
First report of diarrhea

Obtain history of onset and duration of diarrhea

Description of number of stools and stool composition (e.g., watery, blood, mucus in stool)

Assess patient for fever, abdominal pain, cramps, distension, bloating, nausea, vomiting, 
dizziness, weakness (i.e., rule out risk for sepsis, bowel obstruction, dehydration)

Obtain medication profile (i.e., to identify any diarrheogenic agents) and dietary profile 
(i.e., to identify diarrhea-enhancing foods)
Proactively look for occurrence of diarrhea. If no problems occur, instruct the patient to call 
when a problem does arise.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 113 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Management of diarrhea
General recommendations:

Stop all lactose-containing products, alcohol

Stop laxatives, bulk fiber (e.g., Metamucil®) and stool softeners (e.g., docusate sodium, 
Colace®)

Stop high-osmolar food supplements such as Ensure Plus® and Jevity Plus® (with fiber)

Drink 8 to 10 large glasses of clear liquids per day (e.g., water, Pedialyte®, Gatorade®, broth)

Eat frequent small meals (e.g., bananas, rice, applesauce, toast)
It is recommended that patients are provided with loperamide tablets at the start of each cycle. 
Patients should be instructed on the use of loperamide at Cycle 1 in order to manage signs or 
symptoms of diarrhea at home. Patients should be instructed to start oral loperamide (initial 
administration of 4 mg, then 2 mg every 4 hrs (maximum of 16 mg/day) at the first sign of loose
stool or symptoms of abdominal pain. These instructions should be provided at each cycle and 
the site should ensure that the patient understands the instruction. At the beginning of each cycle, 
each patient should be specifically questioned regarding any experience of diarrhea or diarrhea 
related symptoms. If symptoms were experienced, then the site should question the patient 
regarding the actions taken for these symptoms.
Intensive management of diarrhea must be instituted at the first sign of abdominal cramping, 
loose stools or overt diarrhea. Note that all concomitant therapies used for treatment of diarrhea 
must be recorded on the Concomitant Medications/Non-drug Therapies eCRF.
Loperamide is the first-line treatment of diarrhea (any Grade) in this recommended algorithm. 
Persistent symptoms may require the administration of high dose loperamide followed by 
treatment with second-line agents such as opium tincture and octreotide acetate, based on 
severity and duration of diarrhea and related signs/symptoms. Another first-line treatment for 
diarrhea is diphenoxylate hydrochloride/atropine sulfate. This medication may be used in place 
of loperamide however it is important to note that loperamide and diphenoxylate 
hydrochloride/atropine sulfate must not be used in conjunction with one another due to the risk 
of developing paralytic ileus. Upon treatment with any antidiarrheal agents, the patient’s 
response to treatment should be observed and appropriately documented in the source document 
and eCRF.
Treatment of diarrhea CTCAE grade 1 or 2
Diarrhea CTCAE grade 1 or 2 will be treated with standard loperamide (initial at first 
administration 4 mg, then 2 mg every 4 hrs (maximum of 16 mg/day) or after each unformed 
stool).
12-24 hrs later:
Diarrhea resolved

Continue instructions for dietary modification

Gradually add solid foods to diet

Discontinue loperamide after 12 hrs diarrhea-free interval


Novartis
Confidential
Page 114 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Diarrhea unresolved
Persisting diarrhea CTCAE grade 1 or 2 will be treated with addition of opium tincture or 
dihydrocodeine tartrate tablets/injections with monitoring of patients condition to rule out 
dehydration, sepsis, ileus) medical check and selected workup if patient does not need 
hospitalization (see section Diarrhea workup and additional test in the particular trial protocol). 
Observe patient for response to antidiarrheal treatment.
Persisting diarrhea CTCAE grade 3 or 4 may be treated with hospitalization, high dose 
loperamide (initial 4 mg, then 2 mg every 2 hrs) and addition of opium tincture (DTO) or 
dihydrocodeine tartrate tablets/injections, start of IV fluids and antibiotics as needed with 
monitoring of patients condition (to rule out dehydration, sepsis, ileus) medical check and 
workup (perform appropriate additional testing). Observe patient for response.
After 12-24 hrs:
Diarrhea resolved

Continue instructions for dietary modification

Gradually add solid foods to diet

Discontinue loperamide and/or other treatment after 12 hrs diarrhea-free interval
Diarrhea unresolved

If diarrhea still persisting (CTCAE grades 1 and 2), after 2x 24 hrs with high dose 
loperamide and opiates then admit to hospital and employ measures as for CTCAE grade 3 
and 4 until diarrhea resolved.

If diarrhea still persisting and progressed to CTCAE grades 3 and 4, employ measures 
described below.
Treatment of diarrhea CTCAE grade 3 or 4
Severe diarrhea CTCAE grade 3 or 4 may be treated with hospitalization, high dose loperamide 
(initial 4 mg, then 2 mg every 2 hrs and addition of opium tincture or dihydrocodeine tartrate 
tablets/injections, start of IV fluids and antibiotics as needed with monitoring of patients 
condition (to rule out dehydration, sepsis, ileus) medical check and workup (see section 
Diarrhea workup and additional test in the particular trial protocol). Observe patient for 
response.
After 12-24 hrs:

If diarrhea persisting administer subcutaneous (s.c.) Sandostatin/octreotide (100-500 µg tid)

Continue IV fluids and antibiotics as needed

If diarrhea CTCAE grade 3 or 4 still persists patients should receive opium tincture or 
dihydrocodeine tartrate injections s.c. or i.m.

If diarrhea CTCAE grade 3 or 4 is still persisting s.c. Sandostatin/octreotide (500-1000 µg 
TID) should be administered.

To control and/or resolve diarrhea, next cycle of treatment should be delayed by 1 or 2 
weeks. Treatment should be continued only when diarrhea resolved.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 115 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Diarrhea workup
Perform appropriate tests (Fine and Schiller 1999).
Spot stool analysis

Collect stool separating it from urine (special containers, analysis immediately, 
exceptionally freeze samples)

Blood

Fecal leukocytes (Wright's staining and microscopy) or

Clostridium difficile toxin

Fecal cultures including Salmonella spp., Campylobacter spp., Giardia, Entamoeba, 
Cryptosporidium (which can lead to opportunistic infections in immunosuppressed patients), 
plus Shigella and pathogenic E. coli - enterotoxigenic, enterohemorrhagic etc., possibly 
Aeromonas, Pleisiomonas (if suspected exposure to contaminated water)
Blood examination

Blood cultures to evaluate for septicemia

C-reactive protein

other inflammatory markers, as clinically indicated 
Endoscopic examinations
Endoscopic examinations may be considered only if absolutely necessary. The bowel is 
likely to be fragile with evidence of colitis and thus great care and caution must be exercised 
in undertaking these invasive procedures.

Gastroscopy to obtain jejunal fluid - re. bacterial overgrowth for cultures and biopsy of 
proximal jejunum to assess extent of inflammatory jejunitis

Sigmoidoscopy to evaluate for colitis/sigmoiditis

Biopsy: Histopathological examination of colonic mucosa and immunophenotyping 
may be performed to confirm the etiology of colitis
16.3
Appendix 3: Guidelines for the treatment of study drug induced 
stomatitis/oral mucositis
General guidance and management include patient awareness and early intervention. Evaluation 
for herpes virus or fungal infection should be considered. Patients should be informed about the 
possibility of developing mouth ulcers/oral mucositis and instructed to report promptly any 
signs or symptoms to their physician, Patients should be educated about good oral hygiene, 
instructed to avoid spicy/acidic/salty foods, and should follow the following guidelines:

For mild toxicity (grade 1), use conservative measures such as non-alcoholic mouth wash 
or salt water (0.9%) mouth wash several times a day until resolution.

For more severe toxicity (grade 2 in which case patients have pain but are able to maintain 
adequate oral alimentation, or grade 3 in which case patients cannot maintain adequate oral 
alimentation), the suggested treatments are topical analgesic mouth treatments (i.e., local 
anesthetics such as benzocaine, butyl aminobenzoate, tetracaine hydrochloride, menthol, or 
phenol) with or without topical corticosteroids, such as triamcinolone oral paste 0.1% 
(Kenalog in Orabase®).


Novartis
Confidential
Page 116 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Agents containing alcohol, hydrogen peroxide, iodine, and thyme derivatives may tend to 
worsen mouth ulcers. It is preferable to avoid these agents.
Antifungal agents should be avoided unless a fungal infection is diagnosed as they may interfere 
with BYL719 metabolism (see Section 6.2 and Section 16.5 ).
16.4
Appendix 4: Guidelines for Response, Duration of Overall 
Response, TTF, TTP, Progression-Free Survival, and Overall 
Survival (based on RECIST 1.1)
Document type:
TA Specific Guideline
Document status:
Version 3.2: February 11, 2016
Version 3.1: November 29, 2011
Version 3: October 19, 2009 Version 2: January 18, 2007 Version 1: 
December 13, 2002
Release date:
11-Feb-2016
Authors (Version 3.2):
Kalyanee Appanna, Bharani Dharan, Steven Green, Randi Isaacs, Susan 
Schnakenberg, Jessica Wang, Cristian Massacesi
Authors (Version 3.1):
Kalyanee Appanna, Bee Chen, Bharani Dharan, Steven Green, Diana 
Porshneva, Kannan Subramanian, Michel Gauthier, Nilima Patel, Sandra 
Chica, Aruna Vattikola, Emmanuel Zuber
Authors (Version 3):
Kalyanee Appanna, Steven Green, Samit Hirawat, David Lebwohl, Cristian 
Massacesi, Liza Morgan, Haren Rupani, Jeffrey Stuart, Aruna Vattikola, 
Gabriele von Ingersleben
Authors (Version 2):
Renaud Capdeville, Bee Chen, Insa Gathmann, Steven Green, David 
Lebwohl, Michael Murawsky, Lixia Wang, Emmanuel Zuber
Authors (Version 1):
Insa Gathmann, William Mietlowski, Beate Kiese, Kathy MellarsRenaud 
Capdeville, Margaret Dugan
Table 16-4
Glossary
CR
Complete response
CSR
Clinical Study Report
CT
Computed tomography
eCRF
Electronic Case Report Form
FPFV
First participant first visit
ITT
Intent-to-treat
LPLV
Last participant last visit
MRI
Magnetic resonance imaging
OS
Overall survival
PD
Progressive disease
PFS
Progression-free survival
PR
Partial response
RAP
Reporting and Analysis Plan
RECIST
Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors
SD
Stable disease
SOD
Sum of Diameter
TTF
Time to treatment failure
TTP
Time to progression
UNK
Unknown


Novartis
Confidential
Page 117 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.1
Introduction
The purpose of this document is to provide the working definitions and rules necessary for a 
consistent and efficient analysis of efficacy for oncology studies in solid tumors. This document 
is based on the RECIST criteria for tumor responses (Therasse et al 2000) and the revised 
RECIST 1.1 guidelines (Eisenhauer et al 2009).
The efficacy assessments described in Section 16.4.2 and the definition of best response 
in Section 16.4.3.1 are based on the RECIST 1.1 criteria but also give more detailed instructions 
and rules for determination of best response.Section 16.4.3.2 is summarizing the “time to event” 
variables and rules which are mainly derived from internal discussions and regulatory 
consultations, as the RECIST criteria do not define these variables in detail. Section 16.4.4 of 
this guideline describes data handling and programming rules. This section is to be referred to 
in the SAP (Statistical Analysis Plan) to provide further details needed for programming.
16.4.2
Efficacy assessments
Tumor evaluations are made based on RECIST criteria by (Therasse et al 2000) and revised 
RECIST guidelines (version 1.1) by Eisenhauer et al 2009).
16.4.2.1 Definitions
16.4.2.1.1
Disease measurability
In order to evaluate tumors throughout a study, definitions of measurability are required in order 
to classify lesions appropriately at baseline. In defining measurability, a distinction also needs 
to be made between nodal lesions (pathological lymph nodes) and non-nodal lesions.

Measurable disease - the presence of at least one measurable nodal or non-nodal lesion. If 
the measurable disease is restricted to a solitary lesion, its neoplastic nature should be 
confirmed by cytology/histology.
For participants without measurable disease, even if not expected as per eligibility criteria in 
this protocol, see Section 16.4.3.2.9.
Measurable lesions (both nodal and non-nodal):

Measurable non-nodal - As a rule of thumb, the minimum size of a measurable non-nodal 
target lesion at baseline should be no less than double the slice thickness or 10mm 
whichever is greater - e.g. the minimum non-nodal lesion size for CT/MRI with 5 mm cuts 
will be 10 mm, for 8 mm contiguous cuts the minimum size will be 16 mm.

Lytic bone lesions or mixed lytic-blastic lesions with identifiable soft tissue components, 
that can be evaluated by CT/MRI, can be considered as measurable lesions, if the soft tissue 
component meets the definition of measurability.

Measurable nodal lesions (i.e. lymph nodes) - Lymph nodes >=15 mm in short axis can be 
considered for selection as target lesions. Lymph nodes measuring >=10 mm and <15 mm 
are considered non-measurable. Lymph nodes smaller than 10 mm in short axis at baseline, 
regardless of the slice thickness, are normal and not considered indicative of disease.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 118 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Cystic lesions:

Lesions that meet the criteria for radiographically defined simple cysts (i.e., spherical 
structure with a thin, non-irregular, non-nodular and non-enhancing wall, no septations, and 
low CT density [water-like] content) should not be considered as malignant lesions (neither 
measurable nor non-measurable) since they are, by definition, simple cysts.

‘Cystic lesions’ thought to represent cystic metastases can be considered as measurable 
lesions, if they meet the definition of measurability described above. However, if noncystic 
lesions are present in the same participant, these are preferred for selection as target lesions.

Non-measurable lesions - all other lesions are considered non-measurable, including small 
lesions (e.g. longest diameter <10 mm with CT/MRI or pathological lymph nodes with >=10 
to < 15 mm short axis), as well as truly non-measurable lesions e.g., blastic bone lesions, 
leptomeningeal disease, ascites, pleural/pericardial effusion, inflammatory breast disease, 
lymphangitis cutis/pulmonis, abdominal masses/abdominal organomegaly identified by 
physical exam that is not measurable by reproducible imaging techniques.
16.4.2.1.2
Eligibility based on measurable disease
If no measurable lesions are identified at baseline, the subject may be allowed to enter the study 
in some situations (e.g. in Phase III studies where PFS is the primary endpoint). However, it is 
recommended that subjects be excluded from trials where the main focus is on the Overall 
Response Rate (ORR). Guidance on how subjects with just non-measurable disease at baseline 
will be evaluated for response and also handled in the statistical analyses is given 
in Section 16.4.3.2.9
16.4.2.2 Methods of tumor measurement - general guidelines
In this document, the term “contrast” refers to intravenous (i.v.) contrast.
The following considerations are to be made when evaluating the tumor:

All measurements should be taken and recorded in metric notation (mm), using a ruler or 
calipers. All baseline evaluations should be performed as closely as possible to the 
beginning of treatment and never more than 4 weeks before the beginning of the treatment.

Imaging-based evaluation is preferred to evaluation by clinical examination when both 
methods have been used to assess the antitumor effect of a treatment.

For optimal evaluation of subjects, the same methods of assessment and technique should 
be used to characterize each identified and reported lesion at baseline and during follow- up. 
Contrast-enhanced CT of chest, abdomen and pelvis should preferably be performed using 
a 5 mm slice thickness with a contiguous reconstruction algorithm. CT/MRI scan slice 
thickness should not exceed 8 mm cuts using a contiguous reconstruction algorithm. If, at 
baseline, a subject is known to have a medical contraindication to CT contrast or develops 
a contraindication during the trial, the following change in imaging modality will be 
accepted for follow up: a non-contrast CT of chest (MRI not recommended due to 
respiratory artifacts) plus contrast-enhanced MRI of abdomen and pelvis.

A change in methodology can be defined as either a change in contrast use (e.g. keeping the 
same technique, like CT, but switching from with to without contrast use or vice-versa, 
regardless of the justification for the change) or a major change in technique (e.g. from CT 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 119 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
to MRI, or vice-versa), or a change in any other imaging modality. A change from 
conventional to spiral CT or vice versa will not constitute a major “change in method” for 
the purposes of response assessment. A change in methodology will result by default in a 
UNK overall lesion response assessment as per Novartis calculated response. However, 
another response assessment than the Novartis calculated UNK response may be accepted 
from the investigator or the central blinded reviewer if a definitive response assessment can 
be justified, based on the available information.

FDG-PET: can complement CT scans in assessing progression (particularly possible for 
‘new’ disease). New lesions on the basis of FDG-PET imaging can be identified according 
to the following algorithm:

Negative FDG-PET at baseline, with a positive FDG-PET at follow-up is a sign of PD based 
on a new lesion.

No FDG-PET at baseline with a positive FDG-PET at follow-up:

If new disease is indicated by a positive PET scan but is not confirmed by CT (or some 
other conventional technique such as MRI) at the same assessment, then follow-up 
assessments by CT will be needed to determine if there is truly progression occurring at that 
site. In all cases PD will be the date of confirmation of new disease by CT (or some other 
conventional technique such as MRI) rather than the date of the positive PET scan. If there 
is a positive PET scan without any confirmed progression at that site by CT, then a PD 
cannot be assigned.

If the positive FDG-PET at follow-up corresponds to a pre-existing site of disease on CT 
that is not progressing on the basis of the anatomic images, this is not PD.

Chest x-ray: Lesions on chest x-ray are acceptable as measurable lesions when they are 
clearly defined and surrounded by aerated lung. However, CT is preferable.

Physical exams: Evaluation of lesions by physical examination is accepted when lesions are 
superficial, with at least 10mm size, and can be assessed using calipers.

Ultrasound: When the primary endpoint of the study is objective response evaluation, 
ultrasound (US) should not be used to measure tumor lesions, unless pre-specified by the 
protocol. It is, however, a possible alternative to clinical measurements of superficial 
palpable lymph nodes, subcutaneous lesions and thyroid nodules. Ultrasound might also be 
useful to confirm the complete disappearance of superficial lesions usually assessed by 
clinical examination.

Endoscopy and laparoscopy: The utilization of endoscopy and laparoscopy for objective 
tumor evaluation has not yet been fully and widely validated. Their uses in this specific 
context require sophisticated equipment and a high level of expertise that may only be 
available in some centers. Therefore, the utilization of such techniques for objective tumor 
response should be restricted to validation purposes in specialized centers. However, such 
techniques can be useful in confirming complete pathological response when biopsies are 
obtained.

Tumor markers: Tumor markers alone cannot be used to assess response. However, some 
disease specific and more validated tumor markers (e.g. CA-125 for ovarian cancer, PSA 
for prostate cancer, alpha-FP, LDH and Beta-hCG for testicular cancer) can be integrated 
as non-target disease. If markers are initially above the upper normal limit they must 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 120 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
normalize for a subject to be considered in complete clinical response when all lesions have 
disappeared.

Cytology and histology: Cytology and histology can be used to differentiate between PR 
and CR in rare cases (i.e., after treatment to differentiate between residual benign lesions 
and residual malignant lesions in tumor types such as germ cell tumors). Cytologic 
confirmation of neoplastic nature of any effusion that appears or worsens during treatment 
is required when the measurable tumor has met the criteria for response or stable disease. 
Under such circumstances, the cytologic examination of the fluid collected will permit 
differentiation between response and stable disease (an effusion may be a side effect of the 
treatment) or progressive disease (if the neoplastic origin of the fluid is confirmed).

Clinical examination: Clinical lesions will only be considered measurable when they are 
superficial (i.e., skin nodules and palpable lymph nodes).
16.4.2.3 Baseline documentation of target and non-target lesions
For the evaluation of lesions at baseline and throughout the study, the lesions are classified at 
baseline as either target or non-target lesions:

Target lesions: All measurable lesions (nodal and non-nodal) up to a maximum of five 
lesions in total (and a maximum of two lesions per organ), representative of all involved 
organs should be identified as target lesions and recorded and measured at baseline. Target 
lesions should be selected on the basis of their size (lesions with the longest diameter) and 
their suitability for accurate repeated measurements (either by imaging techniques or 
clinically). Each target lesion must be uniquely and sequentially numbered on the eCRF 
(even if it resides in the same organ).
Minimum target lesion size at baseline

Non-nodal target: Non-nodal target lesions identified by methods for which slice thickness 
is not applicable (e.g. clinical examination) should be at least 10 mm in longest diameter. 
See Section 16.4.2.1.1.

Nodal target: See Section 16.4.2.1.1. A sum of diameters (long axis for non-nodal lesions, 
short axis for nodal) for all target lesions will be calculated and reported as the baseline sum 
of diameters (SOD). The baseline sum of diameters will be used as reference by which to 
characterize the objective tumor response. Each target lesion identified at baseline must be 
followed at each subsequent evaluation and documented on eCRF.

Non-target lesions: All other lesions are considered non-target lesions, i.e. lesions not 
fulfilling the criteria for target lesions at baseline. Presence or absence or worsening of non-
target lesions should be assessed throughout the study; measurements of these lesions are 
not required. Multiple non-target lesions involved in the same organ can be assessed as a 
group and recorded as a single item (i.e. multiple liver metastases). Each non-target lesion 
identified at baseline must be followed at each subsequent evaluation and documented on 
eCRF.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 121 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.2.4 Follow-up evaluation of target and non-target lesions
To assess tumor response, the sum of diameters for all target lesions will be calculated 
(at baseline and throughout the study). At each assessment response is evaluated first separately 
for the target (Table 16-5) and non-target lesions (Table 16-6) identified at baseline. These 
evaluations are then used to calculate the overall lesion response considering both the target and 
non-target lesions together (Table 16-7) as well as the presence or absence of new lesions.
16.4.2.4.1
Follow-up and recording of lesions
At each visit and for each lesion the actual date of the scan or procedure which was used for the 
evaluation of each specific lesion should be recorded. This applies to target and non-target 
lesions as well as new lesions that are detected. At the assessment visit all of the separate lesion 
evaluation data are examined by the investigator in order to derive the overall visit response. 
Therefore all such data applicable to a particular visit should be associated with the same 
assessment
Non-nodal lesions
Following treatment, lesions may have longest diameter measurements smaller than the image 
reconstruction interval. Lesions smaller than twice the reconstruction interval are subject to 
substantial “partial volume” effects (i.e., size may be underestimated because of the distance of 
the cut from the longest diameter; such lesions may appear to have responded or progressed on 
subsequent examinations, when, in fact, they remain the same size).
If the lesion has completely disappeared, the lesion size should be reported as 0 mm.
Measurements of non-nodal target lesions that become 5 mm or less in longest diameter are 
likely to be non-reproducible. Therefore, it is recommended to report a default value of 5 mm, 
instead of the actual measurement. This default value is derived from the 5 mm CT slice 
thickness (but should not be changed with varying CT slice thickness). Actual measurement 
should be given for all lesions larger than 5 mm in longest diameter irrespective of slice 
thickness/reconstruction interval.
In other cases where the lesion cannot be reliably measured for reasons other than its size 
(e.g., borders of the lesion are confounded by neighboring anatomical structures), no 
measurement should be entered and the lesion cannot be evaluated.
Nodal lesions
A nodal lesion less than 10 mm in size by short axis is considered normal. Lymph nodes are not 
expected to disappear completely, so a “non-zero size” will always persist.
Measurements of nodal target lesions that become 5 mm or less in short axis are likely to be 
non-reproducible. Therefore, it is recommended to report a default value of 5 mm, instead of 
the actual measurement. This default value is derived from the 5 mm CT slice thickness 
(but should not be changed with varying CT slice thickness).Actual measurement should be 
given for all lesions larger than 5 mm in short axis irrespective of slice thickness/reconstruction 
interval.
However, once a target nodal lesion shrinks to less than 10 mm in its short axis, it will be 
considered normal for response purpose determination. The lymph node measurements will 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 122 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
continue to be recorded to allow the values to be included in the sum of diameters for target 
lesions, which may be required subsequently for response determination.
16.4.2.4.2
Determination of target lesion response
Table 16-5
Response criteria for target lesions
Response Criteria
Evaluation of target lesions
Complete 
Response (CR):
Disappearance of all non-nodal target lesions. In addition, any pathological lymph nodes 
assigned as target lesions must have a reduction in short axis to < 10 mm 1
Partial Response 
(PR):
At least a 30% decrease in the sum of diameter of all target lesions, taking as reference 
the baseline sum of diameters.
Progressive 
Disease (PD):
At least a 20% increase in the sum of diameter of all measured target lesions, taking as 
reference the smallest sum of diameter of all target lesions recorded at or after baseline. 
In addition to the relative increase of 20%, the sum must also demonstrate an absolute 
increase of at least 5 mm 2.
Stable Disease 
(SD):
Neither sufficient shrinkage to qualify for PR or CR nor an increase in lesions which would 
qualify for PD.
Unknown (UNK)
Progression has not been documented and one or more target lesions have not been 
assessed or have been assessed using a different method than baseline.3
1. SOD for CR may not be zero when nodal lesions are part of target lesions
2. Following an initial CR, a PD cannot be assigned if all non-nodal target lesions are still not present and all 
nodal lesions are <10 mm in size. In this case, the target lesion response is CR
3 In exceptional circumstances an UNK response due to change in method could be over-ruled by the 
investigator or central reviewer using expert judgment based on the available information (see Notes on target 
lesion response and methodology change in Section 16.4.3.2.2 ).
Notes on target lesion response 
Reappearance of lesions: If the lesion appears at the same anatomical location where a target 
lesion had previously disappeared, it is advised that the time point of lesion disappearance 
(i.e., the “0 mm” recording) be re-evaluated to make sure that the lesion was not actually present 
and/or not visualized for technical reasons in this previous assessment. If it is not possible to 
change the 0 value, then the investigator/radiologist has to decide between the following 
possibilities:

The lesion is a new lesion, in which case the overall tumor assessment will be considered 
as progressive disease

The lesion is clearly a reappearance of a previously disappeared lesion, in which case the 
size of the lesion has to be entered in the eCRF and the tumor assessment will remain based 
on the sum of tumor measurements as presented in Table 16-5 above (i.e., a PD will be 
determined if there is at least 20% increase in the sum of diameters of all measured target 
lesions, taking as reference the smallest sum of diameters of all target lesions recorded at or 
after baseline with at least 5 mm increase in the absolute sum of the diameters). Proper 
documentation should be available to support this decision. This applies to subjects who 
have not achieved target response of CR. For subjects who have achieved CR, please refer 
to last bullet in this section.

For those subjects who have only one target lesion at baseline, the reappearance of the target 
lesion which disappeared previously, even if still small, is considered a PD.

Missing measurements: In cases where measurements are missing for one or more target 
lesions it is sometimes still possible to assign PD based on the measurements of the 
remaining lesions. For example, if the sum of diameters for 5 target lesions at baseline is 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 123 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
100 mm at baseline and the sum of diameters for 3 of those lesions at a post-baseline visit 
is 140 mm (with data for 2 other lesions missing) then a PD should be assigned. However, 
in other cases where a PD cannot definitely be attributed, the target lesion response would 
be UNK.

Nodal lesion decrease to normal size: When nodal disease is included in the sum of target 
lesions and the nodes decrease to “normal” size they should still have a measurement 
recorded on scans. This measurement should be reported even when the nodes are normal 
in order not to overstate progression should it be based on increase in the size of nodes.

Lesions split: In some circumstances, disease that is measurable as a target lesion at baseline 
and appears to be one mass can split to become two or more smaller sub-lesions. When this 
occurs, the diameters (long axis - non-nodal lesion, short axis - nodal lesions) of the two 
split lesions should be added together and the sum recorded in the diameter field on the case 
report form under the original lesion number. This value will be included in the sum of 
diameters when deriving target lesion response. The individual split lesions will not be 
considered as new lesions, and will not automatically trigger a PD designation.

Lesions coalesced: Conversely, it is also possible that two or more lesions which were 
distinctly separate at baseline become confluent at subsequent visits. When this occurs a 
plane between the original lesions may be maintained that would aid in obtaining diameter 
measurements of each individual lesion. If the lesions have truly coalesced such that they 
are no longer separable, the maximal diameters (long axis - non-nodal lesion, short axis -
nodal lesions) of the “merged lesion” should be used when calculating the sum of diameters 
for target lesions. On the case report form, the diameter of the “merged lesion” should be 
recorded for the size of one of the original lesions while a size of “0”mm should be entered 
for the remaining lesion numbers which have coalesced.

The measurements for nodal lesions, even if less than 10 mm in size, will contribute to the 
calculation of target lesion response in the usual way with slight modifications.

Since lesions less than 10 mm are considered normal, a CR for target lesion response should 
be assigned when all nodal target lesions shrink to less than 10 mm and all non- nodal target 
lesions have disappeared.

Once a CR target lesion response has been assigned a CR will continue to be appropriate 
(in the absence of missing data) until progression of target lesions.

Following a CR, a PD can subsequently only be assigned for target lesion response if either 
a non-nodal target lesion “reappears” or if any single nodal lesion is at least 10 mm and 
there is at least 20% increase in sum of the diameters of all nodal target lesions relative to 
nadir with at least 5 mm increase in the absolute sum of the diameters.

A change in method for the evaluation of one or more lesions will usually lead to an UNK 
target lesion response unless there is progression indicated by the remaining lesions which 
have been evaluated by the same method. In exceptional circumstances an investigator or 
central reviewer might over-rule this assignment to put a non-UNK response using expert 
judgment based on the available information. E.g. a change to a more sensitive method 
might indicate some tumor shrinkage of target lesions and definitely rule out progression in 
which case the investigator might assign an SD target lesion response; however, this should 
be done with caution and conservatively as the response categories have well defined 
criteria.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 124 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.2.4.3
Determination of non-target lesion response
Table 16-6
Response criteria for non-target lesions
Response Criteria
Evaluation of non-target lesions
Complete Response 
(CR):
Disappearance of all non-target lesions. In addition, all lymph nodes assigned a non-
target lesions must be non-pathological in size (< 10 mm short axis)
Progressive Disease 
(PD):
Unequivocal progression of existing non-target lesions.1
Non-CR/Non-PD:
Neither CR nor PD
Unknown (UNK)
Progression has not been documented and one or more non-target lesions have not 
been assessed or have been assessed using a different method than baseline2.
1. The assignment of PD solely based on change in non-target lesions in light of target lesion response of CR, PR 
or SD should be exceptional. In such circumstances, the opinion of the investigator or central reviewer prevails.
2. It is recommended that the investigator and/or central reviewer should use expert judgment to assign a Non-
UNK response wherever possible (see notes section for more details)
Notes on non-target lesion response

The investigator and/or central reviewer can use expert judgment to assign a non-UNK 
response wherever possible, even where lesions have not been fully assessed or a different 
method has been used. In many of these situations it may still be possible to identify 
equivocal progression (PD) or definitively rule this out (non-CR/Non-PD) based on the 
available information. In the specific case where a more sensitive method has been used 
indicating the absence of any non-target lesions, a CR response can also be assigned.

The response for non-target lesions is C only if all non-target non-nodal lesions which were 
evaluated at baseline are now all absent and with all non-target nodal lesions returned to 
normal size (i.e. < 10 mm). If any of the non-target lesions are still present, or there are any 
abnormal nodal lesions (i.e. >=10 mm) the response can only be ‘Non- CR/Non-PD’ unless 
there is unequivocal progression of the non-target lesions (in which case response is PD) or 
it is not possible to determine whether there is unequivocal progression (in which case 
response is UNK).

Unequivocal progression: To achieve “unequivocal progression” on the basis of non-target 
disease there must be an overall level of substantial worsening in non-target disease such 
that, even in presence of CR, PR or SD in target disease, the overall tumor burden has 
increased sufficiently to merit discontinuation of therapy. A modest “increase” in the size 
of one or more non-target lesions is usually not sufficient to qualify for unequivocal 
progression status. The designation of overall progression solely on the basis of change in 
non-target disease in the face of CR, PR or SD of target disease is therefore expected to be 
rare. In order for a PD to be assigned on the basis of non-target lesions, the increase in the 
extent of the disease must be substantial even in cases where there is no measurable disease 
at baseline. If there is unequivocal progression of non-target lesion(s), then at least one of 
the non-target lesions must be assigned a status of “Worsened”. Where possible, similar 
rules to those described in Section 16.4.2.4.3 for assigning PD following a CR for the non-
target lesion response in the presence of non-target lesions nodal lesions should be applied.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 125 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.2.4.4
New lesions
The appearance of a new lesion is always associated with Progressive Disease (PD) and has to 
be recorded as a new lesion in the New Lesion eCRF page.

If a new lesion is equivocal, for example because of its small size, continued therapy and 
follow-up evaluation will clarify if it represents truly new disease. If repeat scans confirm 
there is definitely a new lesion, then progression should be declared using the date of the 
first observation of the lesion

If new disease is observed in a region which was not scanned at baseline or where the 
particular baseline scan is not available for some reason, then this should be considered as 
a PD. The one exception to this is when there are no baseline scans at all available for a 
subject in which case the response should be UNK, as for any of this subject's 
assessment Section 16.4.2.5

A lymph node is considered as a “new lesion” and, therefore, indicative of progressive 
disease if the short axis increases in size to >= 10 mm for the first time in the study plus 5 
mm absolute increase.
FDG-PET: can complement CT scans in assessing progression (particularly possible for ‘new’ 
disease). See Section 16.4.2.2
16.4.2.5 Evaluation of overall lesion response
The evaluation of overall lesion response at each assessment is a composite of the target lesion 
response, non-target lesion response and presence of new lesions as shown below in Table 16-7.
Table 16-7
Overall lesion response at each assessment
Target lesions
Non-target lesions
New Lesions
Overall lesion response
CR
CR
No
CR1
CR
Non-CR/Non-PD3
No
PR
CR, PR, SD
UNK
No
UNK
PR
Non-PD and not UNK
No
PR1
SD
Non-PD and not UNK
No
SD1, 2
UNK
Non-PD or UNK
No
UNK1
PD
Any
Yes or No
PD
Any
PD
Yes or No
PD
Any
Any
Yes
PD
1 This overall lesion response also applies when there are no non-target lesions identified at baseline.
2 Once confirmed PR was achieved, all these assessments are considered PR.
3 As defined in Section 16.4.2.4.
If there are no baseline scans available at all, then the overall lesion response at each assessment 
should be considered Unknown (UNK).
In some circumstances it may be difficult to distinguish residual disease from normal tissue. 
When the evaluation of complete response depends on this determination, it is recommended 
that the residual lesion be investigated (fine needle aspirate/biopsy) to confirm the CR.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 126 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.3
Efficacy definitions
The following definitions primarily relate to subjects who have measurable disease at 
baseline. Section 16.4.3.2.9 outlines the special considerations that need to be given to subjects 
with no measurable disease at baseline in order to apply the same concepts.
16.4.3.1 Best overall response
The best overall response is the best response recorded from the start of the treatment until 
disease progression/recurrence (taking as reference for PD the smallest measurements recorded 
since the treatment started). In general, the subject's best response assignment will depend on 
the achievement of both measurement and confirmation criteria.
The best overall response will usually be determined from response assessments undertaken 
while on treatment. However, if any assessments occur after treatment withdrawal the protocol 
should specifically describe if these will be included in the determination of best overall 
response and/or whether these additional assessments will be required for sensitivity or 
supportive analyses. As a default, any assessments taken more than 30 days after the last dose 
of study treatment will not be included in the best overall response derivation. If any alternative 
cancer therapy is taken while on study any subsequent assessments would ordinarily be 
excluded from the best overall response determination. If response assessments taken after 
withdrawal from study treatment and/or alternative therapy are to be included in the main 
endpoint determination, then this should be described and justified in the protocol.
Where a study requires confirmation of response (PR or CR), changes in tumor measurements 
must be confirmed by repeat assessments that should be performed not less than 4 weeks after 
the criteria for response are first met.
Longer intervals may also be appropriate. However, this must be clearly stated in the protocol. 
The main goal of confirmation of objective response is to avoid overestimating the response 
rate observed. In cases where confirmation of response is not feasible, it should be made clear 
when reporting the outcome of such studies that the responses are not confirmed.

For non-randomized trials where response is the primary endpoint, confirmation is needed.

For trials intended to support accelerated approval, confirmation is needed

For all other trials, confirmation of response may be considered optional.
The best overall response for each subject is determined from the sequence of overall (lesion) 
responses according to the following rules:

CR = at least two determinations of CR at least 4 weeks apart before progression where 
confirmation required or one determination of CR prior to progression where confirmation 
not required

PR = at least two determinations of PR or better at least 4 weeks apart before progression 
(and not qualifying for a CR) where confirmation required or one determination of PR prior 
to progression where confirmation not required

SD = at least one SD assessment (or better) > 6weeks after randomization/start of treatment 
(and not qualifying for CR or PR).

PD = progression <=12 weeks after randomization/ start of treatment (and not qualifying 
for CR, PR or SD).


Novartis
Confidential
Page 127 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

UNK = all other cases (i.e. not qualifying for confirmed CR or PR and without SD after 
more than 6 weeks or early progression within the first 12 weeks)
The time durations specified in the SD/PD/UNK definitions above are based on a 6 week tumor 
assessment frequency taking into account assessment windows.
However these may be modified for specific indications which are more or less aggressive. In 
addition, it is envisaged that the time duration may also take into account assessment windows. 
E.g. if the assessment occurs every 6 weeks with a time window of +/- 7 days, a BOR of SD 
would require a SD or better response longer than 5 weeks after randomization/start of treatment.
Overall lesion responses of CR must stay the same until progression sets in, with the exception 
of a UNK status. A subject who had a CR cannot subsequently have a lower status other than a 
PD, e.g. PR or SD, as this would imply a progression based on one or more lesions reappearing, 
in which case the status would become a PD.
Once an overall lesion response of PR is observed (which may have to be a confirmed PR 
depending on the study) this assignment must stay the same or improve over time until 
progression sets in, with the exception of an UNK status. However, in studies where 
confirmation of response is required, if a subject has a single PR (>=30% reduction of tumor 
burden compared to baseline) at one assessment, followed by a <30% reduction from baseline 
at the next assessment (but not >=20% increase from previous smallest sum), the objective 
status at that assessment should be SD. Once a confirmed PR was seen, the overall lesion 
response should be considered PR (or UNK) until progression is documented or the lesions 
totally disappear in which case a CR assignment is applicable. In studies where confirmation of
response is not required after a single PR the overall lesion response should still be considered 
PR (or UNK) until progression is documented or the lesion totally disappears in which case a 
CR assignment is applicable.
Example: In a case where confirmation of response is required the sum of lesion diameters is 
200 mm at baseline and then 140 mm - 150 mm - 140 mm - 160 mm - 160 mm at the subsequent 
visits. Assuming that non-target lesions did not progress, the overall lesion response would be 
PR - SD - PR - PR - PR. The second assessment with 140 mm confirms the PR for this subject. 
All subsequent assessments are considered PR even if tumor measurements decrease only by 
20% compared to baseline (200 mm to 160 mm) at the following assessments.
If the subject progressed but continues study treatment, further assessments are not considered 
for the determination of best overall response.
Note: these cases may be described as a separate finding in the CSR but not included in the 
overall response or disease control rates.
The best overall response for a subject is always calculated, based on the sequence of overall 
lesion responses. However, the overall lesion response at a given assessment may be provided 
from different sources:

investigator overall lesion response

Central Blinded Review overall lesion response

Novartis calculated overall lesion response (based on measurements from either investigator 
or Central Review)


Novartis
Confidential
Page 128 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
The primary analysis of the best overall response will be based on the sequence of investigator 
overall lesion responses.
Based on the subjects’ best overall response during the study, the following rates are then 
calculated:
Overall response rate (ORR) is the proportion of subjects with a best overall response of CR 
or PR. This is also referred to as ‘Objective response rate’ in some protocols or publications.
Disease control rate (DCR) is the proportion of subjects with a best overall response of CR or 
PR or SD. The objective of this endpoint is to summarize subjects with signs of “activity” 
defined as either shrinkage of tumor (regardless of duration) or slowing down of tumor growth.
Clinical benefit rate (CBR) is the proportion of subjects with a best overall response of CR or 
PR, or an overall lesion response of SD or Non-CR/Non-PD which lasts for a minimum time 
duration (with a default of at least 24 weeks in breast cancer studies). This endpoint measures 
signs of activity taking into account duration of disease stabilization.
Another approach is to summarize the progression rate at a certain time point after baseline. In 
this case, the following definition is used:
Early progression rate (EPR) is the proportion of subjects with progressive disease within 8 
weeks of the start of treatment.
The protocol should define populations for which these will be calculated. The timepoint for 
EPR is study specific. EPR is used for the multinomial designs of Dent and Zee (Dent et al 2001) 
and counts all subjects who at the specified assessment (in this example the assessment would 
be at 8 weeks ± window) do not have an overall lesion response of SD, PR or CR. Subjects with 
an unknown (UNK) assessment at that time point and no PD before, will not be counted as early 
progressors in the analysis but may be included in the denominator of the EPR rate, depending 
on the analysis population used. Similarly when examining overall response and disease control, 
subjects with a best overall response assessment of unknown (UNK) will not be regarded as 
“responders” but may be included in the denominator for ORR and DCR calculation depending 
on the analysis population (e.g. populations based on an intent-to-treat(ITT) approach).
16.4.3.2 Time to event variables
16.4.3.2.1
Progression-free survival
Usually in all Oncology studies, subjects are followed for tumor progression after 
discontinuation of study medication for reasons other than progression or death. If this is not 
used, e.g. in Phase I or II studies, this should be clearly stated in the protocol. Note that 
randomized trials (preferably blinded) are recommended where PFS is to be the primary 
endpoint.
Progression-free survival (PFS) is the time from date of randomization/start of treatment to 
the date of event defined as the first documented progression or death due to any cause. If a 
subject has not had an event, progression-free survival is censored at the date of last adequate 
tumor assessment.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 129 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
PFS rate at x weeks is an additional measure used to quantify PFS endpoint. It is recommended 
that a Kaplan Meier estimate is used to assess this endpoint.
16.4.3.2.2
Overall survival
All subjects should be followed until death or until subject has had adequate follow-up time as 
specified in the protocol whichever comes first. The follow-up data should contain the date the 
subject was last seen alive / last known date subject alive, the date of death and the reason of 
death (“Study indication” or “Other”).
Overall survival (OS) is defined as the time from date of randomization/start of treatment to 
date of death due to any cause. If a subject is not known to have died, survival will be censored 
at the date of last known date subject alive.
16.4.3.2.3
Time to progression
Some studies might consider only death related to underlying cancer as an event which indicates 
progression. In this case the variable “Time to progression” might be used. TTP is defined as 
PFS except for death unrelated to underlying cancer.
Time to progression (TTP) is the time from date of randomization/start of treatment to the date 
of event defined as the first documented progression or death due to underlying cancer. If a 
subject has not had an event, time to progression is censored at the date of last adequate tumor 
assessment.
16.4.3.2.4
PFS2
A recent EMA guidance (EMA 2012) recommends a substitute end point intermediate to PFS 
and OS called PFS2, a surrogate for OS when OS cannot be measured reliably, which assesses 
the impact of the experimental therapy on next-line treatment. The main purpose of this 
endpoint is to assess long term maintenance strategies, particularly of resensitizing agents and 
where it is necessary to examine the overall “field of influence”.
PFS2, which could be termed PFS deferred, PFS delayed, tandem PFS, or PFS version 2.0, is 
the time from date of randomization/start of treatment to the date of event defined as the first 
documented progression on next-line treatment or death from any cause. The censoring rules 
for this endpoint will incorporate the same principles as those considered for PFS in this 
document, and in addition may involve other considerations which will need to be detailed in 
the protocol.
Please note that data collection for the PFS2 is limited to the date of progression and not specific 
read of the tumor assessments.
It is strongly recommended that the teams consult regulatory agencies for scientific advice given 
the limited experience with the use of this endpoint in regulatory setting in light of 
methodological issues with respect to censoring foreseen.
16.4.3.2.5
Time to treatment failure
This endpoint is often appropriate in studies of advanced disease where early discontinuation is 
typically related to intolerance of the study drug. In some protocols, time to treatment failure 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 130 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
may be considered as a sensitivity analysis for time to progression. The list of discontinuation 
reasons to be considered or not as treatment failure may be adapted according to the specificities 
of the study or the disease.
Time to treatment failure (TTF) is the time from date of randomization/start of treatment to the 
earliest of date of progression, date of death due to any cause, or date of discontinuation due to 
reasons other than ‘Protocol violation’ or ‘Administrative problems’. The time to treatment 
failure for subjects who did not experience treatment failure will be censored at last adequate 
tumor assessment.
16.4.3.2.6
Duration of response
The analysis of the following variables should be performed with much caution when restricted 
to responders since treatment bias could have been introduced. There have been reports where 
a treatment with a significantly higher response rate had a significantly shorter duration of 
response but where this probably primarily reflected selection bias which is explained as 
follows: It is postulated that there are two groups of subjects: a good risk group and a poor risk 
group. Good risk subjects tend to get into response readily (and relatively quickly) and tend to 
remain in response after they have a response. Poor risk subjects tend to be difficult to achieve 
a response, may have a longer time to respond, and tend to relapse quickly when they do respond. 
Potent agents induce a response in both good risk and poor risk subjects. Less potent agents 
induce a response mainly in good risk subjects only. This is described in more detail by 
(Morgan 1988).
It is recommended that an analysis of all subjects (both responders and non-responders) be 
performed whether or not a “responders only” descriptive analysis is presented. An analysis of 
responders should only be performed to provide descriptive statistics and even then interpreted 
with caution by evaluating the results in the context of the observed response rates. If an 
inferential comparison between treatments is required this should only be performed on all 
subjects (i.e. not restricting to “responders” only) using appropriate statistical methods such as 
the techniques described in Ellis 2008. It should also be stated in the protocol if duration of 
response is to be calculated in addition for unconfirmed response.
For summary statistics on “responders” only the following definitions are appropriate. (Specific 
definitions for an all-subject analysis of these endpoints are not appropriate since the status of 
subjects throughout the study is usually taken into account in the analysis).
Duration of overall response (CR or PR): For subjects with a CR or PR (which may have to 
be confirmed) the start date is the date of first documented response (CR or PR) and the end 
date and censoring is defined the same as that for time to progression.
The following two durations might be calculated in addition for a large Phase III study in which 
a reasonable number of responders is seen.
Duration of overall complete response (CR): For subjects with a CR (which may have to be 
confirmed) the start date is the date of first documented CR and the end date and censoring is 
defined the same as that for time to progression.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 131 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Duration of stable disease (CR/PR/SD): For subjects with a CR or PR (which may have to be 
confirmed) or SD the start and end date as well as censoring is defined the same as that for time 
to progression.
16.4.3.2.7
Time to response
Time to overall response (CR or PR) is the time between date of randomization/start of 
treatment until first documented response (CR or PR). The response may need to be confirmed 
depending on the type of study and its importance. Where the response needs to be confirmed 
then time to response is the time to the first CR or PR observed.
Although an analysis on the full population is preferred a descriptive analysis may be performed 
on the “responders” subset only, in which case the results should be interpreted with caution 
and in the context of the overall response rates, since the same kind of selection bias may be 
introduced as described for duration of response in Section 16.4.3.2.6. It is recommended that 
an analysis of all subjects (both responders and non-responders) be performed whether or not a 
“responders only” descriptive analysis is presented. Where an inferential statistical comparison 
is required, then all subjects should definitely be included in the analysis to ensure the statistical 
test is valid. For analysis including all subjects, subjects who did not achieve a response 
(which may have to be a confirmed response) will be censored using one of the following 
options.

at maximum follow-up (i.e. FPFV to LPLV used for the analysis) for subjects who had a 
PFS event (i.e. progressed or died due to any cause). In this case the PFS event is the worst 
possible outcome as it means the subject cannot subsequently respond. Since the statistical 
analysis usually makes use of the ranking of times to response it is sufficient to assign the 
worst possible censoring time which could be observed in the study which is equal to the 
maximum follow-up time (i.e. time from FPFV to LPLV)

at last adequate tumor assessment date otherwise. In this case subjects have not yet 
progressed so they theoretically still have a chance of responding
Time to overall complete response (CR) is the time between dates of randomization/start of 
treatment until first documented CR. Similar analysis considerations including (if appropriate) 
censoring rules apply for this endpoint described for the time to overall response endpoint.
16.4.3.2.8
Definition of start and end dates for time to event variables
Assessment date
For each assessment (i.e. evaluation number), the assessment date is calculated as the latest of 
all measurement dates (e.g. X-ray, CT-scan) if the overall lesion response at that assessment is 
CR/PR/SD/UNK. Otherwise, if overall lesion response is progression - the assessment date is 
calculated as the earliest date of all measurement dates at that evaluation number.
In the calculation of the assessment date for time to event variables, any unscheduled 
assessment should be treated similarly to other evaluations.
Start dates
For all “time to event” variables, other than duration of response, the randomization/ date of 
treatment start will be used as the start date.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 132 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
For the calculation of duration of response the following start date should be used:

Date of first documented response is the assessment date of the first overall lesion response 
of CR (for duration of overall complete response) or CR / PR (for duration of overall 
response) respectively, when this status is later confirmed.
End dates
The end dates which are used to calculate ‘time to event’ variables are defined as follows:

Date of death (during treatment as recorded on the treatment completion page or during 
follow-up as recorded on the study evaluation completion page or the survival follow-up 
page).

Date of progression is the first assessment date at which the overall lesion response was 
recorded as progressive disease.

Date of last adequate tumor assessment is the date the last tumor assessment with overall 
lesion response of CR, PR or SD which was made before an event or a censoring reason 
occurred. In this case the last tumor evaluation date at that assessment is used. If no post-
baseline assessments are available (before an event or a censoring reason occurred), the date 
of randomization/start of treatment is used.

Date of next scheduled assessment is the date of the last adequate tumor assessment plus 
the protocol specified time interval for assessments. This date may be used if backdating is 
considered when the event occurred beyond the acceptable time window for the next tumor 
assessment as per protocol Section 16.4.3.2.8.
Example (if protocol defined schedule of assessments is 3 months): tumor assessments at 
baseline - 3 months - 6 months - missing - missing - PD. Date of next scheduled assessment 
would then correspond to 9 months.

Date of discontinuation is the date of the end of treatment visit.

Date of last contact is defined as the last date the subject was known to be alive. This 
corresponds to the latest date for either the visit date, lab sample date or tumor assessment 
date. If available, the last known date subject alive from the survival follow-up page is used. 
If no survival follow-up is available, the date of discontinuation is used as last contact date.

Date of secondary anti-cancer therapy is defined as the start date of any additional 
(secondary) antineoplastic therapy or surgery.
16.4.3.2.9
Handling of patients with non-measurable disease only at baseline
It is possible that subjects with only non-measurable disease present at baseline are entered into 
the study, because of a protocol violation or by design (e.g. in Phase III studies with PFS as the 
primary endpoint). In such cases the handling of the response data requires special consideration 
with respect to inclusion in any analysis of endpoints based on the overall response evaluations.
It is recommended that any subjects with only non-measurable disease at baseline should be 
included in the main (ITT) analysis of each of these endpoints.
Although the text of the definitions described in the previous sections primarily relates to 
subjects with measurable disease at baseline, subjects without measurable disease should also 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 133 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
be incorporated in an appropriate manner. The overall response for subjects with non-
measurable disease is derived slightly differently according to Table 16-8 .
Table 16-8
Overall lesion response at each assessment: subjects with non-target 
disease only
Non-target lesions
New Lesions
Overall lesion response
CR
No
CR
Non-CR/Non-PD1
No
Non-CR/non-PD
UNK
No
UNK
PD
Yes or No
PD
Any
Yes
PD
As defined in Section 16.4.2.4
In general, the non-CR/non-PD response for these subjects is considered equivalent to an SD 
response in endpoint determination. In summary tables for best overall response subjects with 
only non-measurable disease may be highlighted in an appropriate fashion e.g. in particular by 
displaying the specific numbers with the non-CR/non-PD category.
In considering how to incorporate data from these subjects into the analysis the importance to 
each endpoint of being able to identify a PR and/or to determine the occurrence and timing of 
progression needs to be taken into account.
For ORR it is recommended that the main (ITT) analysis includes data from subjects with only 
non-measurable disease at baseline, handling subjects with a best response of CR as “responders” 
with respect to ORR and all other subjects as “non-responders”.
For PFS, it is again recommended that the main ITT analyses on these endpoints include all 
subjects with only non-measurable disease at baseline, with possible sensitivity analyses which 
exclude these particular subjects. Endpoints such as PFS which are reliant on the determination 
and/or timing of progression can incorporate data from subjects with only non- measurable 
disease.
16.4.3.2.10
Sensitivity analysis
This section outlines the possible event and censoring dates for progression, as well as addresses 
the issues of missing tumor assessments during the study. For instance, if one or more 
assessment visits are missed prior to the progression event, to what date should the progression 
event be assigned? And should progression event be ignored if it occurred after a long period 
of a subject being lost to follow-up? It is important that the protocol and SAP specify the 
primary analysis in detail with respect to the definition of event and censoring dates and also 
include a description of one or more sensitivity analyses to be performed.
Based on definitions outlined in Section 16.4.3.2.8 , and using the FDA guideline on endpoints 
(Clinical Trial Endpoints for the Approval of Cancer Drugs and Biologics 2005) 
as a reference, the following analyses can be considered:


Novartis
Confidential
Page 134 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 16-9
Options for event dates used in PFS, TTP, duration of response
Situation
Options for end-date (progression or censoring)1
(1) = default unless specified differently in the 
protocol or RAP
Outcome
A
No baseline assessment
(1) Date of randomization/start of treatment3
Censored
B
Progression at or before next 
scheduled assessment
(1) Date of progression (2) Date of next scheduled 
assessment2
Progressed
Progressed
C1
Progression or death after 
exactly one missing 
assessment
(1) Date of progression (or death)
(2) Date of next scheduled assessment2
Progressed
Progressed
C2
Progression or death after two 
or more missing assessments
(1) Date of last adequate assessment2
(2) Date of next scheduled assessment2
(3) Date of progression (or death)
Censored
Progressed
Progressed
D
No progression
(1) Date of last adequate assessment
Censored
E
Treatment discontinuation due 
to ‘Disease progression’ 
without documented 
progression, i.e. clinical 
progression based on 
investigator claim
(1) Ignore clinical progression and follow situations 
above
(2) Date of discontinuation (visit date at which clinical 
progression was determined)
As per 
above 
situations
Progressed
F
New anticancer therapy given
(1) Ignore the new anticancer therapy and follow 
situations above (ITT approach)
(2) Date of last adequate assessment prior to new 
anticancer therapy
(3) Date of secondary anti-cancer therapy
(4) Date of secondary anti-cancer therapy
As per 
above 
situations
Censored
Censored
Event
G
Deaths due to reason other 
than deterioration of ‘Study 
indication’
(1) Date of last adequate assessment
Censored 
(only TTP 
and duration 
of response)
1 =Definitions can be found in Section 16.4.3.2.8.
2 =After the last adequate tumor assessment. “Date of next scheduled assessment” is defined 
in Section 16.4.3.2.8.
3 =The rare exception to this is if the subject dies no later than the time of the second scheduled assessment as 
defined in the protocol in which case this is a PFS event at the date of death.
The primary analysis and the sensitivity analyses must be specified in the protocol. Clearly 
define if and why options (1) are not used for situations C, E and (if applicable) F.
Situations C (C1 and C2): Progression or death after one or more missing assessments: The 
primary analysis is usually using options (1) for situations C1 and C2, i.e.

(C1) taking the actual progression or death date, in the case of only one missing assessment.

(C2) censoring at the date of the last adequate assessment, in the case of two or more 
consecutive missing assessments.
In the case of two or missing assessments (situation C2), option (3) may be considered jointly 
with option (1) in situation C1 as sensitivity analysis. A variant of this sensitivity analysis 
consists of backdating the date of event to the next scheduled assessment as proposed with 
option (2) in situations C1 and C2.
Situation E: Treatment discontinuation due to ‘Disease progression’ without documented 
progression: By default, option (1) is used for situation E as subjects without documented PD 
should be followed for progression after discontinuation of treatment. However, option (2) may 


Novartis
Confidential
Page 135 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
be used as sensitivity analysis. If progression is claimed based on clinical deterioration instead 
of tumor assessment by e.g. CT-scan, option (2) may be used for indications with high early 
progression rate or difficulties to assess the tumor due to clinical deterioration.
Situation F: New cancer therapy given: the handling of this situation must be specified in 
detail in the protocol. However, option (1) (ITT) is the recommended approach; events 
documented after the initiation of new cancer therapy will be considered for the primary 
analysis i.e. progressions and deaths documented after the initiation of new cancer therapy 
would be included as events. This will require continued follow-up for progression after the 
start of the new cancer therapy. In such cases, it is recommended that an additional sensitivity 
analysis be performed by censoring at last adequate assessment prior to initiation of new cancer 
therapy.
Option (2), i.e. censoring at last adequate assessment may be used as a sensitivity analysis. If a 
high censoring rate due to start of new cancer therapy is expected, a window of approximately 
8 weeks performed after the start of new cancer therapy can be used to calculate the date of the 
event or censoring. This should be clearly specified in the analysis plan.
In some specific settings, local treatments (e.g. radiation/surgery) may not be considered as 
cancer therapies for assessment of event/censoring in PFS/TTP/DoR analysis. For example, 
palliative radiotherapy given in the trial for analgesic purposes or for lytic lesions at risk of 
fracture will not be considered as cancer therapy for the assessment of BOR and PFS analyses. 
The protocol should clearly state the local treatments which are not considered as antineoplastic 
therapies in the PFS/TTP/DoR analysis.
The protocol should state that tumor assessments will be performed every x weeks until 
radiological progression irrespective of initiation of new antineoplastic therapy. It is strongly 
recommended that a tumor assessment is performed before the subject is switched to a new 
cancer therapy.
Additional suggestions for sensitivity analyses
Other suggestions for additional sensitivity analyses may include analyses to check for potential 
bias in follow-up schedules for tumor assessments, e.g. by assigning the dates for censoring and 
events only at scheduled visit dates. The latter could be handled by replacing in Table 16-9 the 
“Date of last adequate assessment” by the “Date of previous scheduled assessment 
(from baseline)”, with the following definition:

Date of previous scheduled assessment (from baseline) is the date when a tumor 
assessment would have taken place, if the protocol assessment scheme was strictly followed 
from baseline, immediately before or on the date of the last adequate tumor assessment.
In addition, analyses could be repeated using the investigators’ assessments of response rather 
than the calculated response. The need for these types of sensitivity analyses will depend on the 
individual requirements for the specific study and disease area and have to be specified in the 
protocol or RAP documentation.
16.4.4
Data handling and programming rules
The following section should be used as guidance for development of the protocol, data 
handling procedures or programming requirements (e.g. on incomplete dates).


Novartis
Confidential
Page 136 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.4.1 Study/project specific decisions
For each study (or project) various issues need to be addressed and specified in the protocol or 
RAP documentation. Any deviations from protocol must be discussed and defined at the latest 
in the RAP documentation.
The proposed primary analysis and potential sensitivity analyses should be discussed and 
agreed with the health authorities and documented in the protocol (or at the latest in the RAP 
documentation before database lock).
16.4.4.2 End of treatment phase completion
Subjects may voluntarily withdraw from the study treatment or may be taken off the study 
treatment at the discretion of the investigator at any time. For subjects who are lost to follow-
up, the investigator or designee should show "due diligence" by documenting in the source 
documents steps taken to contact the subject, e.g., dates of telephone calls, registered letters, 
etc.
The end of treatment visit and its associated assessments should occur within 14 days of the last 
study treatment.
Subjects may discontinue study treatment for any of the following reasons:

Adverse event(s)

Lost to follow-up

Physician decision

Pregnancy

Protocol deviation

Technical problems

Participant/guardian decision

Progressive disease

Study terminated by the sponsor

Non-compliant with study treatment

No longer requires treatment

Treatment duration completed as per protocol (optional, to be used if only a fixed number 
of cycles is given)
Death is a reason which “must” lead to discontinuation of subject from trial.
16.4.4.3 End of post-treatment follow-up (study phase completion)
End of post-treatment follow-up visit will be completed after discontinuation of study treatment 
and post-treatment evaluations but prior to collecting survival follow-up.
Subjects may provide study phase completion information for one of the following reasons:

Adverse event

Lost to follow-up

Physician decision


Novartis
Confidential
Page 137 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Pregnancy

Protocol deviation

Technical problems

Participant/guardian decision

Death

Progressive disease

Study terminated by the sponsor
16.4.4.4 Medical validation of programmed overall lesion response
In order to be as objective as possible the RECIST programmed calculated response assessment 
is very strict regarding measurement methods (i.e. any assessment with more or less sensitive 
method than the one used to assess the lesion at baseline is considered UNK) and not available 
evaluations (i.e. if any target or non-target lesion was not evaluated the whole overall lesion 
response is UNK unless remaining lesions qualified for PD). This contrasts with the slightly 
more flexible guidance given to local investigators (and to the central reviewers) to use expert 
judgment in determining response in these type of situations, and therefore as a consequence 
discrepancies between the different sources of response assessment often arise. To ensure the 
quality of response assessments from the local site and/or the central reviewer, the responses 
may be re-evaluated by clinicians (based on local investigator data recorded in eCRF or based 
on central reviewer data entered in the database) at Novartis or external experts. In addition, 
data review reports will be available to identify assessments for which the investigators’ or 
central reader’s opinion does not match the programmed calculated response based on RECIST 
criteria. This may be queried for clarification. However, the investigator or central reader’s 
response assessment will never be overruled.
If Novartis elect to invalidate an overall lesion response as evaluated by the investigator or 
central reader upon internal or external review of the data, the calculated overall lesion response 
at that specific assessment is to be kept in a dataset. This must be clearly documented in the 
RAP documentation and agreed before database lock. This dataset should be created and stored 
as part of the ‘raw’ data.
Any discontinuation due to ‘Disease progression’ without documentation of progression by 
RECIST criteria should be carefully reviewed. Only subjects with documented deterioration of 
symptoms indicative of progression of disease should have this reason for discontinuation of 
treatment or study evaluation.
16.4.4.5 Programming rules
The following should be used for programming of efficacy results:
16.4.4.5.1
Calculation of "time to event" variables
Time to event = end date - start date + 1 (in days)
When no post-baseline tumor assessments are available, the date of randomization/start of 
treatment will be used as end date (duration = 1 day) when time is to be censored at last tumor 
assessment, i.e. time to event variables can never be negative.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 138 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.4.4.5.2
Incomplete assessment dates
All investigation dates (e.g. X-ray, CT scan) must be completed with day, month and year.
If one or more investigation dates are incomplete but other investigation dates are available, 
this/these incomplete date(s) are not considered for calculation of the assessment date (and 
assessment date is calculated as outlined in Section 16.4.3.2.8 ). If all measurement dates have 
no day recorded, the 1st of the month is used.
If the month is not completed, for any of the investigations, the respective assessment will be 
considered to be at the date which is exactly between previous and following assessment. If a 
previous and following assessment is not available, this assessment will not be used for any 
calculation.
16.4.4.5.3
Incomplete dates for last known date participant alive or death
All dates must be completed with day, month and year. If the day is missing, the 15th of the 
month will be used for incomplete death dates or dates of last contact.
16.4.4.5.4
Non-target lesion response
If no non-target lesions are identified at baseline (and therefore not followed throughout the 
study), the non-target lesion response at each assessment will be considered ‘not applicable 
(NA)’.
16.4.4.5.5
Study/project specific programming
The standard analysis programs need to be adapted for each study/project.
16.4.4.5.6
Censoring reason
In order to summarize the various reasons for censoring, the following categories will be 
calculated for each time to event variable based on the treatment completion page, the study 
evaluation completion page and the survival page.
For survival the following censoring reasons are possible:

Alive

Died

Unknown
For PFS and TTP (and therefore duration of responses) the following censoring reasons are 
possible:

Ongoing without event

Lost to follow-up

Withdrew consent

Adequate assessment no longer available*

Event documented after two or more missing tumor assessments (optional, see Table 16-5)

Death due to reason other than underlying cancer (only used for TTP and duration of 
response)


Novartis
Confidential
Page 139 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202

Initiation of new anti-cancer therapy
* Adequate assessment is defined in Section 16.4.3.2.8. This reason is applicable when 
adequate evaluations are missing for a specified period prior to data cut-off (or prior to any 
other censoring reason) corresponding to the unavailability of two or more planned tumor 
assessments prior to the cut-off date. The following clarifications concerning this reason should 
also be noted:

This may be when there has been a definite decision to stop evaluation 
(e.g. reason=“Sponsor decision” on study evaluation completion page), when subjects are 
not followed for progression after treatment completion or when only UNK assessments 
are available just prior to data cut-off).

The reason "Adequate assessment no longer available" also prevails in situations when 
another censoring reason (e.g. withdrawal of consent, loss to follow-up or alternative anti-
cancer therapy) has occurred more than the specified period following the last adequate 
assessment.

This reason will also be used to censor in case of no baseline assessment.
16.4.5
References (available upon request)
Dent S, Zee B, Dancey J, et al (2001) application of a new multinomial phase II stopping rule 
using response and early progression. J Clin Oncol: 19:785-91.
Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, BogaertsJ, et al (2009) New response evaluation criteria in solid 
tumors: revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Euro JCancer; 45:228-47.
Ellis S, Carroll KJ, Pemberton K, et al (2008) Analysis of duration of response in oncology 
trials. Contemp Clin Trials; 29:456-65.
EMA Guidance: 2012 Guideline on the evaluation of anticancer medicinal products in man
FDA Guidelines: 2007 Clinical Trial Endpoints for the Approval of Cancer Drugs and Biologics, 
May 2007
Morgan TM (1988) Analysis of duration of response: a problem of oncology trials. Cont Clin 
Trials; 9: 11-18
Therasse P, Arbuck SG, Eisenhauer EA, et al (2000) New Guidelines to Evaluate the Response 
to Treatment in Solid Tumors. J Natl Cancer Inst ;, 92; 205-16
16.5
Appendix 5: List of concomitant medications
In general, the use of any concomitant medication deemed necessary for the care of the 
participant is permitted in this study, except as specifically prohibited below. Combination 
administration of study drugs could result in DDI that could potentially lead to reduced activity 
or enhanced toxicity of the concomitant medication and/or alpelisib. Please note that all lists in 
Section 16.5 are not comprehensive. Please refer to regular updated online sources and the label 
of a concomitant drug to decide whether a drug is permitted (with caution) or prohibited based 
on Section 16.5.2. In doubt, please the contact medical monitor with any questions.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 140 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
16.5.1
Permitted medication to be used with caution
This list of CYP substrates and list of inhibitors / inducers were compiled from the University 
of Washington’s Drug Interaction Database (Updated November 2020). This list is only meant 
to be used as a guide.
Table 16-10
List of CYP450 substrates to be used with caution
Category
Drug names
CYP2C9 substrates
Narrow Therapeutic index substrates of CYP2C9
(S)-Warfarin
Sensitive substrates of CYP2C9
Benzbromarone, Celecoxib, Glimepiride, Glipizide, 
(R)/(S)-Ibuprofen, Lornoxicam, Meloxicam, Piroxicam, 
Tolbutamine, (S)-Warfarin
CYP2B6 substrates
Narrow Therapeutic index substrates of CYP2B6
Not Applicable
Sensitive substrates of CYP2B6
Bupropion, Efavirenz
Selected CYP3A4 substrates
CYP3A4 substrates which are known or potential 
auto-perpetrators
Clarithromycin, Conivaptan, Encorafenib, Erythromycin, 
Diltiazem, Mifepriston, Ribociclib, Telthromycin, 
Troleandomycin, Verapamil
Sensitive substrates: Drugs that exhibit an AUC ratio (AUCi/AUC) of 5-fold or more when co-administered with a 
known potent inhibitor.
Substrates with narrow therapeutic index : Drugs whose exposure-response indicates that increases in their 
exposure levels by the concomitant use of potent inhibitors may lead to serious safety concerns (e.g. Torsades de 
Pointes, QT prolongation).
CYP3A4 substrates which are auto-perpetrators: Based on Novartis internal assessment
16.5.2
Prohibited Medication
Strong inducers of CYP3A4
This list of CYP inducers was compiled from the University of Washington’s Drug Interaction 
Database (Updated November 2020). This list is only meant to be used as a guide.
Table 16-11
List of prohibited strong inducers of CYP3A
Category
Drug Name
Strong CYP3A 
Inducers
Apalutamide, Avasimibe1, Carbamazepine, Enzalutamide, Ivosidenib, Lumacaftor, Mitotane, 
Phenobarbital, Phenytoin, Rifapentine, Rifampin (Rifampicin), St. John's wort (hypericum 
perforatum)1
1 Herbal product
Inhibitors of BCRP
The table encompasses only drugs and molecular entities for which inhibition of BCRP has 
been investigated and/or formally shown in vivo in a clinical DDI study. Please note that this is 
not an exhaustive list and only meant to be used as a guide. When in doubt, refer to the 
prescribing information of the drug to assess whether a potential for BCRP inhibition is 
described.


Novartis
Confidential
Page 141 of 141
Amended Protocol V01 (Clean)
Protocol No. CBYL719C2202
Table 16-12
List of prohibited BCRP inhibitors
Category
Drug Name
BCRP inhibitors -
Evidence for DDI 
potential shown in vivo
Atazanavir/ritonavir1,2, Elvitegravir/cobicistat1,2, Lopinavir/ritonavir1,2, 
Tipranavir/ritonavir1,2, Curcumin1,2, Cyclosporine1,2, Daclatasvir1,2, Eltrombopag1,2, 
Gefitinib2, Lapatinib1, Ledipasvir2, Pantoprazole1,2, Paritepravir2, Tipranavir2
1Lee et al 2015
2 Novartis PK Sciences DDI List (January, 2018)

SAP_001.pdf: 
Clinical Development
BYL719/Alpelisib
CBYL719C2202 / NCT04899349
EPIK-B4: A Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, 
active-controlled study to assess the safety and efficacy of 
dapagliflozin + metformin XR versus metformin XR during 
treatment with alpelisib (BYL719) in combination with 
fulvestrant in participants with HR+, HER2-, advanced 
Breast Cancer with a PIK3CA mutation following 
progression on/after endocrine-based therapy
Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP)
Author:
Trial Statistician
Document type:
SAP Documentation
Document status:
Final
Release date:
29-Mar-2023
Number of pages:
33
Property of Novartis
For business use only
May not be used, divulged, published or otherwise disclosed
without the consent of Novartis
Template Version 4.0, Effective from 23-Apr-2021


Novartis
For business use only
Page 2
SAP
CBYL719C2202
Document History – Changes compared to previous final version of SAP
Date
Time 
point
Reason for 
update
Outcome for update
Section and title 
impacted 
(Current)
05-Oct-
2021
Prior to 
FPFV
Creation of 
final version
N/A - First version
NA
29-Mar-
2023
Prior to
DBL
Permanent
halt of 
recruitment 
and early 
termination of 
study
Removed primary analysis, instead 
the primary endpoint will be 
summarized descriptively. 
Reduced number of analyses and 
summaries on primary, secondary 
and safety endpoints.
Section 1-5


Novartis
For business use only
Page 3
SAP
CBYL719C2202
Table of contents
Table of contents .................................................................................................................3
List of tables ........................................................................................................................5
List of figures ......................................................................................................................5
List of abbreviations............................................................................................................6
1
Introduction .........................................................................................................................8
1.1
Study design.............................................................................................................8
1.2
Study objectives, endpoints and estimands ...........................................................10
1.2.1
Primary estimand ..................................................................................10
2
Statistical methods.............................................................................................................11
2.1
Data analysis general information .........................................................................11
2.1.1
General definitions................................................................................12
2.2
Analysis sets ..........................................................................................................15
2.2.1
Patient classification..............................................................................15
2.2.2
Withdrawal of informed consent/opposition to use data/biological 
samples..................................................................................................15
2.2.3
Subgroups of interest.............................................................................15
2.3
Participant disposition, demographics and other baseline characteristics.............16
2.3.1
Participant disposition...........................................................................16
2.3.2
Basic demographic and background data..............................................17
2.3.3
Other......................................................................................................17
2.4
Treatments (study treatment, rescue medication, concomitant therapies, 
compliance)............................................................................................................17
2.4.1
Study treatment / compliance................................................................17
2.4.2
Dose reductions, interruptions or permanent discontinuations.............17
2.5
Analysis supporting primary objective..................................................................19
2.5.1
Primary endpoint...................................................................................19
2.5.2
Statistical hypothesis, model, and method of analysis..........................19
2.5.3
Handling of intercurrent events.............................................................19
2.5.4
Handling of missing values not related to intercurrent event ...............20
2.5.5
Sensitivity analyses ...............................................................................20
2.5.6
Supplementary analyses........................................................................20
2.6
Analysis supporting secondary objectives.............................................................20
2.6.1
Secondary endpoints .............................................................................20
2.6.2
Statistical hypothesis, model, and method of analysis..........................22
2.7
Safety analyses.......................................................................................................22
2.7.1
Adverse events (AEs)............................................................................22


Novartis
For business use only
Page 4
SAP
CBYL719C2202
2.7.2
Clinical trial safety disclosure...............................................................23
2.7.3
Deaths....................................................................................................23
2.7.4
Laboratory data .....................................................................................23
2.7.5
Other safety data ...................................................................................24
25
25
2.8.2
Duration of follow-up ...........................................................................26
2.9
Interim analysis......................................................................................................26
3
Sample size calculation .....................................................................................................26
3.1
Primary endpoint(s) ...............................................................................................26
4
Change to protocol specified analyses ..............................................................................27
5
Appendix ...........................................................................................................................27
5.1
Imputation rules.....................................................................................................27
5.2
AEs coding/grading ...............................................................................................27
5.3
Laboratory parameters derivations ........................................................................27
5.4
Implementation of RECIST...................................................................................29
5.4.1
Overall lesions response for participants with only non-measurable 
lesions at baseline..................................................................................29
5.4.2
Best overall response (BOR).................................................................29
5.4.3
Disease progression...............................................................................31
5.4.4
Change in imaging modality.................................................................31
5.4.5
Determination of missing adequate assessments ..................................31
6
References .........................................................................................................................33


Novartis
For business use only
Page 5
SAP
CBYL719C2202
List of tables
Table 1-1
Objectives and related endpoints ..........................................................10
Table 2-1
Participant classification based on protocol deviations and non-PD 
criteria ...................................................................................................15
Table 2-2
Examples of Dose Reduction for alpelisib............................................18
Table 2-3
ECOG Performance Scale.....................................................................21
Table 2-4
Time windows for ECOG PS assessments............................................21
Table 2-5
Clinically notable ECG values..............................................................24
Table 2-6
Clinically notable changes in vital signs...............................................25
Table 3-1
Sensitivity of power to changes in assumptions for N=124..................26
Table 5-2
Schedule for tumor assessment and time windows...............................31
List of figures
Figure 1-1
Study design............................................................................................9
Figure 1-2
Study flow...............................................................................................9


Novartis
For business use only
Page 6
SAP
CBYL719C2202
List of abbreviations
AE
Adverse event
AESI
Adverse event of Special Interest
ALP
Alkaline phosphatase
ALT
Alanine aminotransferase
AST
Aspartate aminotransferase
ATC
Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical
BMI
Body mass index
BOR
Best overall response
CBR
Clinical benefit rate
CI
Confidence Interval
CR
Complete response
CRF
Case Report Form
CRS
Case retrieval strategy
CSR
Clinical Study Report
CTC
Common Toxicity Criteria
CTCAE
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
DI
Dose Intensity
DRL
Drug Reference Listing
ECHO
Echocardiogram
ECG
Electrocardiogram
ECOG
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
FAS
Full analysis set
FPFV
First patient first visit
GI
Gastrointestinal
HLGT
High level group term
HLT
High level terms
HR
Hormone Receptor
IRT
Interactive Response Technology
ITT
Intent To Treat
LPLV
Last patient last visit
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
MRI
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
NCI
National Cancer Institute
NE
Not evaluable
OL
Open-label
ORR 
Overall response rate 
PD
Progressive disease
PDI
Planned dose intensity
PFS
Progression-free survival
PIK3CA
Phosphoinositide-3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha


Novartis
For business use only
Page 7
SAP
CBYL719C2202
PR
Partial response
PT
Preferred term
QTcF
Corrected QT interval (corrected by Fridericia's formula)
RDI
Relative dose intensity
RECIST
Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors
SAE
Serious adverse event
SAP
Statistical Analysis Plan
SD
Stable disease
SMQ
Standardized MedDRA queries
SOC
System organ class
TA
Tumor assessment
TBIL
Total bilirubin
UNK
Unknown
WHO
World Health Organization
XR
Extended Release


Novartis
For business use only
Page 8
SAP
CBYL719C2202
1
Introduction
This document describes the detailed statistical methodology to be used for the clinical study 
report (CSR) for the analysis of study CBYL719C2202, a Phase II, multicenter, randomized, 
open-label, active-controlled trial designed to assess the safety and efficacy of the combination 
of dapagliflozin plus metformin XR compared to metformin XR alone during treatment with 
alpelisib plus fulvestrant in participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast 
cancer with a PIK3CA mutation following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy. 
The content of this SAP is based on the CBYL719C2202 protocol amendment 1 released on 
06-Aug-2021. All decisions regarding analyses, as defined in this document, have been made 
prior to the database lock. Due to the permanent halt of recruitment and early termination of 
study, the primary analysis will not be conducted. Further changes to the protocol specified 
analyses are listed in Section 4.
CSR deliverables (shells for tables, figures, listings) and further programming specifications 
are described in the Tables, Figures & Listings (TFL) shells and Programming Datasets 
Specification (PDS), respectively.
Statistical Outputs and corresponding data structures required for Clinical Disclosure of Trial 
Results will also be described in the Tables, Figures & Listings (TFL) shells and Programming 
Datasets Specification (PDS), respectively.
1.1
Study design
Study CBYL719C2202 is a Phase II, multicenter, randomized, open-label, active-controlled 
trial designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the combination of dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to metformin XR alone during treatment with alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant, in participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a 
PIK3CA mutation following progression on or after endocrine-based therapy. The study will 
only include participants who have at least one of the following baseline risk factors for the 
development of severe hyperglycemia:

Diabetes (fasting plasma glucose (FPG) ≥ 126 mg/dL or ≥ 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c ≥ 
6.5%)

Pre-diabetes (FPG ≥ 100 mg/dL to < 126 mg/dL or 5.6 to < 7.0 mmol/L and/or HbA1c 5.7 
to < 6.5%)

Obesity (BMI ≥ 30)

Age ≥ 75 years
Approximately 132 participants was planned to be randomly assigned to one of the following 
treatment arms in a 1:1 ratio to receive either:

Arm A: Alpelisib + fulvestrant + dapagliflozin + metformin XR

Arm B: Alpelisib + fulvestrant + metformin XR
Randomization to treatment will be stratified by diabetic status at baseline, i.e., normal vs pre-
diabetic/diabetic (based on FPG and/or HbA1c laboratory values).


Novartis
For business use only
Page 9
SAP
CBYL719C2202
The primary analysis will not be performed due to the permanent halt of recruitment and early 
termination of study. Only a final descriptive analysis will be conducted at the end of study (see 
Protocol Section 9.3).
No Data Monitoring Committee is planned for this study.
Figure 1-1
Study design
Figure 1-2
Study flow


Novartis
For business use only
Page 10
SAP
CBYL719C2202
1.2
Study objectives, endpoints and estimands
Objectives and related endpoints are described in Table 1-1 below.
Table 1-1
Objectives and related endpoints
Objective(s)
Endpoint(s)
Primary objective(s)
Endpoint(s) for primary objective(s)

To evaluate the reduction in severe hyperglycemia 
events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR

Occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
(grade ≥ 3, based on glucose 
laboratory values) over the first eight 
weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant 
treatment (from C1D8 to C3D8)
Secondary objective(s)
Endpoint(s) for secondary objective(s)

To evaluate alpelisib plus fulvestrant with 
prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with 
prophylactic metformin XR with regard to 
preliminary efficacy parameters

PFS, ORR with confirmed response 
and CBR with confirmed response, 
based on local radiology 
assessments and using RECIST 1.1 
criteria

To assess the safety and tolerability

Safety: Incidence, type, and severity 
of adverse events per CTCAE version 
4.03 criteria including changes in 
laboratory values, ECOG, vital signs, 
liver assessments, renal and cardiac 
assessments
Tolerability: dose interruptions, 
reductions, dose intensity, and 
duration of exposure for all drug 
components
1.2.1
Primary estimand
The estimand is the precise description of the treatment effect and reflects strategies to address 
events occurring during trial conduct which could impact the interpretation of the trial results 
(e.g., premature discontinuation of treatment).
The primary scientific question of interest is: what is the effect on the occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia (based on glucose laboratory values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus 
metformin XR compared to alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR, for 
participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a PIK3CA mutation, 
which progressed on or after endocrine-based therapy and have at least one risk factor for severe 
hyperglycemia, regardless of additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed?


Novartis
For business use only
Page 11
SAP
CBYL719C2202
The justification for targeting this treatment effect is that we wish to assess the treatment effect 
based on the occurrence of severe hyperglycemia while the participants are exposed to alpelisib 
plus fulvestrant as well as after the discontinuation and interruption of prophylactic 
antihyperglycemic therapies, since any discontinuation or interruption will reflect clinical 
practice.
The primary estimand is characterized by the following attributes:
1. Population: participants with HR-positive, HER2-negative advanced breast cancer with a 
PIK3CA mutation, who progressed on or after endocrine-based therapy and have at least 
one risk factor for severe hyperglycemia; randomized and received at least one dose of 
study treatment.
Note: at least one dose of study treatment refers to at least one dose of any component of 
alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR or metformin XR.
2. Treatment: the first study treatment is alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic 
dapagliflozin plus metformin XR (plus additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed). 
The second study treatment is alpelisib plus fulvestrant with prophylactic metformin XR 
(plus additional antihyperglycemic therapies as needed).
3. Variable: occurrence of severe hyperglycemia (Grade ≥ 3, based on glucose laboratory 
values) over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 
8 to Cycle 3 Day 8). Further details are provided in Section 2.5.1.
4. Handling of remaining intercurrent events:

Discontinuation of alpelisib for any reason or not receiving any alpelisib will be 
handled using treatment policy strategy.

Discontinuation and/or interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic therapies for 
any reason will be handled using treatment policy strategy.

Dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib for any reason will be handled using 
treatment policy strategy.
Details on how to handle intercurrent events are provided in Section 2.5.3.
5. Summary measure: difference between treatment arms in percentage of participants with 
severe hyperglycemia.
Note: the primary analysis will not be performed due to the permanent halt of recruitment 
and early termination of study. Further details on the summary measure are provided in 
Section 2.5.2.
2
Statistical methods
2.1
Data analysis general information
The analyses will be performed by Novartis. SAS version 9.4 or later will be used to perform 
all data analyses and to generate tables, figures, and listings.
Data included in the analysis
For the analysis, a cut-off date will be established after the follow-up has been documented. 
All statistical analyses will be performed using all data collected in the database up to the data


Novartis
For business use only
Page 12
SAP
CBYL719C2202
cut-off date. All data with an assessment date or event start date (e.g. vital sign assessment
date or start date of an adverse event) prior to or on the cut-off date will be included in the
analysis. Any data collected beyond the cut-off date will not be included in the analysis and 
will not be used for any derivations.
All events with start date before or on the cut-off date and end date after the cut-off date will be 
reported as ‘ongoing’. The same rule will be applied to events starting before or on the cut-off 
date and not having documented end date. This approach applies, in particular, to adverse event 
and concomitant medication reports. For these cases, the end date will not be imputed and 
therefore will not appear in the listings.
General analysis conventions
Pooling of centers: Unless specified otherwise, data from all study centers will be pooled for 
the analysis. Due to expected small number of participants enrolled at centers, no center effect 
will be assessed.
Qualitative data (e.g., gender, race, etc.) will be summarized by means of contingency tables
by treatment group; a missing category will be included as applicable. Percentages will be
calculated using the number of participants in the relevant population or subgroup as the
denominator.
Quantitative data (e.g., age, body weight, etc.) will be summarized by appropriate descriptive 
statistics (i.e. mean, standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum) by treatment group.
2.1.1
General definitions 
2.1.1.1
Investigational drug and study treatment
Study treatment will refer to both alpelisib + fulvestrant + dapagliflozin + metformin XR and 
alpelisib + fulvestrant + metformin XR.
2.1.1.2
Date of first administration of study treatment component
The date of first administration is defined as the first date when a non-zero dose of that
component of study treatment is administered and recorded on “Study Treatment” eCRF (for 
fulvestrant) or “Study Treatment Summary” eCRF (for alpelisib/dapagliflozin/metformin XR)
for that component of study treatment.
2.1.1.3
Date of last administration of study treatment component
The date of last administration is defined as the last date when a non-zero dose of that
component of study treatment is administered and recorded on the “Study Treatment” eCRF 
(for fulvestrant) or “Study Treatment Summary” eCRF (for alpelisib/dapagliflozin/metformin 
XR) for that component of study treatment.
2.1.1.4
Date of first administration of study treatment
The date of first administration of study treatment is defined as the first date when a non-zero 
dose of any component of study treatment (alpelisib or fulvestrant or dapagliflozin or metformin 
XR) is administered. The date of first administration of study treatment will also be referred to 
as the start of study treatment.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 13
SAP
CBYL719C2202
For example: if the first dose of alpelisib is administered on 08-Jan-2022, first dose of 
fulvestrant is administered on 01-Jan-2022, and first dose of dapagliflozin and metformin XR 
is taken on 03-Jan-2022, then the date of first administration of study treatment is 01-Jan-2022.
2.1.1.5
Date of last administration of study treatment
The date of last administration of study treatment is defined as the last date when a non-zero 
dose of any component of the study treatment (alpelisib or fulvestrant or dapagliflozin or 
metformin XR) is administered.
For example: if the last dose of alpelisib and fulvestrant is administered on 15-Apr-2022, and 
the last dose of dapagliflozin and metformin XR is taken on 17-Apr-2022, then the date of last 
administration of study treatment is on 17-Apr-2022.
2.1.1.6
Study day
The study day describes the day of the event or assessment date, relative to the reference start 
date. 
The reference start date is designated as Study Day 1. Study Day –1 is the day that precedes 
Day 1. Study Day 0 is not defined. Study day is not to be used in numerical computations, for 
example in calculating exposure.
The study day will be calculated as follows:

The date of the event (visit date, onset date of an event, assessment date etc.) -
reference start date + 1 if the event is on or after the reference start date;

The date of the event (visit date, onset date of an event, assessment date etc.) -
reference start date if the event precedes the reference start date.
The reference start date for safety assessments (e.g. adverse event onset, laboratory 
abnormality occurrence, vital sign measurement, dose interruption etc.) is the start of study 
treatment.
The reference start date for all other, non-safety assessments (i.e., tumor assessment, disease 
progression, tumor response and ECOG performance status) is the date of randomization.
(Example: if randomization date is 15-Dec-2021, start of study treatment is on 18-Dec-2021, 
and the date of death is 28-Dec-2021, then the study day when the death occurred is 14).
The study day will be displayed in data listings. If an event starts before the reference start date,
the study day displayed on the listing will be negative.
2.1.1.7
Time Unit
A year length is defined as 365.25 days. A month length is 30.4375 days (365.25/12). If duration 
is reported in months, duration in days will be divided by 30.4375.  If duration is  reported in 
years, duration in days will be divided by 365.25.
2.1.1.8
Baseline
For efficacy evaluations, the last available assessment, including unscheduled assessments, on 
or before the date of randomization is taken as the “baseline” value or “baseline” assessment. 
In the context of baseline definition, the efficacy evaluations also include ECOG performance 


Novartis
For business use only
Page 14
SAP
CBYL719C2202
status. For RECIST-based endpoints only, including PFS, ORR and CBR, a window of 7 days 
after the start of study treatment will be allowed, i.e. the investigator assessed responses will be 
considered as a candidate for the baseline assessment if the assessment is within 7 days after 
the treatment start date. 
For safety evaluations (i.e. laboratory assessments, ECGs and vital signs), the last available 
assessment, including unscheduled assessments, on or before the start date of study treatment 
as described in Section 2.1.1.4 is taken as “baseline” assessment. Assessments specified to be 
collected post-dose on the first date of treatment are not considered as baseline values.
If participants have no value as defined above, the baseline result will be considered missing.
2.1.1.9
On-treatment assessment/event
An on-treatment assessment event is defined as any assessment event in the following time 
interval:

[date of first administration of study treatment; date of last administration of study 
treatment + 30 days], i.e. including the lower and upper limits
Note: the calculation of study treatment duration will use different rules as specified in Section 
2.4.2.
Safety summaries and selected summaries of deaths will summarize only on-treatment 
assessments/events. 
An AE starting in the screening phase and ongoing in the on-treatment phase will not be 
considered an on-treatment AE unless it has worsened in severity.  
If the last date of study treatment is missing, any assessment/event occurring after the start date 
of study treatment will be considered as on-treatment.
Data listings will include all assessments/events, flagging those which are not on-treatment 
assessments/events.
Note: The date of first administration of study treatment and the date of last administration of 
study treatment are defined in Section 2.1.1.4 and Section 2.1.1.5, respectively.
2.1.1.10 Windows for multiple assessments 
In order to summarize ECOG and other data collected over time (including unscheduled visits), 
the assessments will be time slotted. The following general rule will be applied in creating the 
assessment windows (except for ECOG, see Section 2.6.1 for ECOG-specific rules): If more
than one assessment is done within the same time window, the assessment performed closest to
the target date will be used. If 2 assessments within a time window are equidistant from the 
target date, then the earlier of the 2  assessments will be used. If multiple assessments on the 
same date then the worst case will be used. Data from all assessments (scheduled and 
unscheduled), including multiple assessments, will be listed.
Time windows for ECOG assessments is listed in Table 2-4.  


Novartis
For business use only
Page 15
SAP
CBYL719C2202
2.2
Analysis sets
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) is comprised of all participants to whom study treatment has been 
assigned by randomization. According to the intent to treat principle, participants will be 
analyzed according to the treatment and strata they have been assigned to during the 
randomization procedure. The FAS will be the population for all efficacy analyses.
The Safety Set includes all participants who received at least one dose of study treatment (i.e. 
at least one dose of any component of alpelisib, fulvestrant, dapagliflozin + metformin XR, 
metformin XR). Participants will be analyzed according to the study treatment received, where 
treatment received is defined as the randomized treatment if the participant took at least one 
dose of that treatment or the first treatment received if the randomized treatment was never 
received. The safety set will be the analysis set for all safety analyses.
2.2.1
Patient classification
Participants may be excluded from the analysis sets defined above based on the protocol 
deviations entered in the database and/or on specific participant classification rules defined in 
Table 2-1. 
Table 2-1
Participant classification based on protocol deviations and non-PD 
criteria
Analysis set
Protocol deviation criteria 
leading to exclusion
Non-protocol deviation 
criteria leading to exclusion
FAS 
No written informed consent
Not applicable
Safety set
No written informed consent
No dose of study treatment
2.2.2
Withdrawal of informed consent/opposition to use data/biological 
samples
Any data collected in the clinical database after a participant withdraws informed consent/
opposition to use data/biological samples from all further participation in the trial, will not be 
included in any analysis. The date on which a participant withdraws full consent is recorded in 
the eCRF. When an end of treatment visit occurs after withdrawal of informed 
consent/opposition to use data/biological samples, the end of treatment disposition status and 
reasons are retained.
Additional data for which there is a separate informed consent (such as pregnancy outcomes 
reporting consent, if applicable), collected in the clinical database without having obtained that 
consent will not be included in the analysis.
Any data that will be excluded will be identified by the presence of the appropriate protocol 
deviation criterion.
2.2.3
Subgroups of interest
No subgroup analysis will be performed. 


Novartis
For business use only
Page 16
SAP
CBYL719C2202
2.3
Participant disposition, demographics and other baseline 
characteristics
Demographic data will be summarized descriptively by treatment group for the FAS. 
Categorical data will be presented as frequencies and percentages. For continuous data, mean, 
standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum will be presented. For selected parameters, 
25th and 75th percentiles will also be presented.
2.3.1
Participant disposition
Enrollment by country and center will be summarized for all screened participants and also
by treatment group using the FAS. The number (%) of randomized and treated participants 
included in the FAS will be presented overall and by treatment group. The number (%) of 
screened but not-randomized participants and the reasons for screening failure will also be 
displayed. The number (%) of participants in the FAS who are still on treatment, who 
discontinued the study phases and the reason for discontinuation will be presented overall and 
by treatment group.
The following summaries will be provided (with % based on the total number of FAS 
participants):

Number (%) of participants who were randomized (based on data from IRT system)

Number (%) of participants who were randomized but not treated (based on ‘Study 
Treatment’ and “Study Treatment Summary” eCRF not completed for any study treatment 
component)

Primary reason for not being treated (based on ‘Treatment disposition’ eCRF)

Number (%) of participants who were treated (based on ‘Study Treatment” or “Study 
Treatment Summary” eCRF of each study treatment component completed with 
non-zero dose administered)

Number (%) of participants who are still on-treatment (based on the ‘Treatment 
disposition’ eCRF not completed); 

Number (%) of participants who discontinued the study treatment phase (based on 
the ‘Treatment disposition’ eCRF) 

Primary reason for study treatment phase discontinuation (based on the ‘Treatment 
disposition’ and ‘Subject status’ eCRFs)

Number (%) of participants who have entered the post-treatment follow-up (based on the 
‘Treatment disposition’ and ‘Subject status’ eCRFs));

Number (%) of participants who have discontinued from the post-treatment follow-
up (based on the ‘Post-treatment follow-up disposition’ eCRF);

Reasons for discontinuation from the post-treatment follow-up (based on Post-
treatment follow-up disposition’ eCRF);
Protocol deviations
All protocol deviations will be listed.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 17
SAP
CBYL719C2202
2.3.2
Basic demographic and background data
All demographic data will be summarized and listed for the FAS by treatment group. 
Categorical data (e.g. race) will be summarized by frequency counts and percentages; the 
number and percentage of participants with missing data will be provided. Continuous data (e.g. 
age, weight, etc.) will be summarized by descriptive statistics (N, mean, standard deviation, 
median, minimum and maximum). BMI (kg/m2) will be calculated as weight[kg] / (height[m]2) 
using weight at baseline.
2.3.3
Other
All data collected at baseline will be listed as appropriate.
2.4
Treatments (study treatment, rescue medication, concomitant 
therapies, compliance)
2.4.1
Study treatment / compliance
Listings of each component of study treatment with dose reductions, interruptions or permanent 
discontinuations, and the reasons will be provided by treatment group based on the safety set. 
Details of the derivations and summaries are provided in the following sections.
2.4.2
Dose reductions, interruptions or permanent discontinuations
Dose administered (mg) and dosing frequency from the “Study Treatment” or “Study Treatment 
Summary” eCRF of each component of study treatment will be used to determine the dose 
reductions, titrations and interruptions.
‘Dose permanently discontinued’ box ticked from the “Study Treatment” or “Study Treatment 
Summary” eCRF of each component of study treatment will be used to determine permanent 
discontinuation. 
Dose reductions 
For alpelisib, a dose reduction is defined as a decrease in dose from the previous non-zero dose 
to another non-zero dose less than the protocol planned starting dose, even if this decrease has 
been directly preceded by an interruption. For example, in the sequence 300 mg daily to 0 mg 
to 250 mg daily, the 250 mg dose will be counted as a reduction. On the other hand, if the dose 
decrease is followed by an interruption, with the dose resuming at the same level prior to the 
interruption (e.g. in the sequence 250 mg daily to 0 mg to 250 mg daily), the second dose 
decrease will not be counted as dose reduction.
If, due to a dosing error, a participant receives a higher than planned starting dose and moves 
down to the planned starting dose then this is not considered a dose reduction. However if the 
dose change is from a higher than planned starting dose down to a lower than protocol planned 
starting dose, then this is considered a dose reduction (e.g. in the sequence: 350 mg daily to 300 
mg daily to 250 mg daily; 250 mg is considered a dose reduction).
If, due to a dosing error, a participant receives a lower than previous non-zero dose and resumes 
later at the protocol specified dose reduction, then the lower dose received due to dosing error


Novartis
For business use only
Page 18
SAP
CBYL719C2202
and protocol specified dose reduction are dose reductions (e.g. in the sequence 300 mg daily to
200 mg daily to 250 mg daily, then 200 mg and 250 mg are considered dose reductions).
If, due to a dosing error, a participant receives a lower than previous non-zero dose and resumes 
later at a lower than previous non-zero dose, then 2 dose reductions will be counted (e.g. in the 
sequence 300 mg daily to 250 mg daily to 200 mg daily, 250 mg and 200 mg are dose 
reductions).  
For fulvestrant, dapagliflozin and metformin XR, the reduction counting rules from above apply. 
Table 2-2
Examples of Dose Reduction for alpelisib
Sequence
Reduction
With dose change
300 mg daily to 250 mg daily to 0 mg to 250 mg daily 1 reduction (the 1st 250 mg)
300 mg daily to 300 mg daily to 0 mg to 250 mg daily
1 reduction (250 mg)
300 mg daily to 0 mg to 250 mg daily
1 reduction (250 mg)
With interruption 
300 mg daily to 0 mg to 300 mg daily 
0 reductions 
With dosing error
300 mg daily to 250 mg daily to 200 mg daily* 
2 reductions (250 mg, 200 mg)
300 mg daily to 200 mg daily* to 300 mg daily
1 reduction (200 mg)
300 mg daily to 200 mg daily* to 250 mg daily
2 reductions (200 mg, 250 mg)
300 mg daily to 400 mg daily* to 350 mg daily*
0 reductions since 400 mg and 350 
mg are dose escalations not reduction
300 mg daily to 150 mg daily* to 300 mg daily
1 reduction (150 mg)
With dosing error at the 1st administration
150 mg daily* to 300 mg daily
1 reduction (150 mg)
150 mg daily* to 0 mg to 150 mg daily* to 300 mg 
daily
1 reduction (150 mg)
150 mg daily* to 300 mg daily to 0 mg to 250 mg 
daily
2 reductions (150 mg and 250 mg)
*dosing error
Dose interruptions
An interruption is defined as a 0 mg dose on one or more days between two non-zero dosing 
records. Any two or more consecutive zero doses of alpelisib (e.g. in the sequence 300 mg daily 
to 0 mg to 0 mg to 300 mg daily) or other study treatment component (fulvestrant, dapagliflozin 
or metformin XR) will be counted as 1 interruption if the reasons for these two consecutive 
dose interruption are the same. It will be counted as two different interruptions only if the 
reasons are different. For participants who have dose interruption checked in the eCRF but 


Novartis
For business use only
Page 19
SAP
CBYL719C2202
never resume with a non-zero dose, the dose interruption will not be counted. For example, in 
the sequence of 300 mg daily to 0 mg (dose interruption) to 0 mg (dose permanently 
discontinued), the 0 mg (dose interruption) will not be counted as a dose interruption. 
Note: The last zero dose of any study treatment component at permanent discontinuation is not 
considered as a dose interruption. 
2.5
Analysis supporting primary objective
The primary objective is to determine whether prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR 
compared to prophylactic metformin XR alone reduces the occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus fulvestrant treatment (from Cycle 1 Day 8 to 
Cycle 3 Day 8).
2.5.1
Primary endpoint
The primary endpoint (variable attribute of the primary estimand; refer to Section 1.2.1) is the 
occurrence of severe (Grade ≥ 3) hyperglycemia over the first eight weeks of alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant treatment, defined as any glucose laboratory values > 250 mg/dL (> 13.9 mmol/L) 
from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8. 
Note: assessments from Cycle 1 Day 5 up to Cycle 3 Day 11 are allowed due to the 3-day visit
window (Protocol Section 8).
2.5.2
Statistical hypothesis, model, and method of analysis
The primary analysis to assess the difference in the percentage of participants with severe 
hyperglycemia between the two treatment arms will not be conducted. 
The occurrence of severe hyperglycemia from Cycle 1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8 documented 
after the initiation of additional antihyperglycemic therapies will be counted for the primary 
endpoint summary (refer to Section 1.2.1 for more information on primary estimand).
The primary endpoint will be summarized based on the Safety Set according to the treatment 
participants actually received. The percentage of participants with severe hyperglycemia per 
treatment arm will be summarized without confidence intervals.
2.5.3
Handling of intercurrent events
The primary estimand will account for different intercurrent events as explained in the 
following:
1. Discontinuation of alpelisib or not receiving any alpelisib: occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia events collected after discontinuation of alpelisib or without any exposure 
to alpelisib will be used for the primary endpoint summary (treatment policy strategy)
2. Discontinuation and/or interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic therapies: 
occurrence of severe hyperglycemia events collected after discontinuation and/or 
interruption of prophylactic antihyperglycemic therapies will be used for the primary 
endpoint summary (treatment policy strategy)


Novartis
For business use only
Page 20
SAP
CBYL719C2202
3. Dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib: occurrence of severe hyperglycemia 
events collected after dose interruption and/or reduction of alpelisib will be used for the 
primary endpoint summary (treatment policy strategy)
2.5.4
Handling of missing values not related to intercurrent event
Missing data will not be imputed. 
2.5.5
Sensitivity analyses
Not applicable.
2.5.6
Supplementary analyses
Not applicable. 
2.6
Analysis supporting secondary objectives
The secondary objectives are to compare the two treatment groups with respect to PFS, and to 
evaluate the overall response rate (ORR) and clinical benefit rate (CBR). The analyses will be 
based on FAS and will include all data observed up-to the cut-off date.
No inferential testing is planned for secondary endpoints.
2.6.1
Secondary endpoints
2.6.1.1
Progression-free survival (PFS)
PFS will not be analyzed due to the permanent halt of recruitment and early termination of 
study.
Overall response rate (ORR)
ORR with confirmed response is defined as the proportion of participants with BOR of 
confirmed complete response (CR) or confirmed partial response (PR), as per local review and
according to RECIST 1.1 (see Section 16.4 of the study protocol) and Section 5.4.2 of this 
document. 
ORR with confirmed response will be calculated based on the FAS. Participants with only non-
measurable disease at baseline will be included in the numerator if they achieve a complete 
response. Only tumor assessments performed before the start of any further anti-neoplastic 
therapies (i.e. any additional anti-neoplastic therapy or surgery) and within 30 days after the 
last administration of study treatment will be considered in the assessment of best overall 
response. 
Further anti-neoplastic therapies will be identified from the data collected on the “Concomitant 
Antineoplastic Therapy” eCRFs with indication “Breast Cancer”. Palliative radiotherapy is the 
only setting of radiotherapy allowed during the study. Therefore, palliative radiotherapy will 
not be considered as an anti-neoplastic therapy for assessment of BOR. Continuation of 
combination partner therapy alone after end of study treatment will also not be considered as a 
new anti-neoplastic therapy.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 21
SAP
CBYL719C2202
Clinical benefit rate (CBR)
CBR with confirmed response is defined as the proportion of participants with a best overall 
response of confirmed complete response (CR) or confirmed partial response (PR), or an overall 
response of stable disease (SD) lasting for at least 24 weeks. CR, PR, and SD are defined as per 
local review according to RECIST 1.1 (see Section 16.4 of the study protocol). A participant
will be considered to have SD for 24 weeks or longer if a SD response is recorded at 24-1=23 
weeks or later from randomization, allowing for the ±1 week visit window for tumor 
assessments. Participants with only non-measurable disease at baseline will be included in the 
numerator only if they achieve a complete response or have a ‘Non-CR/Non-PD’ response at 
24-1=23 weeks or later from randomization. 
ECOG performance status
The ECOG PS scale (Table 2-3) will be used to assess physical health of participants, ranging 
from 0 (most active) to 5 (least active):
Table 2-3
ECOG Performance Scale
Score
Description
0
Fully active, able to carry on all pre-disease performance without restriction
1
Restricted in physically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out 
work of a light or sedentary nature, e.g., light house work, office work
2
Ambulatory and capable of all self-care but unable to carry out any work activities. 
Up and about more than  50% of waking hours
3
Capable of only limited self-care, confined to bed or chair more than 50% of 
waking hours
4
Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any self-care. Totally confined to bed or 
chair
5
Dead
The intervals in Table 2-4 will be used to group the ECOG PS data over time. Day in columns 
2 and 3 is defined as date of ECOG PS assessment date – randomization date + 1. The 
correspondence with Day in column 1 assumes that a participant is treated on the day of 
randomization; however the definition of Day in columns 2 and 3 still applies if this is not the 
case, i.e. randomization date is taken as the reference for the windows.
Table 2-4
Time windows for ECOG PS assessments
Assessment
Target day of assessment
Time Interval
Baseline
≤Day 1
Cycle 2 Day 1
29
Day 2 to day 42
Cycle 3 Day 1
57
Day 43 to day 70
Cycle 4 Day 1
85
Day 71 to day 98
Cycle k Day 1 (k≥5)
d=(k-1)*28+1
Day d-14 to day d+13
End of Treatment
Assessment taken at the end 
of treatment visit


Novartis
For business use only
Page 22
SAP
CBYL719C2202
If more than one assessment is done within the same time window, the assessment performed 
closest to the target date will be used. If 2 assessments within a time window are equidistant 
from the target date, then the worst of the 2 assessments will be used.
2.6.2
Statistical hypothesis, model, and method of analysis
PFS
PFS will not be analyzed due to the permanent halt of recruitment and early termination of study.
ORR/CBR
Overall responses data will be listed. 
ECOG performance status
ECOG data will be listed by treatment group and assessment time point.
2.7
Safety analyses
For all safety analyses, the safety set will be used. All listings and tables will be presented by 
treatment group.
Safety summaries (tables, figures) include only data from the on-treatment period with the 
exception of baseline data which will also be summarized where appropriate (e.g. change from 
baseline summaries). In addition, a separate summary for deaths including on treatment and 
post treatment deaths will be provided.
The on-treatment period lasts from the date of first administration of study treatment to 30 days 
after the date of the last actual administration of any study treatment.
The overall observation period will be divided into three mutually exclusive segments:
1. Pre-treatment period: from day of participant’s informed consent to the day before first 
dose of study treatment
2. On-treatment period: from day of first dose of study treatment to 30 days after last dose of 
study treatment
3. Post-treatment period: starting at day 31 after last dose of study treatment.
2.7.1
Adverse events (AEs)
Summary tables for adverse events (AEs) will include only AEs that started or worsened during 
the on-treatment period, the treatment-emergent AEs. However, all safety data (including those 
from the pre and post-treatment periods) will be listed and those collected during the pre-
treatment and post-treatment period are to be flagged. All information obtained on adverse 
events will be displayed by treatment group.
The number (and percentage) of participants with treatment emergent adverse events will be 
summarized by treatment, system organ class, preferred term and maximum severity. A 
participant with multiple grades for an AE will be summarized under the maximum grade 
recorded for the event. AEs with a missing CTCAE grade will be included in the ‘All grades’ 
column of the summary tables.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 23
SAP
CBYL719C2202
A participant with multiple adverse events within a system organ class is only counted once 
towards the total of the system organ class.
Separate summaries will be provided for serious adverse events if there are serious adverse 
events reported.
In AE summaries the system organ class will be presented alphabetically and the preferred terms 
will be sorted within SOC in descending frequency. The sort order for the preferred term will 
be based on their frequency in the dapagliflozin plus metformin XR treatment group.
The frequency of grade 3 and above AEs will be summarized separately.
All AEs, deaths, and serious adverse events (including those from the pre and post-treatment 
periods) will be listed by treatment group and those collected during the pre-treatment and post-
treatment period will be flagged.
2.7.2
Clinical trial safety disclosure
For the legal requirements of ClinicalTrials.gov and EudraCT, two required tables adverse 
events which are not serious adverse events and serious adverse events and SAE suspected to 
be related to study treatment will be provided by system organ class and preferred term on the
safety set.
If for the same patient, several consecutive AEs (irrespective of study treatment causality, 
seriousness and severity) occurred with the same SOC and PT:

a single occurrence will be counted if there is ≤ 1 day gap between the end date of the 
preceding AE and the start date of the consecutive AE

more than one occurrence will be counted if there is > 1 day gap between the end date 
of the preceding AE and the start date of the consecutive AE
For occurrence, the presence of at least one SAE / SAE suspected to be related to study 
treatment / non SAE has to be checked in a block e.g., among AE's in a ≤ 1 day gap block, if at 
least one SAE is occurring, then one occurrence is calculated for that SAE.
The number of deaths resulting from SAEs suspected to be related to study treatment and SAEs 
irrespective of study treatment relationship will be provided by SOC and PT.
2.7.3
Deaths
All deaths will be listed, post treatment deaths will be flagged.
2.7.4
Laboratory data
Regarding laboratory assessments, data from all sources (central and local laboratories) will be 
combined. Listing of participants with CTC grade 3 or 4 laboratory abnormalities will be 
provided.
Liver function parameters
Liver function parameters of interest in this study are total bilirubin (TBIL), ALT, AST and 
alkaline phosphatase (ALP).
The participants meeting the following categorical liver function test criteria will be listed:


Novartis
For business use only
Page 24
SAP
CBYL719C2202

ALT > 3xULN, 5xULN, 10xULN, 20xULN

AST > 3xULN, 5xULN, 10xULN, 20xULN

ALP > 1.5xULN

ALT or AST > 3xULN, 5xULN, 8xULN, 10xULN, 20xULN

TBIL > 2xULN, 3xULN
For the following combined categories (the assessments need not be concurrent, i.e. participants 
are counted based on their most extreme value for each parameter. Further medical review can
assess potential confounding factors such as, liver metastases, liver function at baseline etc.

  If AST and ALT ≤ULN at baseline    

ALT or AST >3x ULN & TBIL>2x ULN

ALT or AST >3x ULN & TBIL>2x ULN & ALP ≥2x ULN

ALT or AST >3x ULN & TBIL>2x ULN & ALP <2x ULN

  If AST and ALT > ULN at baseline    

Elevated ALT or AST (>3x Baseline value or 8x ULN) & TBIL (>2x Baseline 
value and 2x ULN)

Elevated ALT or AST (>3x Baseline value or 8x ULN) & TBIL(>2x Baseline 
value and 2x ULN) & ALP ≥2x ULN

Elevated ALT or AST (>3x Baseline value or 8x ULN) & TBIL(>2x Baseline 
value and 2x ULN) & ALP <2x ULN
Additional categories may be added to the above list based on any updates to the internal 
guidelines on collection, analysis, and presentation of liver safety data.
2.7.5
Other safety data
2.7.5.1
ECG
A listing of participants with notable ECG values will be listed by treatment group as defined 
in Table 2-5. Notable elevations include only newly occurring ECG. A newly occurring ECG 
abnormality is defined as an abnormal post-baseline ECG finding that is not present at Baseline. 
Table 2-5
Clinically notable ECG values
ECG parameter (unit) 
Clinically notable criteria 
QT, QTcF (ms) 
New > 450 and ≤ 480
New > 480 and ≤ 500
New > 500 
Increase from Baseline > 30 to ≤ 60
Increase from Baseline > 60 
PR duration (ms)
Increase from baseline >25% and  to a value > 200 
New > 200
QRS duration (ms)
Increase from baseline >25% and  to a value > 120
New > 120 
Heart Rate (bpm) 
< 50 and decrease from Baseline of > 25% 


Novartis
For business use only
Page 25
SAP
CBYL719C2202
> 100 and increase from Baseline of > 25% 
2.7.5.2
Cardiac imaging
A listing of participants with newly occurring clinically significant abnormality will be 
produced by treatment group.
2.7.5.3
Vital signs
Vital signs assessments are performed in order to characterize basic body function. The 
parameters expected to be collected include: weight, body temperature, pulse rate, and systolic 
and diastolic blood pressure.
The criteria for clinically notable abnormalities are defined in Table 2-6 below.
Table 2-6
Clinically notable changes in vital signs
Vital sign (unit)
Clinically notable criteria
above normal value 
below normal value
Systolic blood 
pressure (mmHg)
≥180 with increase from baseline of 
≥20
≤90 with decrease from baseline of 
≥20
Diastolic blood 
pressure (mmHg)
≥105 with increase from baseline of 
≥15
≤50 with decrease from baseline of 
≥15
Pulse rate (bpm)
≥100 with increase from baseline 
of >25%
≤50 with decrease from baseline of 
> 25%
Body temperature
≥39.1
-
Weight (kg)
increase ≥10% from Baseline
decrease  ≥10% from Baseline
Participants with clinically notable vital sign abnormalities will be listed by treatment group. In 
the listing, the clinically notable values will be flagged and also assessments collected later than 
30 days after the last treatment date will be flagged.
2.7.5.4
Other
Data with notable values from other tests will be listed as appropriate.
All assessments collected later than 30 days after the last treatment date will be flagged in the 
listings.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 26
SAP
CBYL719C2202
2.8.2
Duration of follow-up
Study follow-up will be summarized using the following methods: 

Summary of duration between randomization and cut-off date, which are defined as follows:
o
Randomization (recruitment) period = (Date of last participant randomized - Date 
of first participant randomized + 1) / 30.4375 (months)
o
Duration between randomization and data cut-off date = (Cut-off date – Date of 
randomization + 1) / 30.4375 (months). This item will be summarized overall.
All summaries will be reported in months. 
2.9
Interim analysis
No formal interim efficacy analysis is planned. 
3
Sample size calculation
3.1
Primary endpoint(s)
The sample size calculation is based on the primary endpoint occurrence of severe 
hyperglycemia. The hypotheses to be tested and details of the testing strategy are described in 
Section 2.5.2.
The incidence of severe hyperglycemia adverse events over the first eight weeks of alpelisib 
plus fulvestrant treatment in the study treatment arm B (i.e. prophylactic metformin XR alone) 
is assumed to be 40% based on data from the SOLAR-1 study in HR-positive, HER2-negative, 
advanced breast cancer participants with a PIK3CA mutation treated with alpelisib plus 
fulvestrant.
It is expected that treatment with prophylactic dapagliflozin plus metformin XR will result in a 
20% reduction in the incidence rate. Approximately 124 participants (62 in each arm) will be 
required to detect a 20% difference in incidence rate with 80% power using the difference of 
proportion test at a one-sided 5% level of significance (Table 3-1). Assuming a 5% dropout rate 
(participants without adequate assessment of glucose laboratory values per protocol from Cycle 
1 Day 8 to Cycle 3 Day 8) at the time of primary analysis, approximately 132 participants will 
need to be randomized to the two treatment arms in a 1:1 fashion.
Table 3-1
Sensitivity of power to changes in assumptions for N=124
Expected reduction in incidence rate
Observed reduction in incidence rate
Power
20%
30%
99.2%
25%
93.8%
20%
79.1%
15%
56.1%
10%
32.0%
5%
14.2%
Note: Simulations are performed in East 6.4 with number of simulations = 100,000 and 
randomization seed = 2020.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 27
SAP
CBYL719C2202
4
Change to protocol specified analyses
Due to the permanent halt of recruitment and early termination of study, the primary analysis 
will not be conducted. Instead, 

the primary endpoint will only be summarized descriptively without any supplementary 
analysis.

the secondary efficacy endpoint, PFS will only be listed without summaries.

the secondary efficacy endpoints ORR and CBR will only be listed without summaries.

there will be no subgroup analyses for efficacy and safety endpoints

the study treatment such as exposure and dose intensity will only be listed without 
summaries.

for safety endpoints, only adverse events, deaths and serious adverse events will be 
summarized. Other safety endpoints will only be listed for participants with notable 
values.
5
Appendix
5.1
Imputation rules
The missing or partial date imputation rules will be described in the programming datasets 
specification document.
5.2
AEs coding/grading
Adverse events are coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) 
terminology.
AEs will be graded according to the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
(CTCAE) version 4.0.3.
The CTCAE represents a comprehensive grading system for reporting the acute and late effects 
of cancer treatments. CTCAE grading is by definition a 5-point scale generally corresponding 
to mild, moderate, severe, life threatening, and death. 
If CTCAE grading does not exist for an adverse event, grades 1 – 5 corresponding to the severity 
of mild, moderate, severe, life-threatening and fatal will be used. Information on deaths will 
also be collected on the ‘Death’ eCRF. 
5.3
Laboratory parameters derivations
Grade categorization of lab values will be assigned programmatically as per NCI Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) version v4.03. The calculation of CTCAE 
grades will be based on the observed laboratory values only, clinical assessments will not be 
taken into account. The criteria to assign CTCAE grades are given in Novartis internal criteria 
for CTCAE grading of laboratory parameters shown below. 


Novartis
For business use only
Page 28
SAP
CBYL719C2202
For laboratory tests where grades are not defined by CTCAE v4.03, results will be graded by 
the low/normal/high classifications based on laboratory normal ranges.
A severity grade of 0 will be assigned for all non-missing lab values not graded as 1 or higher. 
Grade 5 is not applicable for laboratory values. For laboratory tests that are graded for both low 
and high values, summaries will be done separately and labelled by direction, e.g., sodium will 
be summarized as hyponatremia and hypernatremia.
If laboratory values are provided as ‘<X’ (i.e. below limit of detection) or ‘>X’, prior to 
conversion of laboratory values to SI unit, these numeric values will be set equal to X-0.0001 
or X+0.0001, respectively


Novartis
For business use only
Page 29
SAP
CBYL719C2202
5.4
Implementation of RECIST
Response and progression evaluation will be performed according to Novartis RECIST 
guideline (as described in detail in Section 16.4 of the study protocol), which is based on 
RECIST version 1.1 (Eisenhauer et al 2009). The text below gives instructions and rules to 
provide details needed for programming.
5.4.1
Overall lesions response for participants with only non-measurable 
lesions at baseline
Participants without measurable disease per RECIST 1.1 are eligible to enter the study if they 
have at least one predominantly lytic bone lesion. For participants with non-measurable lesions 
only at baseline, the overall lesion response will be based solely on non-target lesion response 
or an occurrence of a new lesion. Non-measurable lesions will be entered as non-target lesions. 
Therefore, the best overall response is determined from non-target lesion response and presence 
of new lesions (refer to Table 16-8 in Section 16.4.3.2.9 of the study protocol).
5.4.2
Best overall response (BOR)
The best overall tumor response will be assessed as per RECIST 1.1 criteria. The definitions 
and the details on the derivation are given in Section 16.4 of the study protocol.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 30
SAP
CBYL719C2202
Only tumor assessments performed before the start of any antineoplastic therapies (i.e. any 
additional antineoplastic therapy or surgery) and within 30 days after the last administration of 
study treatment will be included in the assessment of best overall response. 

New antineoplastic therapies will be identified from the data collected on ‘Concomitant 
Antineoplastic Therapy” eCRFs. 

Palliative radiotherapy is the only setting of radiotherapy allowed during the study. 
Therefore, palliative radiotherapy will not be considered as an anti-neoplastic therapy for 
assessment of BOR unless reported on the “Concomitant antineoplastic therapy –
Radiotherapy” eCRF. As per RECIST 1.1, it should not be delivered to a target lesion. 

Continuation of study combination partner therapy alone after end of study treatment 
without confirmed progression, will also not be considered as a new antineoplastic therapy. 
The standard definition of a best overall response evaluation of ‘stable disease’, ‘disease 
progression’ or ‘unknown’ given in the Section 16.4.3.1 of the study protocol will be used for 
this study. Best overall response with confirmation of response for each participant is 
determined from the sequence of overall (lesion) responses (as reported by the investigator for 
local BOR) according to the following rules:

CR = at least two determinations of CR at least 4 weeks apart before progression.

PR = at least two determinations of PR or better at least 4 weeks apart before progression 
(and not qualifying for a CR).

SD = at least one SD assessment (or better) > 7 weeks after randomization (and not 
qualifying for CR or PR).

Non-CR/non-PD = at least one non-CR/non-PD assessment (or better) > 7 weeks after 
randomization date (and not qualifying for CR). This applies only for participants with 
non-measurable disease alone at baseline.

PD = progression 17 weeks after randomization (and not qualifying for CR, PR, SD and 
non-CR/non-PD)

NE = all other cases (i.e. not qualifying for confirmed CR or PR  and without SD or non-
CR/non-PD after more than 7 weeks or without progression within the first 17 weeks).
Participants with best overall response “unknown” will be summarized by reason for having 
unknown status. The following reasons will be used:

No valid post-baseline assessment 

All post-baseline assessments have overall response NE

New anti-neoplastic therapy started before first post-baseline assessment 

SD too early (≤7 weeks after randomization) 

PD too late (>17 weeks after randomization and not qualifying for CR, PR, SD or non-
CR/non-PD)
Special (and rare) cases where BOR is unknown due to both early SD and late PD will be 
classified as “SD too early”.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 31
SAP
CBYL719C2202
5.4.3
Disease progression
Progressive disease should only be assigned if it is confirmed by an assessment method as per 
RECIST 1.1 guidelines (e.g. radiologic assessment, photos for skin lesions, etc.). If a new lesion 
is detected using an objective assessment method other than radiologic assessment, then it 
should also be entered as a new lesion in the eCRF with the appropriate method. Discontinuation 
due to disease progression or death due to study indication, without corresponding supportive 
data in the RECIST CRF (as defined above), will not be considered as progressive disease in 
the calculation of best overall response and in the analysis of PFS.
5.4.4
Change in imaging modality
Per RECIST 1.1, a change in methodology can be defined as either a change in contrast use (e.g. 
keeping the same technique, like CT, but switching from ‘with’ to ‘without’ contrast use or 
vice-versa, regardless of the justification for the change), a major change in technique (e.g. from 
CT to MRI, or vice-versa), or a change in any other imaging modality. A change from 
conventional to spiral CT or vice versa will not constitute a major “change in method” for the 
purposes of response assessment. A change in methodology will result by default in an NE
(unknown) overall lesion response based on the Novartis calculation. However, a response from 
the investigator or the central blinded reviewer that differs from the Novartis calculated NE is 
acceptable, if a definitive response assessment can be justified based on the available 
information.
Potential discrepancies between the modality used and overall lesion response (e.g. change in 
modality but response is different from ‘Unknown’) will be queried during the data validation 
process. 
5.4.5
Determination of missing adequate assessments
The term ‘missing adequate assessment’ refers to assessments that are not done or for which 
the overall lesion response is ‘Unknown’. ‘Missing adequate assessment’ will also be referred 
to as ‘missing assessment’.
As detailed in Section 16.4.3.2.10 of the study protocol, PFS censoring and event date options 
depend on the presence and the number of missing tumor assessments.
An exact rule to determine whether there are no, one or two missing TAs is therefore needed. 
This rule is based on the interval between the last adequate tumor assessment (LATA) date and 
the event date. The scheduled date of tumor assessments (in weeks from randomization), 
protocol specified window for tumor assessments, and the thresholds for LATA that belong to 
a visit can be found in the following table.
Table 5-2
Schedule for tumor assessment and time windows
Assessment 
schedule
Scheduled date
– 1 week
Scheduled 
date 
(weeks 
from 
randomization)
Scheduled 
date
+1 week
Threshold
(weeks)*
Every 8 
weeks 
Baseline
0
0^
1
n/a
C3D1
7
8
9
12


Novartis
For business use only
Page 32
SAP
CBYL719C2202
for 
the 
first 12
months
C5D1
15
16
17
20
C7D1
23
24
25
28
C9D1
31
32
33
36
C11D1
39
40
41
44
* The mid-point between current and next visit (except for baseline) and the upper limit for LATA to 
be matched to a certain scheduled assessment, e.g. if LATA is at week 13, this is after threshold for 
C3D1 and before that for C5D1, so the matching scheduled assessment is C5D1.
^ Day of randomization is taken as 0.
To calculate the number of missing tumor assessments, the LATA before an event is matched 
with a scheduled tumor assessment using the time window in Table 5-2 (essentially whichever 
scheduled assessment it is closest to). Two thresholds, D1 and D2 are calculated for that 
scheduled assessment based on the protocol-specified schedule and windows

An event after LATA+D1 will be considered as having >=1 missing assessment

An event after LATA+D2 will be considered as having >=2 missing assessment
The threshold is calculated as D1 = 8 + 2 = 10 weeks and D2 = 2*8 + 2 = 18 weeks for that 
scheduled assessment based on the protocol-specified schedule and windows. 
Therefore, using the D2 definition above, the censoring of an event occurring after ≥2 missing 
TAs can be refined as follows: if the distance between the last adequate TA date and the PFS 
event date is larger than D2, then the participant will be censored and the censoring reason will 
be ‘Event documented after two or more missing tumor assessments.
The same definition of D2 will be used to determine the PFS censoring reason. If the distance 
between the last adequate tumor assessment date and the earliest of the following dates (analysis 
cut off, consent withdrawal etc.) is less than or equal to D2:

Analysis cut-off date

Date of consent withdrawal

Date of loss to follow-up
then the censoring reason will be 1. ‘Ongoing without event’, 2. ‘Withdrew consent’ or 3. ‘Lost 
to follow-up’, respectively. However, if this distance is larger than D2 with no event observed,
then the censoring reason will be ‘Adequate assessment no longer available’.
No baseline tumor assessments
For the PFS analysis, as specified in Table 16-9 in Section 16.4.3.2.10 of the study protocol, 
since the timing of disease progression cannot be determined for participants with missing 
baseline tumor assessment, these participants are censored in the PFS analysis at the date of 
randomization. This rule however only applies to the disease progression component of the PFS 
assessment, and not to the survival component. Participants without baseline tumor assessments 
who die within D1 distance (see Section 5.4.5 for definition) of randomization will be counted 
as having an event in the derivation of PFS at the date of death.


Novartis
For business use only
Page 33
SAP
CBYL719C2202
6
References

Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts J, et al (2009) New response evaluation criteria in 
solid tumours: revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Eur J Cancer; 45:228-47